IIH      ' 


■PL 

Willi: ,, 

lilll 


GIFT  OF 
Latin  Der>t. 


7TFf 


GA*w>       ~^L^J+J       //.fa    W 


<^W  */j    ^r/D.*a 


Tl^t/ 


COIC& 


^~ — Mi 


I'^^i^JUjlTS x^tOxJUQf  4-€UWo    hAjiWJa 

qf  Vt°'   **^- >/,*&,  ^^ 


A  '  /  T 

^^^<;  ■ajLa-u^i  C^M^^^j  ^^ 


■/. 


EXERCISES 

LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION: 

WITH   REFERENCES  TO  THE 


GRAMMARS  OF  ALLEN  AND  GREENOUGH,    HALE 

AND  BUCK,  BENNETT,  GILDERSLEEVE, 

AND  HARKNESS. 


BY 


ELISHA  JONES,  A.M., 


AUTHOR    QF  "FIRST    LESSONS    IN    LATIN  '  AND    OF   "EXERCISES    IN    GREEK    PROSE 
COMPOSITION." 


REVISED  BY       '»•' 
JOSEPH   H.  DRAKE,,,Fn,.K./ 

NIOR    PROFESSOR    IN    THE    UNIVERSITY    OF    MICHIGAN. 


CHICAGO : 

SCOTT,  FORESMAN  AND  COMPANY. 

1906. 


Copyright,  1879, 
BY  S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND  COMPANY. 


Copyright,  1897, 
BY  SCOTT,  FORESMAN  AND  COMPANY. 


ROBT.    O.    LAW    CO. i    PRINTERS    AND    BINDERS,   CHICtSO 


715 

IW 

/HA' A) 


PREFACE. 


The  aim  of  this  little  manual  is  simply  to  illustrate  such  con- 
structions as  are  most  frequently  met  with  in  the  Commentaries 
of  Caesar,  the  Orations  of  Cicero,  and  similar  prose.  It  does  not 
pretend  to  teach  how  to  turn  all  kinds  of  English  into  Latin ; 
this  could  not  he  expected  of  so  elementary  a  treatise,  and,  per- 
haps, our  present  systems  and  methods  of  preparatory  instruc- 
tion do  not  demand  it :  but  it  designs  to  give  the  student  such 
an  introduction  to  the  more  important  principles  of  Latin  syn-  / 
tax,  such  an  acquaintance  with  the  more  usual  idioms  of  the 
language,  as  shall  lead  him  towards  a  fuller  understanding  and 
appreciation  of  the  great  classic  prose-writers  of  ancient  Rome. 
Wh;h  this  end  in  view,  most  of  the  Examples  and  Vocabularies 
have  been  selected  from  the  works  mentioned  above,  and  the 
plan  is  for  the  first  twenty  Lessons  to  accompany  the  reading  of 
the  Commentaries,  and  the  second  twenty  the  reading  of  the 
Orations ;  though  it  is  hoped  that  they  will  not  be  found  out  of 
place  in  those  preparatory  schools  where  other  prose  is  read. 

The  Exercises  are  so  constructed  that,  in  translation,  the  style  I 
of  Caesar  and  Cicero  may  be  imitated.     The  treatment  of  the 
Moods  and  Tenses  is  introduced  before  that  of  the  Cases,  in  the 
belief  that  the  learner  should  have  as  extended  practice  as  pos- 
sible in  those  difficult  subjects.     On  page  54  a  table,  based  upon 

858494 


jy  PREFACF 

a  similar  table  in  Roby's  Grammar,  is  given,  which  is  intended 
to  show  at  a  glance  the  changes  necessarily  made  in  the  Moods 
and  Tenses  when  direct  Discourse  passes  into  Indirect.  In  the 
Notes  and  Questions  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  furnish  the 
beginner  all  needed  assistance  through  references  to  the  gram- 
mar and  by  means  of  suggestions  rather  than  by  direct  informa- 
tion. The  principles  of  syntax  referred  to  and  illustrated  in 
each  Lesson  are,  for  the  most  part,  reviewed  in  several  of  the 
succeeding  Exercises  that  they  may  become  well  fixed  in  the 
learner's  memory.  To  make  this  drill- work  still  more  thorough, 
there  are  added,  for  general  review  and  examination,  supple- 
mentary Exercises,  which  are  to  be  recited  without  previous 
preparation,  and  which  may  enable  the  teacher  to  ascertain 
whether  the  scholarship  of  his  pupils  is  well  grounded  and  inde- 
pendent or  otherwise.  Great  pains  have  been  taken  to  make  the 
General  Vocabulary  complete  ;  to  make  it  answer  questions  likely 
to  arise  respecting  the  use  of  the  words  employed  in  the  Exer- 
cises :  deficient  Vocabularies  are  a  source  of  great  perplexity  and 
discouragement  to  beginners.  It  is  believed  that  these  Lessons, 
if  well  mastered,  will  afford  sufficient  preparation,  in  the  writing 
of  Latin,  for  admission  to  any  of  our  American  colleges. 

The  following  plan  of  instruction  in  Prose  Composition,  pur- 
sued with  marked  success  in  many,  if  not  most,  of  our  best 
preparatory  schools,  is  offered  for  the  benefit  of  inexperienced 
teachers.  The  learner  is  required  to  fix  in  mind  the  principles 
of  syntax  to  which  the  References  direct  his  attention  ;  to  com- 
mit to  memory  the  Examples  and  Vocabularies  ;  and  to  bring  to 
the  recitation-room  the  Exercises  carefully  translated  and  writ- 
ten out.  These  Exercises  are  copied  upon  the  blackboard,  criti- 
cised, and  corrected  when  necessary,  by  both  pupils  and  teacher  ; 


PREFACE.  y 

the  corrected  Exercises  are  then  transferred  to  a  blank  book  and 
committed  to  memory  for  oral  review.  The  accomplishment  of 
all  this  will  be  somewhat  difficult  when  the  class  is  very  small 
and  the  time  short :  but  the  writing  upon  the  blackboard,  to- 
gether with  the  criticisms  and  corrections  before  the  whole  class, 
should  not  be  omitted ;  that  which  is  seen  as  well  as  heard  is 
much  better  remembered  than  that  which  only  enters  the  ear. 

With  many  obligations  for  suggestions  from  different  sources, 
this  book  is  sent  forth  in  the  hope  that  it  may  aid  somewhat 
in  overcoming  the  difficulties  of  Latin  syntax,  and  that  its  faults 
may  meet  with  that  kindly  criticism  which  has  been  so  gener- 
ously awarded  to  its  predecessors. 

ELISHA   JONES. 

University  of  Michigan, 
July,  1879. 


NOTE  TO  REVISED   EDITION. 

In  this  revision  the  vowels  that  are  long  by  nature  have 
been  marked,  and  all  unmarked  vowels  are  to  be  considered 
short.  Lewis's  "Elementary  Latin  Dictionary"  has  been 
followed.  The  grammar  references  have  been  changed  to 
conform  with  the  latest  editions  of  the  more  widely  used 
grammars.  Exercises  based  on  passages  from  Caesar  and 
Cicero  have  been  inserted  in  place  of  the  "Exercises  for 
General  Review  and  Examination,"  and  an  Index  has  been 
added. 

Thanks  are  due. to  Professor  Harold  W.  Johnston,  editor 
in  chief  of  the  Inter-Collegiate  Latin  Series,  and  to  Professor 
John  C.  Rolfe  and  Mr.  Lewis  Reichle,  of  the  University  of 
Michigan,  for  useful  suggestions. 

JOSEPH  H.  DRAKE. 

University  of  Michigan, 
June,  1897. 

REVISION   OF   GRAMMAR   REFERENCES. 

The  references  have  been  changed  so  as  to  conform  to  the 
last  edition  of  the  Allen  and  Greenough  Grammar  and  of  the 
Harkness  Grammar,  and  references  to  the  Hale  and  Buck 
Grammar  have  been  inserted. 

JOSEPH  H.  DRAKE. 
University  of  Michigan, 
July,  1905. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

ABBREVIATIONS.        .  xii 

Arrangement  of  Words  and  Clauses  in  Latin  Prose  : 

Usual  Order ;  How  to  produce  Emphasis  ;  Position  of  Certain 
Words ;  Arrangement  of  Clauses 3 

LESSON   I.  — Agreement: 
Apposition;    Predicate  Word;   Relative   Pronouns;    Relative 
Clause  made  Emphatic ,3 

LESSON   II.  —  Agreement  {Continued)  : 
Finite  Verb ;  Adjectives ;  Adjectives  with  Nouns  of  different 
Genders  ;  Adjectives  as  Nouns  ;  Adjectives  with  the  force  of 
Adverbs  ;  Adjectives  designating  a  Certain  Part  ...         6 

LESSON  III.  —  Use  of  Pronouns  : 

Personal;  Possessive;  Reflexive 8 

LESSON   TV.  —  Use  of  Pronouns  {Continued) : 

Demonstrative ;  Indefinite ;  Relative       .        .        .        •        .10 

LESSON  V.— 

Commands  and  Exhortations;  Prohibitions;  Wishes;  Voca- 
tive     13 

LESSON  VI.  —  Tenses  of  the  Indicative  : 

Historical  Present ;  Present  with  dum,  while  ;  Present  with 
iam,  iam  diu,  iam  diiduin,  iam  pridem;  Imperfect; 
Future ;  Perfect ;  Pluperfect ;  Future  Perfect      .         .         .15 

LESSON  VII.  —  Sequence  of  Tenses  ;  Final  Clauses  : 
Sequence  of    Tenses;   Exceptions;   Adverbial   Use   of  Final 
Clauses ;  Adjective  Use  of  Final  Clauses     .         .         .         .18 

LESSON  VIII.  —Final  Clauses  {Continued)  : 

Substantive  Use  of  Final  Clauses  ;  wt  omitted        ...       21 


Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


Sub 


LESSON  IX.  —  Consecutive  Clauses  : 

Adverbial  and  Adjective  Uses  of  Consecutive  Clauses ;  Sub 
stantive  Use  of  Consecutive  Clauses    . 

LESSON   X.  —  Peculiar  Uses  of  Relative  Clauses. 

JUNCTIVE  WITH  QuiN  AND  QUOMINUS        .... 

LESSON  XI.  —  Conditional  Sentences 

LESSON   XII.  —  Conditional  Sentences  (Continued) : 
Supposition  contrary  to  Reality ;  Use  of  quam  si,  ac  si,  etc 
Conditional   Relative   Clauses;  Use  of  modo,  diim,  duin 
modo 

LESSON   XIII.  —  Concessive  Clauses  . 


LESSON   XIV.  —  Causal  Clauses.  —  Attraction 

LESSON   XV.— Temporal  Clauses: 

With  postquam,  ubi,  ut,  simftilac ;  With  antequam,  prius 
quam ;  With  cum ;  With  dum,  donee,  quoad 

LESSON   XVI.  —  Direct  and  Indirect  Questions  : 

How  to  Ask  a  Question ;  Double  Questions ;  Answers ;  Indi- 
rect Questions ;  Rhetorical  Questions  .... 

LESSON   XVII.— The  Infinitive: 

Subject  of  the  Infinitive ;  Infinitive  as  Subject ;  Infinitive  with 
out  Subject- Accusative  as  Object  or  Complement . 

LESSON   XVIII.  —  The  Infinitive  {Continued)  : 
Infinitive  witli  Subject- Accusative  as  Object ;  Tenses  of  the  In 
finitive ;  Predicate  after  Infinitive  ;  Historical  Infinitive 

LESSON   XIX.  —  Indirect  Discourse  . 


LESSON   XX.  —  Indirect  Discourse  (Continued) : 

Table  showing  the  Changes  made  in  Moods  and  Tenses 
Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect  .... 


LESSON  XXI.  —  The  Genitive  : 

Subjective  Genitive  with  Nouns;  Limited  Word  omitted;  Sub 
jective  Genitive  with  Verbs. 

LESSON   XXII.  —  The  Genitive  (Continued)  : 

Objective  Genitive;  Constructions  used  instead  of  Objective 
Genitive ;   Partitive   Genitive ;    Constructions  used  instead 


when 


CONTENTS. 


IX 


of  Partitive  Genitive ;  When  the  Partitive  Genitive  is  not  to 

be  used 59 

LESSON  XXIII.  —  The   Genitive  {Continued) : 

Genitive  of  Quality ;  Genitive  with  Adjectives         ...       62 
LESSON  XXIV.  — The  Genitive  (Continued)  : 
With  Verbs  of  Memory ;  With  Verbs  of  Emotion ;  With  Verbs 
of  Judicial  Action ;  With  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want ;  With 
refert  and  interest    .  04 

LESSON   XXV.  —  The  Dative  Case  : 

With  Transitive  Verbs ;  Double  Construction ;  With  Intransi- 
tive Verbs ;  Dative  or  Accusative  according  to  Signification ; 
When  "  to  "  and  "  for  "  are  to  be  rendered  by  ad  and  pro    .       67 

LESSON   XXVI.  —  The  Dative  (Continued)  : 
With  Compounds  ;  Of  the  Possessor  ;  Of  the  Agent;  How  In- 
transitive Verbs  are  used  in  the  Passive        ....       69 

LESSON  XXVII.— The  Dative  (Continued): 

Two  Datives;  With  Adjectives;  Other  Constructions  with 
Adjectives ;  Of  Reference 72 

LESSON   XXVIII.  —  The  Accusative  : 

Direct  Object ;  With  Verbs  which  in  English  require  a  Prepo- 
sition ;  With  Compounds ;  Cognate 75 

LESSON   XXIX.  —  The  Accusative  (Continued)  : 

Two  Accusatives  of  the  same  Person  or  Thing ;  Two  Accusa- 
tives— Person  and  Thing;  Two  Accusatives  with  Compound 
Verbs  ;  Limit  of  Motion 77 

LESSON  XXX. —The  Accusative  (Continued): 

Adverbial ;  Of  Specification ;  In  Exclamations ;  Of  Time  and 
Space 80 

LESSON  XXXI.  —  The  Ablative  : 

Of  Separation ;  Of  Source  ;  Of  Cause ;  Of  Agent  ...       82 
LESSON  XXXII.  —  The  Ablative  (Continued): 

Of  Manner ;  Of  Accompaniment ;  Of  Means  and  Instrument ; 
With  certain  Deponents  ;  With  certain  Adjectives         .         .       85 

LESSON  XXXIII.  —  The  Ablative  (Continued) : 

With  Comparatives  ;  Construction  with  plus,  etc. ;  Measure  of 
Difference  ;  Ablative  of  Quality  ......       87 


A  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  XXXIV.  —  The  Ablative  {Continued)  : 

Of  Price ;  Of  Specification  ;  Of  Time ;  Ablative  Absolute        .       90 

LESSON  XXXV.  —  Expressions  of  Time  : 

Time  When  or  Within  Which ;  Time  How  Long  or  During 
Which ;  Use  of  Prepositions  in  Expressions  of  Time ;  Time 
Before  or  After  an  Event 92 

LESSON  XXXVI.  —  Place: 
Place  Erom  Which ;  Place  To  Which ;  Place  At  or  In  Which  ; 
Place  By,  Through,  or  Over  Which ;  Words  used  like  Names 
of  Towns  ;  Ablative  of  Place  At,  In,  or  On  Which ;  How  to 
express  Towards  a  Place,  etc 95 

LESSON   XXXVII.  —  Use  of  Participles  : 

Tenses ;  Different  Uses  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  9S 

LESSON  XXXVIII.  —  The  Gerund  and  Gerundive     .        .     101 

LESSON  XXXIX. —  The    Gerund    and    Gerundive    (Con- 
tinned) .     103 

LESSON    XL.  —  The    Periphrastic    Conjugations.  —  The 
Supine 105 

EXERCISES   BASED    ON    PASSAGES    EROM    CAESAR 
AND  CICERO 109 

ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 125 

INDEX 151 


EXERCISES 


LATIN   PROSE    COMPOSITION. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


A.  &  G Allen  and  Greenough's  Latin  Grammar. 

H.  &  B Hale  and  Buck  Latin  Grammar. 

Grammar 

B Bennett's  Latin  Grammar. 

G Gildersleeve's  (Lodge)  Latin  Grammar. 

H.  .     .     .  ....  Harkness's   Latin   Grammar,   revised  edi, 

tion. 

aft after. 

cf confer,  compare. 

decl declension. 

Ex Example. 

f. feminine. 

fr from. 

gram grammar. 

indecl. .  .     .  indeclinable. 

intr.     .     , intransitive. 

lit literal,  literally. 

Ln Lesson. 

m masculine. 

n neuter. 

pi plural. 

prep preposition. 

pron pronoun. 

Ref. Reference.    N.  B.  A  reference,  without  any 

mark  of  punctuation  immediately  follow- 
ing it,  is  not  to  be  noticed. 

sc scilicet,  understand. 

tr transitive. 

Vy Vocabulary. 

w with. 


EXERCISES 


IN 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS  AND  CLAUSES    IN    LATIN 

PROSE. 

1.  Usual  Order,  f  A.  &  G.  595;  596:Jh.  &  B.  620;  622;  623,  a: 
B.  348:  G.  674,  1,  2,  Remark;  675-682:  H.  664,  1-4. 

2.  How  to  produce  Emphasis.  (A.  &  G.  597|Note:  H.  &  B. 
621:  B.  349:  G.  672,  1,  2,    (a):  H.  665,  1-4. 

3.  Position  of  Certain  Words,  f  A.  &  G.  598,  a-c;  599,  a-fjH. 
&  B.  624,  1-16:  B.  350,  1-12:  G.  676,  Remark  1;  677,  Remark 
2;  679:  H.  671-680. 

4.  Arrangement  of  Clauses.  U.  &  G.  601,  a-ejH.  &  B.  624. 
10,  11;  629,  1,  2:  B.  351,  1-6:  G.  684;  685:  H.  681-685. 


LESSON  I. 
AGREEMENT. 

REFERENCES.* 


1,  2.    Apposition.  (  A.  &  G.  281;  282,  c!)  H.  &  B.  317,  2;   3.19, 
I.:  B.  169,  1-3:  G.  320;  321:  H.  393. 


♦The  numbers  of  the  References  correspond  with  the  numbers  of  the 
Examples:  e.  g  1,  2.    Appo3ition  is  illustrated  by  Examples  1  and  2. 


4  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

3,  4.  Predicate  Word.  (X.  &  G.  283;  284:]  H.  &  B.  317,  3, 
3J9,  II.:  E.  167;  168:  G.  325:  H.  393,  Note  2. 

5-8.  Relative  Pronoun3.  (A.  &  G.  305,  a;  306;  307,  a-d:)H. 
&  B.  322;  323,  1,  2;  325,  a;  S26,  1:  B.  250,  1,  3;  251,  5:  G.  614, 
3,  (a),  (6);  615;  616:  H.  396,  2;  398,  1,  2;  399,  6. 

9.  Relative  Clause  made  Emphatic,  (k  &  G.  308,  a-d:)K.  & 
B.  284,  5:  B.  251,  4,  a);  G.  620:  H.  399,  3. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  To  the  town  of  Geneva,  ad  oppidum  Gendvam. 

2.  We  saw  Caesar  when  boys,  or  when  we  were  boys,  puerl  Cae- 
sarem  vidimus. 

3.  Divico  was  elected  chief,  Divico  princepz  creatus  est. 

4.  Who  had  come  as  ambassadors  to  Caesar,  qui  legcitl  ad  Caesa- 
rem  venerant. 

5.  With  the  legion,  which  he  had  with  him,  and  the  soldiers  who 
had  assembled,  legione.  quam  secum  habSbat,  militibusque,  qui 
convenerant. 

6.  Glory,  which  is  the  fruit  of  valor,  gloria,  qui  est  fructus 
virtutis. 

7.  Let  them  be  separated  from  us  by  a  wall,  which  I  have  often 
said,  muro,  id  J  quod  saepe  dixi,  discernantur  a  nobis. 

8.  Towns  and  villages  which  they  had  burned,  oppida  vicosque, 
quos  incenderant. 

9.  TJiat  part,  which  had  brought  disaster,  suffered  punishment, 
quae  pars  calamitatem  intulerat,  ea  poenas  persolvit. 

VOCABULARY  I. 

across,  trans,  prep.  w.  ace.  into,  in,  on,  in,  prep.  w.  ace.  aft. 
always,  semper,  adv.  verbs  of  motion;  w.  abl.  aft, 

ambassador,»envoy,  legatus,  -I,  m.         verbs  of  rest. 

and,  et,  -que,  ac  or  atque.2  river,  flumen,  fluminis,  n. 

capital,  caput,  capitis,  n.  see,  vide6\  -ere,  vldi,  visum. 

come,  veniS,  -ire,  veni,  ventum.  send,  mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missum. 

desire,  wish,  volo.  velle,  volul.  soldier,  miles,  mllitis,  m. 

elect,  creS,  -5re,  -5vi,  -Stum.  through,  per,  prep.  w.  ace. 

flow  into,  InfluS,   -ere,   -fluarf,  to,  towards,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace, 

-fluxum.  with,  oum,  prep.  w.  abl. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  5 

EXERCISE   I. 

1.  Caesar3  sent  soldiers  into  the  city  of  Rome.3  2.  Sol- 
diers came  into  the  city  of  Rome  to 4  Quintus  Metellus, 
the  praetor.  3.  Caesar  when  he  was  a  hoy  came  to 
Quintus  Metellus,  the  praetor.  4.  Caesar  and  Cicero 
were  eleoted  consuls.  5.  Metellus  had  come  as  an  am- 
bassador to  Caesar.  6.  The  Gauls  came  as  ambassadors 
through  the  cities  of  Rome  and  Lavinium.  7.  The 
Moselle  is  a  river  which  flows  into  5  the  Rhine.  8.  Me- 
tellus, whom  we  saw  when  boys,  will  be  elected  consul. 
9.  Cicero  was  elected  consul,  which 6  he  had  always 
desired.  10.  Caesar  will  send  across  the  Rhine  the  sol- 
diers who  have  come  as  ambassadors.  11.  Caesar  sent 
that  legion,  which  7  he  had  with  him,  across  the  river 
Rhine.  12.  Metellus  sent 'those  soldiers,  whom  he  had 
with  him,  into  the  city  of  Rome.  13.  He  sent  soldiers 
into  the  city  of  Rome,  which  8  is  the  capital  of  Italy. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  id  is  an  appositive  with  the  clause  muro  discernantur  a  nobis  and 
antecedent  of  quod. 

2  What  difference  in  the  use  of  et,  -que.  ac  or  atque  ?  See  A.  &  G.  324, 
a,  6:  H.  &B.  307,  I,  a,  b,  2,  a:  B.  341,  l.a)-c):  G.  475-477:  H.  657,1,  Note,  2. 

3  Words  not  given  in  the  special  vocabularies  may  be  found  in  the 
General  Vocabulary.  In  rendering  the  Exercises  into  Latin,  imitate  care- 
fully the  Examples. 

4  To  following  a  verb  of  motion  and  preceding  the  name  of  a  person 
must  be  rendered  by  the  preposition  ad. 

5  Into  ;  although  Influere  may  have  a  direct  object,  Caesar  repeats  the 
preposition  in. 

6  Which;  what  is  its  antecedent  ? 

7  Make  the  relative  clause  emphatic  by  placing  it  first  and  the  antece- 
dent noun  in  it :  see  Example  9. 

8  Which;  see  Example  6. 


>.  ( A.  &  G.  316;    317,  a-e:jH.  &  B.  328,  1,  2; 
1-4;  255,  1-5:    G,  285,  Exception  1;    287, 


6  LATIH    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

LESSON  II. 
AGREEMENT  (continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.     Finite  Verb. 
329,    1-3:    B.   254, 
Remarks  (a),  (6):  H.  388,  1;  392,  1-5. 

4,  5.  Adjective.  £a.  &  G.  285,  1;  286,  a,  6^H.  &  B.  320:  B. 
234,  1,  2;  235,  A:  G.  289-291,  1,  2:  H.  394,  1-5. 

6-8.  Adjective  with  Nouns  of  Different  Genders.  QA.  &  G. 
287,  1-4,  a:jH.  &  B.  323,  1,  2,  a:  B.  235,  B:  G.  286,  1-3:H.  395, 
1,  2,  Note. 

9.  Adjectives  as  Nouns  YA  &  G.  288;  289,  a-d)  H.&B.249, 
1,  2;  260,  1,2:  B.  236;  237:  G  204,  Notes  1-4:  H.  494,  1;  495, 
1,  2. 

10-12.  ^Adjectives  with  the  force  of  Adverbs. ^A.  &  G.  290:) 
H.  &  B.  245:  B.  239:  G.  325,  Remark  6:  H.  497,  1>3. 

13.    Adjectives  designating  a  Certain  Part.  (\.  &  G.  293:} 
H.  &  B.  244:  B.  241,  1:  G.  291,  Remark  2:  H.  497,  4. 


EXAMPLES. 

!.  You  and  I  did  this,  haeo  ego  et  tu  fecimus. 

2.  Neither  agriculture  nor  the  practice  of  war  is  interrupted,  neque 
agriculture  nee  usus  belli  intermittitur. 

3.  A  daughter  and  one  of  the  sons  were  taken,  filia  atque  unus  5 
filils  mptus  est.1 

4.  Genuine  friendships  are  everlasting,  verae2  amicitiae  sunt  sempi- 
teniae.* 

5.  It  is  perilous  to  cross,  transire  perlculfmim  est. 

6.  All  lands  and  seas,  omnes  agrl  et  maria,  or  agri  et  maria 
omnia. 

7.  Father  and  mother  are  dead,  pater  et  mSter  mortul  sunt. 

8.  Labor  and  pleasure  are  very*  unlike,  labor  voluptasque  dissi- 
millima. 

9.  The  brave,  fortSs  ;  the  fair,  pulchrae ;  into  winter-quarters, 
in  hiberna. 

10.  Caesar  was  the  first  to  send,  or  Caesar  was  the  first  who  sent, 
Caesar  primus4  mlsit. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION".  7 

11.  They  came  unwillingly,  or  they  were  unwilling  to  come,  invltl 
venerunt. 

12.  They  assembled  in  very  great  numbers,  frequentissimi  con  vene- 
runt. 

13.  On  the  top  of  the  hill,  in  summo  colle  ;  into  the  middle  of 
the  city,  in  mediam  urbeni. 

VOCABULARY  2. 

alone,  solus,  -a,  -urn,  middle,  middle  of,  medius,   -a, 

cross,  transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum.  -um. 

form,    draw    up,    Instruo,   -ere,  neither  .  .  .  nor,  neque  .  .  .  ne- 

-struxi,  -structum.  que  ;  nee  .  .  .  nee. 

frequent,  frequens,  gen.  frequen-  out  of,  ex,  prep.  w.  all. 

tis  ;  see  Ex.  12.  top  of,  summus,  -a,  -um. 

glad,  laetus,  -a,  -um.  unwilling,  invitus,  -a,  -um. 

last,  last  part  of,  extremus,  -a,  winter-quarters,  hiberna,  -6mm, 

-um.  n.  pi.  ;  properly  an  adj.  w.  cas 

meantime,  in  the  meantime,  in-  tra  understood. 

terim,  adv. 

EXERCISE  2. 

1.  You5  and  Metellus  came  unwillingly.  2.  Caesar 
and  I5  were  glad  to  come.  3.  Neither  the  consul  nor 
the  praetor  will  lead  (his6)  soldiers  across  the  Moselle. 
4.  The  consul  and  the  praetor  sent12  soldiers  into  the 
city  of  Eome.  5.  This  boy  and  girl  are  attentive  and 
industrious.  6.  It  is  perilous  for  the  Germans8  to  cross 
the  river  Rhine  and  come  into  France.  7.  The  brave 
and  the  fair  come  in  very3  great  numbers  to  America.9 
8.  Caesar  was  frequently  in  Gaul.  9.  The  Sequani  came 
alone  into  the  middle  of  the  city.  10.  Caesar  will  be 
unwilling  to  send  the  envoy  into  the  middle  of  the  city. 
11.  The  consul  led  his  soldiers  out  of  camp  in  the  last 
part  of  winter.10  12.  Caesar  was  the  first  to  lead  Roman11 
soldiers  across  the  river  Rhine.  13.  On  the  top  of  a  hill 
the  consul  formed  a  triple  line  of  the  legions,  which  he 
had  enlisted  in  Gaul. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


Notes  and  Questions. 


1  Captus  est  agrees  with  urnis  and  is  understood  with  filia. 

2  Which  is  an  attributive  and  which  a  predicate  adjective  ? 

*  Very  tinlike ;  the  positive  with  very  is  often  rendered  into  Latin  by 
the  superlative  ;  valda  (eery)  dissimilia  would  be  more  emphatic. 

4  The  adverb,  prlmum,  would  imply  that  Caesar  first  performed  the  act 
of  sending  and  afterwards  some  other  act. 

5  In  Latin  the  first  person  stands  before  the  second  ;  the  second  before 
the  third  :  e.  g.  ego  et  tu ;  tu  et  Caesar. 

6  Words  enclosed  in  parentheses  are  to  be  omitted  in  translation. 

7  Sent ;  see  Example  3  and  Note  1. 

8  For  the  Germans  ;  render  by  the  Accusative. 

9  To  America  ;  translate  with  in  and  the  Accusative. 

1}  In  the  last  part  of  winter;  Is  a  preposition  necessary  in  the  Latin 
equivalent?     What  use  of  the  Ablative? 

11  The  adjective,  Romanus,  should  always  follow  its  noun. 
w  See  Kef.  1-3. 

LESSON  III. 
USE  OF  PRONOUNS. 

REFERENCES. 

1,  2.  Personal,  f  A.  &  G.  295,  a-cjtl.  &  B.  254,  a,  b;  255;  257: 
B.  242,  1-3:  G.  304,  1-3:  H.  500,  4. 

3-7.  Possessive.  ^A.  &  G.  302,  a-e.%.  &  B.  254;  256;  258; 
339,  b:  B.  243,  1-3:  G.  312:  H.  501;  446,  3. 

8-12.  Reflexive  (Reflective).  Ca.  &  G.  299,  o;  300,  1,  2,  6; 
301,  /:^H.  &  B.  260,  a,  b;  261 ;  262,  1,  2;  265;  266:  B.  244,  1-5:  G. 
309,  1-4:  H.  502,  1;  503,  1,4;  504. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  7  am  consul,  ego  sum  consul. 

2.  Who  of  us  ?    Quia  nostrum  ? 

3.  Caesar  !ed  out  hi*  troops.  Caesar  copias  suds  Sduxit. 

4.  Gaul  is  my  province,  provincia  men  est  Gallia. 

5.  Ariovistns  led  his  troops  across  the  Rhone,  Ariovistus  copias 
trans  Rhodanum  duxit. 


LATIN   PKOSE   COMPOSITION.  9 

6.  The  Gauls  made  an  attack  on  our  men,  Galli  in  nostros  im 
petum  fecerunt. 

7.  Their  own  province,  sua  ipsorum  provincia. 

8.  They  surrendered  themselves  and  their  possessions  to  Caesar,  se 
juaque  Caesari  dediderunt. 

9.  The  king  demanded  that  Caesar  send  an  envoy  to  him,  rex 
postulavit  ut  Caesar  legatum  ad  se  mitteret. 

10.  Our  soldiers  having  encouraged  one  another,  nostri  cohor- 
tati  inter  se. 

11.  All  differ  from  one  another,  omnes  inter  se  differunt. 

12.  They  give  hostages  to  one  another,  obsides  inter  sese  dant. 

VOCABULARY  3. 

amusing,  delectans,  -antis.  from,  out  of,  e,  ex ;  from,  from 

attack,  impetus,  -us,  m.  near,  S,  ab  ;  prepositions  w.  abl. 

betake   one's  self,  se  conferre  ;  lead    out,   -§duco,   -ere,   -duxi, 

confero,    conferre,    contuli,  -ductum. 

conlatum.  march,  iter, itineris,  n. ;  to  march, 

bring  on,  infero,  inferre,  intuli,  iter  facere  ;  facio,  facere,feci, 

inlatum.  factum 

chief,  leading,   princeps,  -ipis,  on,   upon,   in ;   see   Vy.  1,  under 

adj.  into, 

encourage,  cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  parts,   from  all  parts,   undique 

sum.  adv. 

entrust,  commendo,  -are,  -avl,  state,  civitas,  -atis,/. 

-atum.  surrender,   dedo,    -ere,   dedr^"1 

fire,    set  fire  to,  burn,  incendo,  deditum. 

-ere,  -cendi,  -censum.  vigorously,  acriter,  adv. 


EXERCISE  3. 

1.  You  are  that  consul  who  was  the  first1  to  lead  Ro- 
man soldiers  across  the  river  Moselle.  2.  Who  of  you2 
has  sent  envoys  to  the  king  ?  3.  We  shall  lead  out  our 
troops  from  camp  and  make  an  attack  on  the  enemy 
4.  The  Gauls  have  betaken  themselves  into  their  own" 
province.     5.   The  enemy  will  betake  themselves  to  their 


10  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

(friends)  and  make  an  attack  on  our  (men).  6.  I  shall 
surrender  myself  and  all  my  (possessions)  to  Caesar. 
7.  The  king  demanded  that  we  send4  you  to  him  as  an 
envoy.  8.  The  soldiers  are  very  unwilling  to  go  through 
the  middle  of  their  own  city.  9.  In  the  last  part  of  your 
book  is  a  very  amusing  story.  10.  All  these  nations  gave 
hostages  to  one  another.  11.  Our  soldiers  are  crossing 
the  Khine,  which5  is  very  perilous.  12.  We  shall  march 
into  the  towns  and  villages  which  the  enemy  have  set 
fire  to.  13.  The  enemy  came  in  very  great  numbers  and 
occupied  the  top  of  the  mountain.  14.  The  chief  (men) 
will  assemble  from  all  parts  and  entrust  themselves  and 
their  states  to  Caesar.  15.  Our  (soldiers),  having  en- 
couraged one  another,  made  a  vigorous  attack6  on  the 
Gauls. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

*  first ;  what  would  qui  prlmum  daxistl  imply  ?    See  Ln.  II.,  Note  4. 

2  of  you;  which  form  of  the  Genitive  plural  of  personal  pronouns  is 
used  partitiveVy?  See  A.  &  G.  295,  6:  H.  &  B.  254,  a:  B.  242,  2:  G.  100, 
Remark  2;  101,  Remark  2:  H.  500,  4. 

3  ovm  ;  see  Example  7. 

4  that  we  send;  see  Example  9. 

5  vjhich;  what  is  its  antecedent  and  gender?  See  Ln.  I.,  Ref.  5-8, 
and  Ex.  7. 

6  made  a  vigorous  attack ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  made  an  attack  vigor- 
ously. 


LESSON  IV. 

USE  OF  PRONOUNS  {continued). 

1-8.  Demonstrative.  1| A.  &  G.  296-298:|Jh.  &  B.  267-273:  B. 
246-249:  G.  305-308;  310;  311,  1,  2:  H.  505,  1;  506,  1;  507,  3,  4; 
508,3;  509,  1,3,5, 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  11 

9-13.  Indefinite.})  A.  &  G.  309;  310,  a;  311;  315,  a-c:pl.  & 
B.  276,  1-7;  279,  1-3:  B.  252,  1-4;  253,  1-3:  G.  313-319:  H.  512, 
1,  2;  513;  515,  1,  2;  516. 

14,  15.    Relative.  J|A.  &  G.  305;  308,  /,  A:||H.  &  B.  281 J  282, 
1;  284,  8;  322:  B.  250,  1-5;  251,  1-7:  H.  510;  396. 
EXAMPLES. 

1.  They  hastened  to  that  place,  ad  eum  locum  contenderunt. 

2.  They  send  envoys  to  him,  legatos  ad  eum  mittunt. 

3.  Caesar  grasps  his  right  hand,  Caesar  eius  dextram  prendit. 

4.  They  perforin  the  same  (act),  idem  faciunt. 

5.  You  also,  or  likewise,  said,  vos  iidem  dixistis. 

6.  Caesar  himself  hastened  to  them,  Caesar  ipse  ad  eos  contendit. 

7.  You  surrendered  yourself,  tic  te  ipse  dedidisti. 

8.  They  were  fighting  on  the  very  banks,  in  ipsls  ripis  proelia- 
bantur. 

9.  Without  any  danger,  sine  ullo  periculo. 

10.  He  asked  that  Caesar  send  some  one,  rogavit  ut  Caesar  ali- 
quem  mitteret. 

11.  If  any  wars  should  occur,  si  qua  bella  inciderint. 

12.  One  man  from  one  ship,  another  from  another,  alius  alia 
ex  nave. 

13.  They  were  carried,  some  in  one  direction,  some  in  another,  alii 
aliam  in  partem  ferebantur. 

14.  When  these  had  betaken  themselves  into  the  town,  qui  cum  se 
in  oppidum  contulerant. 

15.  They  killed  a  multitude  as  great  as  was  the  length  of  the  day, 
tan  tarn  multitudinem  interfecerunt,  quantum  fuit  diei  spatium. 

VOCABULARY  4. 

any,  any  one,  anybody,  anything,  hasten,  contends,  -ere,  -tendl, 

aliquis ;  aft.  si,  nisi,  ne,  or  num,  -tentum. 

quis  ;  see  gram,  for  declension.  party,  the  one  party . . .  the  other, 

as  much  ...  as,  as  great ...  as,  tan-  alteri  .  .  .  alter!. 

tus,-a,  -um . . .  quantus ,  -a,  -um.  reach,  capio,  capere,  cepi,  cap- 
as  soon  as,  simul  atque.1  turn. 

at  once,  statim,  adv.  rescue,  eripio,  eripere,  eripui, 

direction,  pars,  partis,/.  ereptum. 

grasp,  prehendo  (prendo),  -ere,  right  hand,  dextra,  -ae,  /.,  sc. 

prehendi.  prehensum.  manus, 


12  LATIN   PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

save,  servo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  some  .  .  ..  others,  alii .  .  .  alii. 

singularly,  egregie,  adv.  time,  at  one  and  the  same  time. 

some,  somebody,  some  one,  some-         simul,  adv. 

thing,    aliquis  ;    quidam  ;    see  withdraw,  se  recipere ;  recipio, 
gram,  for  decl.  recipere,  recepi,  receptum. 

EXERCISE  4. 

1  These  went2  unwillingly,  but  those  were  very  glad  to 
go.2  2.  By  means  of3  these  (men)  he  will  rescue  himself 
and  save  his  country.  3.  We  shall  hasten  to  them  our- 
selves and  likewise  demand  hostages.  4.  They  betook 
themselves  to  Metellus,  governor  of  Africa,  and  also4  son- 
in-law  of  a  king.  5.  We  also4  sent  envoys  to  him5  and 
betook  ourselves  into  a  town  singularly  fortified  by  nature.^ 

6.  We   cannot   cross   this   river   without   some   danger. 

7.  We  grasped  their  right  hands  and  Marcus  did  the 
same.  8.  We  shall  send  soldiers  into  their  very6  cities, 
if  they  carry  on7  any  war  with  us.8  9.  Our  army  occupied^ 
as  much  of  their  city  as  it. was  able  to  occupy.  ^10.  Some 
of  the  Gauls,  as  soon  as  they  reached  the  top  of  the  hill, 
began  at  once  to  fortify  their9  camp.  11.  Some  betook 
themselves  into  cities,  others  into  forests  and  swamps. 

a^    12.    The  one  party  will  withdraw  upon  a  mountain,  the 
other  will  betake  themselves  to  their  baggage  and  carts. 

13.  One  man  came  from  one  city,  another  from  another. 

14.  At  one  and  the  same  time,  the  shouts  of  those  who 
were  coming  with  the  horses  were  heard,  and  we  were  sent, 
some  in  one  direction  and  some  in  another. 

Noies  and  Questions. 

1  Also  written  simulatque,  simul  ac,  and  simulac. 

2  Write  the  verb  hut  once,  and  at  the  end  of  the  entire  sentence. 
8  By  means  of;  per  with  Accusative. 

*  Also;  see  Ex.  5.  5  to;  see  Ln.  I.,  Note  4. 

6   Very;  when  used  to  emphasize  n  noun,  very  should  he  rendered  by 

the  proper  form  of  ipse :  see  Ex.  8. 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  13 

7  Carry  on ;  render  by  the  future. 

8  With  us  ;  what  is  the  position  of  cum  when  used  with  a  personal  or 
relative  pronoun?  See  A.  &  G.  143,  /;  150,  d:  H.  &  B.  418,  a:  B,  142,  4:  G. 
413,  Remark  1:  H.  175,  7;  182,  2. 

9  Their;  how  should  it  be  rendered?    See  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12. 


>*Kc 


LESSON   V. 

COMMANDS  AND  EXHORTATIONS:   PROHIBITIONS: 
WISHES:  VOCATIVE. 

REFERENCES. 


1,2.  Use  of  the  Imperative . //A.  &  G.  448/H.  &  B.  496:  B. 
281:  G.  266-268;  270:  H.  560. 

3,  4.  Subjunctive  in  Commands  and  Exhortations.  fiA.  &  G. 
439,  Note  2:^H.  &  B.  500;  501,  2,  3:  B.  274;  275:  G.  263,  1-3: 
H.  559,  1,  2. 

5-7.  How  to  Express  a  Prohibition.  //A.  &  G.  450 :/h.  &  B 
501,3:  B.  276,  a-c:  G.  271,  2:  272,  2:  H.  561,  1,  2.  // 

8,  9.  How  to  Express  a  Wish.  //A.  &  G.  441  :^H.  &  B.  511, 
1:  B.  279,  1,  2:  G.  260;  261:  H.  558,  1,  2.     . 

10.  Use  of  the  Vocative. //A.  &  G.  340-^k.  &  B.  400:  B.  171: 
G.  201,  Remarks  1,  2:  H.  402. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Leap  down,  soldiers,  desilite.  milites. 

2.  Lead  out  your  (associates) ;  purify  the  city,  educ  tuos  ;  purga 
urbem. 

3.  Let  us  not  go,  ne  eamua. 

4.  Let  them  either  go  out  or  keep  quiet,  aut  exeant  aut  quies- 
cant. 

5.  Do  not  hesitate,  noli  dubitare,  nolite  dubitare. 

6.  Do  not  do  this,  you  shall  not  do  this,  hoc  ne  feceris. 

7.  Do  not  pardon,  cave  ignoscas. 

8.  Would  that  he  had  led  out  his  forces !  utinam  copias  suas 
eduxisset ! 


14  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

9.    0  that  I  were  not  living !  u  tin  am  ne  viverem ! 
10.    May  my  fellow-citizens  be  prosperous  !  sint  florentes  civea 


VOCABULARY  5. 

advance,  progredior,   progredi,  happy,  beatus,  -a,  -urn. 

progressus  sum.  hesitate,     dubito,     -are,      -avi, 

assemble,  convenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -atum. 

-ventum.  lead    out,   educo,  -ere,   eduxi, 

as   soon   as   possible,  quam    pri-  e  due  turn. 

mum,  adv.  prosperous,  florins,  gen.  floren- 

begin  a  battle,  proelium    com-  tis,  adj. 

mitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum.  put  to  flight,  in  fugam  do,  dare, 

break  up  camp,  castra  moveo,  dedi,  datum. 

-ere,  movi,  motum.  right,  dexter,  dextra,  dextrum. 

face  about,  wheel  about,   slgna  take,    capture,    capio,    capere, 

converts,   -ere,  -verti,  -ver-  c§pi,  captum. 

sum.  wing,  cornu,  -us,  n. ;  on  the  right 

flee,  fugio,  fugere,  fiigi ;  terga  wing,  a  dextro  cornu. 

verto,  -ere,  verti,  versum. 

EXERCISE  5. 

1.  Lead  out  all  your  troops  as  soon  as  possible,  general,1 
and  take  the  enemy's  camp.  2.  Soldiers,  break  up  camp 
as  soon  as  possible  and  advance  into  the  enemy's  country. 

3.  Wheel  about ;  attack  the  English  ;  put  them  to  flight. 

4.  Let  us  likewise  face  about  as  soon  as  possible  and 
make  an  attack  on  the  French.  5.  Let  us  not2  assemble 
in  very  great  numbers,3  but  let  us  flee,  some  in  one  direc- 
tion and  some  in  an  other. /jrr3.  Let  the  boys  and  girls  be 
both  attentive  and  industrious.  7.  Do  not  hesitate,  sol- 
diers, to  march  through  the  very  territory  of  the  Gauls. 
8.  Do  not  begin  the  battle  on  the  right  wing,  but  with- 
draw at  once  upon  this  mountain.  9.  You  shall4  not 
march  through  our  territory.  10.  May  you  and  all  your 
friends  be  happy  and  prosperous  \hJVL\.    Would  that  our 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  15 

soldiers  had  not  fled !  would  that  they  were  advancing 
into  the  very  territory  of  the  enemy  I  5  12.  0  that  our 
men  hadjirolven  up  camp !  0  that  they  were  beginning 
battle  on  the  left  wing  !  13.  Let  us  not  surrender  our- 
selves and  all  our  possessions6  to  Caesar.  14.  Do  not 
surrender  yourselves  andCall)your  possessions  to,  Metellus, 
the  consul.  15.  0  that  some  of  the  Gauls  would  surren- 
der themselves  and  all  their  possessions  to  me  ! 5 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  In  Latin  prose  the  Vocative  usually  stands  after  one  or  more  words 
of  its  sentence. 

2  Not ;  in  negative  sentences  expressing  an  exhortation  or  a  wish,  ne  is 
generally  used  ;  see  Examples  3  and  9. 

3  Very  great  numbers;  see  Ln.  II.,  Ref.  10-12  and  Note  3. 

4  Shall  not  march ;  see  Ex.  6. 

6  What  kind  of  a  wish  is  expressed  by  this  sentence  ? 
6  Possessions  ;  is  it  necessary  to  translate  this  word  ? 


M^ 


e>?kc  Vn^J-ft* 


Hrr  LESSON  VI.  ^V 

TENSES  OF  THE  INDICATIVE.  ^  5fe 


c< 


REFERENCES. 


1.  Historical  Present.  J  A.  &  G.  469 /H.  &  B.  491,  1*:    B.  259, 
3:  G.  229:  H.  532,  3. 

2.  Present  with  dum,  while.  /A.  &.  G.  556  :/h.  &  B.  559:  B. 
293,  I.:  G.  229,  Remark:  H.  533,  4. 

3.  Present  with  iam,  iam  diu,  iam  dudum,  iam  pridem.  f  A. 
&  G.  466:/H.  &  B.  484;  485:  B.  259,  4:  G.  230:  H.  533,  1. 

4-6.    Imperfect.   /A.  &  G.  470;  471,  c:/H.  &  B.  468,  2:  B.  260, 
1-3:  G.  231-233:  H.  534,  3;  530, 


16  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

7.  Future,  /k.  &  G.  472:  H.  &  B.  468,  3:  B.  261,  1,  2:  G.  242, 
Remark  1 :  H.  536.       *  ¥ 

8,  9.    Perfect.  /A.  &  G.  473;  476  :/H.  &  B.  468,  4:    B.  262,  A., 
B.:  G.  235-236,  Remark  1;  239;  240:  H.  537,  1,  2. 

10.  Pluperfect.  /A.  &  G.  477 :/H.  &  B.  468,  5:  B.  263:  G.  241, 
1-3,  Remark  1:  H.  539. 

11.  Future  Perfect  /a.  &  G.  478 :/H.  &  B.  468,  6:    B.  264,  a: 
G.  244,  Remarks  2,  3:  H.  540.  ' 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  They  send  envoys  to  Caesar  with  respect  to  a  surrender,  lega- 
tos  ad  Caesarem  de  deditione  mittunt. 

2.  While  he  was  delaying,  fear  seized  the  army,  dum  mordtur, 
timor  exercitum  occupavit. 

3.  We  have  been  living  now  a  long  time  in  the  midst  of  these 
perils,  iam  diu  in  Ms  periculis  versdmur. 

4.  The  shouting  of  those,  who  were  coming,  was  arising,  eorum, 
qui  veniebant,  clamor  oriebatur. 

5.  They  kept  making  sallies  from  the  town,  ex  oppido  excur- 
sion es  faciebant. 

6.  They  were  vmnt  to  talk  {used  to  talk)  more  fearlessly  than  they 
fought;  fortius  loquebantur  quam  pugnabant. 

7.  If  they  are  willing  to  hasten,  they  will  overtake  (him),  si  ac- 
celerate volent,  consequentur. 

8.  The  enemy  Jled,  hostes  terga  verterunt. 

9.  He  remembers  all,  omnia  meminit ;  men  hated  him,  eum 
oder ant  viri. 

10.  Who  had  come  as  envoys  to  Caesar,  qui  legati  ad  Caesarem 
venerant. 

1 1.  When  you  are  reading  this,  perhaps  I  shall  have  met  him,  cum 
tu  haec  legSs,  ego  ilium  fortasse  convenero. 

VOCABULARY  6. 

because,  quod,  conj.  for  the    sake  of,  causa  :    all.  of 

commend,    laudo,    -are,     -avi,  cause;    must  follow  its  limiting 

-atum.  gen. 

delay,  moror,  -ari,  -atus  sum.  sally,  excursio,  -onis,  /. 

devastate,     vasto,     -are,     -avi,  scatter,    rout,    fugo,    -are,    -avi, 

-Stum.  -atum. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  17 

supplies,  commeatus,  -lis,  ra.  vicinity,  in  the  vicinity  of,  ad, 

surrender,  deditio,  -onis,  /.  prep,  w.  ace. 

take    part,   versor,   -ari,    -atus  when,  cum  (quum),  conj. 

sum.  while,  dum,  conj. 

time,  now  a  long  time,  for  a  long  winter,  pass  the  winter,   hiemo, 

time,  iam  diu,  iam  dudum.  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

to-day,  hodig,  adv.  with  respect  to,  de,  prep.  w.  abl 

EXERCISE  6. 

1.  The  king  pitches  a  camp  and  sends  envoys  to  the 
consul  with  respect  to  a  surrender.  2.  While  the  general 
was  forming1  a  triple  line  of  battle  on  the  top  of  the  hill, 
the  enemy  made  an  attack  on  him.  3.  The  governor  has 
been  delaying2  now  a  long  time  in  the  vicinity  of  this 
city  for  the  sake  of3  supplies.  4.  The  Gauls  were  devas- 
tating the  territory  through  which  they  had  come; 
5.  The  Germans  used  to  cross  the  river  Khine  with4 
rafts  and  boatSv^6.  The  French  kept  making  sallies 
from  the  town  and  attacks  on  the  Germans.  7\  The 
enemy  had  now  for  a  long  time  been  making5  sallies  from 
the  town  of  Geneva.  8.  If  our  men  make6  a  sally  from 
the  town  to-day,  they  will  take  the  enemy's  camp. 
9.  We  likewise  were  wont  to  make  sallies  from  the  city 
and  take  part  with  our  friends  in  battles.  10.  Caesar 
marched  through  tbe  territory  of  the  Gauls,  who  at  once 
surrendered  themselves  and  all  their  possessions  to 
him.8/ 11.  Caesar  remembered  all  that  he  had  ever7  seen. 
12.  While  our  general  was  delaying  in  those  places  for 
the  sake  of  supplies,  ambassadors  from  a  large  part  of 
Gaul  came  to  him8  with  respect  to  peace.  13.  He  com- 
mended the  legions,  which  were  wintering  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Geneva,  because  they  had  been  the  first  to 
march  into  the  enemy's  country.  14.  When  you  and  I 
lead9  our  troops  across  the  river  Ehine,  we  shall  scatter 
the  Germans,  some  in  one  direction  and  some  in  another. 


18  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  was  forming ;  see  Ref.  2  and  Ex.  2. 

a  has  been  delaying ;  see  Ref.  3  and  Ex.  3. 

8  for  the  sake  of;  what  must  be  the  position  of  causa  1     See  Vy. 

4  with  rafts;  should  a  preposition  be  used  in  the  Latin  equivalent  ? 

5  had  been  making;  with  iam  diu,  etc.,  the  Latin  employs  the  imper- 
fect where  the  English  uses  the  progressive  pluperfect. 

6  make ;  what  tense  must  be  used  ?    See  Ref.  7  and  its  Ex. 

7  ever,  in  the  sense  of  at  any  time,  must  be  rendered  by  umquam ;  in 
the  sense  of  always,  by  semper. 

B  to  him ;  how  should  to  him  be  rendered  in  Sentence  10,  and  how  in 
Sentence  12  ?     Why  ? 

9  lead;  with  what  tense  should  lead  be  rendered,  and  why  ?  See  Ref.  11. 


LESSON  VII. 
SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES.— FINAL  CLAUSES. 

REFERENCES. 

1-7.  Sequence  of  Tenses.  A.  &  G.  482,  1,  2;  483  :/f  H.  &  B. 
476;  477,  c:  B.  267,  1-3:  G.  225;  509,  1;  510:  H.542;  543;  545, 
I.,  II. 

8,  9.  Exceptions.  A.  &.  G.  485,  a,  e:/(H.&  B.  481;  482,  1,  2: 
B.  268,  1-3:  G.  511,  Remarks  1,3:  H.  546. 

10, 11.  Adverbial  use  of  Final  Clauses.1  A.  &  G.  530;  531, 1 : 
H.  &B.  502,  2:  B.  282,  1,  a:  G.  543;  544,1.;  545,1-3:  H.568,7. 

12,13.  Adjective  use  of  Final  Clauses.  A.  &  G.  531,  2,  a: 
H.  &  B.  502,  2,  b:  B.  282,  2:  G.  630:  H.  590. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  He  stays  \  that  he  may  know,  remanet      ^ 

2.  He  will  stay  I  to  .know,  in  order     remanebit  I 

3.  He  has  staid  f to  know,  so  as  remansit      j 

4.  He  will  have  staid  J  to  know.  remanserit  J 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  19 


5.  He  was  staying  \  that  he  might  know,   remanebat  \ 

6.  He  staid  Ito  know,  in  order         remansit      Vutsciret. 

7.  He  had  staid    J  to  know,so  as  to  know ;  remanserat  J 

8.  I  have  been  waiting  that  you  might  see,  exspectavi  ut  vide- 
retis. 

9.  He  persuades  Dumnorix  to  attempt  the  same,  Dumnorigi,  ut 
idem  conaretur,  persuadet. 

10.  He  strengthens  the  forts  that  he  may  be  able  more  easily  to  pre- 
vent, castella  communit,  quo  facilius  prohibere  possit. 

11.  He  stopped  that  he  might  not  lose  time  (so  as  not  to  lose  time), 
constitit  ne  tempus  dlmitteret. 

12.  He  sends  forward  scouts  to  select  (who  are  to  select)  a  place,  ex- 
ploratores  praemittit  qui  locum  deligant. 

13.  He  sent  forward  the  cavalry  to  delay  (which  was  to  delay)  the 
army,  equitatum,  qui  agmen  mordretur,  praemisit. 

VOCABULARY  7. 

auxiliaries,  auxilia,  -orum,  n.pl.  fear,  timor,  -oris,  m. 

avoid,  vito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  force,  band,  body,  manus,  -us,/. 

bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m.  fort,  castellum,  -i,  n. 

cavalry,  equitatus,  -us,  m.  infantry,  pedites,  -um,  m.  pi. 

confer,  conloquor,   -I,   -locutus  nation,  natio,  -onis,/. 

sum.  send   forward,    praemitto,  -ere, 

cut    down,     interscindo,     -ere,  -misi,  -missum. 

-scidi,  -scissum.  storm,    expugno,     -are,     -avi, 

easily,  facile,  adv.  -atum. 

excuse,     excuso,      -are,      -avi,  suspicion,  suspicio, -onis, /. 

-atum.  terrify,  perterreo,  -ere,-ui,-itum. 

y&tfJ&  4J^  fJfvrtl&xA     EXERCISE  7. 

^r  1.    Crassus  and  Metellus  go  into  Italy  that  they  niavx^A^*^-^** 
be  elected1  consuls^  2.  The  cavalry  delay  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  enemy's  camp  so  as  to  avoid1  the  suspicion  of  fear.     $A 
3.   The  infantry  had  delayed  in  the  vicinity  of  the  city  in        ~{}ff$F^ 
order  to  avoid  the  suspicion  of  fear.     4.  The  consul  was 
leading  a  large  force  of  cavalry2  through  the  territory  of 
the  Allobroges,  that  he  might  terrify  them.     5.  Metellus 
sent  forward  his  cavalry,  which  was  to  terrify  the  Gauls. 


i 


A 


Z> 


20  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITKDnT^^^ 

6.  These  had  delayed,  that  they  might  avoid  the  sus- 
picion of  fear.  7.  We  have  been  storming  the  city  that 
the  enemy  might  not3  make  a  sally  from  it.4  8.  Ariovis- 
tus  sends  forward  his  infantry  with  all  his  cavalry,  which 
forces  are  to  terrify  our  men.  9.  The  Gauls  sent  ambas- 
sadors to  me  when  I  was  consul,  who  were  to  confer  with 
me^  with  respect  to  peace.  /l0.  The  consul  led  with  him6 
a  large  force  of  infantry  that7  he  might  more  easily  storm 
the  fort.  /LI.  Let  the  general  send  forward  a  part  of  his8 
infantry  to  storm  the  fort  and  cut  down  the  bridge. 
12.  Let  us  march  into  the  enemy's  country  that  he  may 
not  winter  in  ours.  13.  Crassus  will  march  into  Aqui- 
tania  and  Helvetia  that  auxiliaries  may  not  be  sent  from 
those  nations  into  Gaul.  14.  While  the  general  was 
delaying9  in  the  vicinity  of  Geneva  for  the  sake  of10  sup- 
plies, men  from  a  large  part  of  Helvetia  came  to  him  to 
excuse1  themselves. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  In  English,  purpose  or  design  is  expressed  by  that  and  a  verb  with 
may  or  might ;  by  in  order,  so  as,  who  is,  ivho  was,  etc.,  followed  by  an 
infinitive;  and  very  often  by  an  infinitive  alone  :  see  Examples. 

2  Large  force  of  cavalry ;  when  a  Noun  is  modified  both  by  an  Adjec- 
tive and  a  Genitive,  the  usual  order  is  Adj.,  Gen.,  Noun  :  e.  g.,  tanta  rerum 
commutatio. 

8   That  not  in  a.  final  clause  should  be  rendered  by  ne. 

4  It ;  what  must  be  the  gender  of  this  word  in  the  Latin  ?     Why  ? 

5  What  is  the  position  of  cum  when  used  with  personal  and  relative 
pronouns?    See  Ln.  IV.,  Note  8. 

6  Him;  with  what  pronoun  should  him  be  rendered?  See  Ln.  III., 
Rrf.  8-12. 

7  That;  how  may  that  be  rendered  when  it  introduces  a  final  clause 
containing  a  comparative  ? 

8  His;  when  should  his,  their  be  rendered  by  suus  When  by  the 
Genitive  of  is  ? 

9  was  delaying ;  see  Lx.  VI.,  Ref.  2. 

10  What  must  be  the  position  of  causa  with  respect  to  its  limiting  Geni- 
tive ?    See  Vy.  6. 


ii 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  21 

LESSON  VIII. 
FINAL  CLAUSES  (continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-14.  Substantive  Use  of  Final  Clauses.  A.  &G.  563,  e;  564: 
H.  &  B.  502,  3.  a),  4:  B.  294:  295,  1-7;  296,  1,  2:  G.  544,  II.; 
546;  550,  1,  2:  H.  564,  L;  565.  567. 

12-14.  ut  omitted.  A.  &  G.  565,  a:  B.  295,  8:  G.  546,  Remark 
2:  H.  565,  2,  4. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  He  advised  that  the  legions  unite,  monuit  ut  sese  legiones 
coniungerent. 

2.  They  ask  him  to  choose,  ab  eo  postulant  utl1  deligat. 

3.  They  begged  him  not  to  move,  ne  moveret  petierunt. 

4.  He  exhorted  them  to  withstand  the  attack,  cohortatus  est 
utl  impetum  sustinerent. 

5.  He  commanded  that  they  should  not  throw  hack  any  weapon, 
imperavit  ne  quod  telum  reicerent. 

6.  He  ordered  these  to  find  out,  his  mandavit  ut  cOr/voscerent. 

7.  They  persuade  their  neighbors  to  set  out,  persuadent  finiti- 
mis  utl  proficlscantur. 

8.  He  employs  the  Senones  to  find   out  these  things,  dat  nego- 
tium  Senonibus  utl  ea  cognOscant.2 

9.  He  feared  that  he  would  offend,  ne  offenderet  verebatur. 

10.  I  fear  that  you  are  not  long  lived,  ut  sis  vitalis  metuo 

11.  I  fear  that  I  shall  not  bring  it  to  pass,  timeo  ne  non  impe- 
trem. 

12.  I  desire  you  to  consider,  velim  existimes. 

13.  He  asks  him  to  make  an  end,  rogat  finem  faciat. 

14.  Him  he  orders  to  go  to  the  Belgians,  huic  mandat  Belgas 
adeat. 

VOCABULARY  8. 

advance  to  the  attack,  make  an      advise,  moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
assault,  signa  Tnfer5,  inferre,      at  all,  omnino,  adv. 
intuli,  inlatum.  beg,  peto,  -ere,  -ivi  &  -ii,  -Itum. 


22  LATIN   PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

command,    impero,    -are,     -avi,  persuade,  persuadeo,  -ere,  -sua- 

-atum,  w.  dat.  si,  -suasura. 

employ,    negotium    do,    dare,  report,   refero,   referre,   retuli, 

dedi,  datum ;  lit.  give  employ-  relatum. 

merit;  w.  dat.  of  person  employed  remaining,  rest  of,  reliquus,  -a, 

and  final  da  use,  defining  tJie  em-  -urn . 

ployment.  throw    back,     reicio,     reicere, 

exhort,  urge,  encourage,  cohor-  reieci,  reiectum. 

tor,  -ari,  -atus  sum.  unite,  join  together,  coniungo, 

fear,   vereor,    -erl,  -itus  sum  ;  -ere,  -iunxii,  -ifinctum,  u\  re- 

timeo,  -ere,  -ui ;  metuo, -ere,  fiexive  pronoun. 

metui.  weapon,  telum,  -I,  n. 

fearlessly,  bravely,  fortiter,  adv.  withstand,  sustineo,  -ere,  -tinui, 

find   out,    cognosco,    -ere,   co-  -tentum. 

gnovi,  cognitum. 

EXERCISE  8. 

1.  The  consul  advised  that  for  the  future  we  avoid  all 
suspicions  of  fear.  ^{\  The  general  exhorts  both  the  cav-  jtff 
airy  and  infantry  to  advance  fearlessly  to  the  attack.^ 
3.  Crassus  advises  that  the  legions  unite  and  make  an 
assault  on  the  enemy.  4.  The  governor  betook  himself 
to  his  friends3  and  urged  them3  to  assemble  in  as  great 
numbers  as  possible.4  5.  Caesar  betook  himself  to  his 
men3  and  commanded  them  not  to  throw  back  any 
weapon  at  all.  y  6.  Metellus  sent  ambassadors  to  the 
king,  who  were  to  beg5  him  not  to  cut  down  the  bridge. 

7.  We  shall  employ  these  soldiers  to  cut  down  the  bridge. 

8.  They  employed  us  to  find  out  what  Ariovistus  said6 
and  to  report  to  them.7  9.  They  persuaded  us  to  pass 
the  winter  in  their  city.  10.  We  have  persuaded  not  only 
the  boys  but  also  the  girls  to  be  more  attentive  and  indus- 
trious. 11.  We  fear8  that  father  and  mother  will  be 
unwilling  to  come.  12.  Our  general  feared  that  auxil- 
iaries would  come  from  those  nations  into  Switzerland. 
13.    We  have  feared  that  you  and  the  rest  of  the  boys 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  23 

would  not  be  attentive.  14.  The  general  fears  that  his 
cavalry  will  not  withstand  the  attack  of  the  Swiss. 
15.  Him  I  desired  to  go9  as  an  ambassador  to  the 
French. 


A~Notes  and  Questions.     ^T^ 


1  uti,  original  form  of  ut. 

2  uti  —  cognoscant,  an  appositive  with  negotium ;  what  is  the  literal 
translation  of  this  sentence  ? 

3  Is  it  necessary  to  render  this  word  ? 

4  as  possible;  the  force  of  a  superlative  is  intensified  by  prefixing  quam  : 
e.  g.,  quam  pluriml,  as  many  (men)  as  possible. 

6  who  were  to  beg;  which  use  of  the  Final  Clause  ?    See  Ln.  VII.,  Ref. 
12,  13. 

6  said;  render  by  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive. 

7  them;  what  pronoun  should  be  used  ?     See  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12. 

8  Verbs  and  expressions  of  fearing  in  Latin  are  followed  by  ne  and  the 
Subjunctive  if  the  object  is  not  desired  ;  by  ut  or  ne  non  and  the  Subjunc- 
tive if  it  is  desired.  In  such  sentences  ne  equals  that,  lest ;  nt, 
equal  that  not :  see  Examples  9,  10,  11. 

9  to  go;  see  Example  12. 


LESSON  IX. 
CONSECUTIVE  CLAUSES. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.    Adverbial  and  Adjective  Uses  of  Consecutive  Clauses.1 
(A.  &  G.  537,  1.  2,  a!)H.  &  B.  521,  1,  2:  B.  284,  1-3:  G.  551,  1,  2; 
630:  H.  570;  591,  2.  JfcWr- 

4-8.    Substantive  Use  of  Consecutive  Clauses. Ca.  &  G.  568; 
569,  1,  2^H.  &  B.  521,  3,  a):  B.  297,  1-3:  G.  553,  1-4:  H.  571. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.    Such  a  change  was  made  that  our  soldiers  renewed  the  battle, 
tanta  commiitatio  facta  est,  ut  nostri  proelium  redinteurdrent. 


24  LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

2.  There  are  so  many  that  a  prison  caw  no£  hold  them,  sunt  ita 
multi.  ut  eos  career  capere  rco?i  possit. 

3.  No  one  will  be  so  stupid  as  not  to  see,  or  that  he  will  not  see, 
ngmo  tarn  stultus  erit,  qui  non  videat. 

4.  It  happened  to  be  full  moon,  accidit  ut  esset  luna  plena. 

5.  The  result  was  that  they  endured  not  even  one  attack,  factum 
est,  ut  ne  unum  quidem  impetum  ferrent. 

(5.    They  made  the  departure  seem  entirely  like  a  flight,  fecerunt, 
ut  consimilis  fugae  profectio  videretur. 

7.  They  had  caused  these  hedges  to  furnish  protection,  efifece- 
rant  ut  hae  saepes  munimenta  praeberent. 

8.  It  is  a  law  of  war  that  they  who  conquer  rule,  ius  est  belli  ut, 
qui  vicerint  imperent.2 

VOCABULARY  9. 

arise,  coorior,  -Iri,  -ortus  sum.  not. .  .  even,  ne..  .  quidem;   the 

bring  to  pass,  cause,  efficio,  em"-  word  to  be  made  emphatic  must 

cere,  effeci,  effectum.  stand  between  ne"  and  quidem. 

defend,    defendo,    -ere,    -fendi,  remains,    it   remains,   reliquum 

-fensum.  est  ;  restat. 

endure,    bear,  fero,  ferre,    tuli,  seize,  occupo, -are, -avT, -atum. 

latum.  so,  tarn,  ita,  adverbs. 

happens,  the  result  is,  it  conies  to  spiritedly,  acriter,  adv. 

pass,  fit,  fieri,  factum  est.  storm,  tempestas,  -atis,  / 

*         «         indeed,    at  least,  quidem,   adv.  ;  such,  so  great,  tantus,  -a,  -um. 

stands  immediately  after  the  em-  such,  of  such  a  kind,  talis,  -e. 

4jJQJLXaA^4  phatic  word.  suddenly,  subito,  adv. 

wm  m>  nobody,  no  one,  nemo;  gen.  and  true,  verus,  -a,  -um. 

J5^  abl.  supplied  from  null  us  ;  dat.  wicked,  improbus,  -a,  -um.     - 

2*+aa~4\JL  *r*auJ  ace.,  nemini,  neminem.  ,y    '  {^*l 

~*ZLLZ  EXERCISE  9.  V^         ^ 

i     1.   Such  fear  suddenly  seized  the  army  that  it  terrified 

^the  minds  of  all.  'fo.  Such  a  storm  suddenly  arose  that 

b  Jif^  At   drove  our  ships,  some  in  one  direction  and  some  in 

' '.  another./^.   Our  soldiers  arc  so  cowardly  thai  they  will 

.yJ     i    w^Jnot3  advance4  to  the  attack.     4.  Xo  one  is  so  cowardly  as 

'W$         not  to  defend  himself.     5.  The  consul  made  us  betake 


I  LATItf    PROSE    COM 


ourselves  into  the  middle  of  the  city.     6.  We  fear  that" 
we  shall  not  make  you   hear.     7.  I  brought  it  to  pass 
that  the  senate  sent  me  as  an  ambassador  to  the  French. 
8.  The  result  was  that  the  Gauls  did  not  endure  even  one 
attack  of  our  men  but5  fled  at  once.  /  9.  It  happens  that 
the  very6  men,  who  are  making  an  assault  on  the  Swiss, 
are  very7  cowardly.  /lO.  It  remains  for  you  to  go8  to  the 
general  and  beg  him  not  to  pitch  his  camp  in  our  city. 
y\l.  It  is  a  law  of  war  that  those,  who  have  been  con-    Jj- 
quered,  surrender9  themselves  and  all  their  possessions. 
12.  The  storm  was  so  great  that  nobody3  came.     13.  The 
consul  advised  that  no  one3  lead  his  army  out  of  winter- 
quarters.     14.  For  a  long  time  I  have  been  exhorting10 
the  cavalry  to   make  a  spirited  assault  on  the  English.     . 
15.  This  is  indeed  true  that  he  exhorted11  us  to  withstand    ^^ 
the  attack. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  In  English  a  result  is  expressed  by  that,  so  that,  and  an  Indicative ;  by 
as,  so  as,  and  an  Infinitive  ;  sometimes  by  an  Infinitive  alone.  The  pre- 
ceding clause  generally  contains  some  word  modified  by  such  or  so :  see 
Examples  and  compare  Lesson  VII.,  Note  1. 

2  ut  —  imperent  is  an  appositive  with  ius. 

8  that  not ;  In  clauses  of  result,  that  not,  that  no  one,  that  nothing,  that 
never  are  to  be  translated  respectively  by  ut  non,  ut  nemo,  ut  nihil,  ut 
numquam;  in  clauses  of  purpose  by  ne,  ne  quis,  n§  quid,  ne  umquam. 

4  will  advance;  "The  Present  Subjunctive  corresponds  in  most  cases  to 
the  Present  and  to  the  simple  Future  of  the  Indicative  ;  but  when  it  is  im- 
portant to  distinguish  the  Future  from  the  Present,  the  Future  Active  Parti- 
ciple, with  sim  or  essem,  is  resorted  to."    Roby,  3  507. 

5  but;  "If  a* negative  proposition  is  followed  by  an  affirmative,  in 
which  the  same  thought  is  expressed  or  continued,  -que,  et,  or  ac,  is  em- 
ployed  in  Latin,  where  in  English  we  use  but."     Madvig,  433,  Obs.  2. 

6  very;  see  Ln.  IV.,  Note  6.  7  very ;  see  Ln.  II.,  Note  3. 

8  for  you  to  go  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  that  you  go. 

9  that  —  surrender ;  see  Ex.  8  and  Note  2. 

10  have  been  exhorting ;  see  Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  3. 

11  that  he  exhorted ;  which  use  of  the  Consecutive  Clause  T 


^%^ 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 


LESSON  X. 


PECULIAR  USES   OF   RELATIVE  CLAUSES.— SUBJUNC- 
TIVE WITH  QUIN  AND  QUOMINUS. 

REFERENCES. 

1-9.    Relative  Clauses.    A.  &  G.  535,  a,  b,  f:    H.  &  B.  521,  1 
>   a-c:  B.  283,  1,  2:  G.  631,  1,  2:  H.  591,  1-7. 
^^     10-12.    Subjunctive  with  Quin.    A.  &.  G.  558,  a:  H.&  B.  502, 
<J>pi;  521,  1,  2,  3,  b):    B.  283,  4;  284,  3;  295,  3:    G.  554,  555.  1,   2: 
V    H.  595,  1-3. 

13,  14.    Subjunctive  with  Quominus.1    A.  &  G.  558,  b:    H.  & 
<^.  B.  502,  3,  b):  B.  295,  3:  G.  547;  549:  H.  568,  8. 

V)  EXAMPLES. 

1.  And  not  any  one  has  been   found  who  refused  to  die,  neque 
repertus  est  quisquam,  qui  mori  recusaret. 

2.  There  was  nothing  with  which   to  allay  hunger,  nihil  erat, 
quo  famem  tolerdrcnt. 

3.  There  is  nobody  who  does  not  fear  you,  nemo  est  qui  te  non 
rnetuat. 

4.  There  are  some  who  do  not  see,  sunt  qui.  non  videant. 

5.  There  will  be  some  who  will  desire,  erunt  qui  velint. 

6.  What  is  there  which  can  please  you?     Quid  est  quod  te  de- 
*"  V    lectare  possit  ? 

7.  I  am   the  only  man  v:ho  could  not  be  induced,  unus  ego  sum 
qui  adduci  non  potuerim. 

8.  He    will   not  be  a  fit  man  to  send,  non  erit  idoneus  qui 
mittatur. 

9.  The  stories  are  not  worth  reading,  fabulae  non  dignae  sunt 
quae  legantur. 

10.  I  do  not  doubt  that  he  will  inflict  punishment,  non  dubito 
quin  supplicium  sumat. 

11.  There  is  no  doubt  that  they  are  the  most  powerful,  non  est 
dubium  quin  plurimum  possint. 

12.  They  could  not  be  restrained  from  hurling  weapons,  retineri 
non  poterant  quln>  tela  conicercnt. 


t<TT\^**^\       -***«^ 


A.,  Q**+UUS*      S-*"-v*»» 


*-V    OMT*   «. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


27 


13.  Nobody  was  hindered  from  enjoying  his  property,  nemo  im- 
pediebatur  quominus x  eius  r§bus  frueretur. 

14.  They  will  not  refuse  to  be  under  their  government,  non  re 
cusabunt  quominus 1  sub  illorum  imperio  sint. 


VOCABULARY  10 

allay,  endure,  tolero,  -are,  -avi,     induce, 

-atum. 
doubt,  dubito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
doubtful,  dubius,  -a,  -um  ;  there 

is   no   doubt  that,    non    est 

dubium  quin,  w.  subj. 
dwell  in,  inhabit,  incolo,  -ere, 

-colui,  no  sup. 
fit,  suitable,  proper,  idoneus,  -a, 

-um. 
government,  imperiuna,  -I,  n. 
hinder,  impedio,  -ire,  -Ivi  or  -ii, 

-ltum. 
hostage,  obses,  obsidis,  m.  andf. 
hunger,  fame3,  -is,  /. 


adduco,  -ere,  -duxl, 
-ductum. 

inflict  punishment,  supplicium 
sumo,  -ere,  sumpsi,  sump- 
tum;  to  inflict  punishment  on 
any  one,  de  aliquo  supplicium 
sumere. 

prevent,  deterreo,-ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

refuse,  recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

restrain,  retineo,  -ere,  -tinui, 
-tentum. 

severe,  gravis,  -e. 

time,  a  second  time,  iterum,  adv. 

under,  sub,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl. 


Ss<f 


worthy,  dlgnus,  -a,  -um.         ^x^\ 
^h2jLH>crtMJjC  EXERCISE  .0. 

1.  A  storm  arose  which  drove2  our  ships,  some  in  one 
direction  and  some  in  another.  2.  We  have  nothing  with 
which  to  allay  our  hunger.  3.  There  was  nobody  who 
did  not  fear  that3  you  would  come.  4KxTnere  are  some 
who  fear  that3  our  infantry  will  noj^be  able  to  withstand 
the  attack.  5.  Who  is  thereJ-nthis  city  that  will  not 
bravely  defend4  himself  ?  «ra.  Divitiacus  was  the  only  ^r-t^t^\ 
man  who  could  not  be  induced  to  give  his  children  as 
hostages. yV7.  This  is  the  only  general  who  urged  his  sol- 
diers to 'march5  fearlessly  into  the  enemy's  country. 
8.  This  man  is  not  fit  to  be  sent  as  ambassador  to  the 
Germans.  9.  The  books,  which  you  sent  me,6  are  worth 
reading  a  second  time.  10.  We  did  not  doubt  that  Ario- 
vistus   would  inflict  very  severe  punishment  on  all  the 


28  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

hostages.  11.  There  is  no  doubt  that  he  will  inflict 
severe  punishment  on  all  of  us.7  12.  We  shall  not  be 
able  to  prevent  even  the  Germans8  from  uniting  them- 
selves with  the  French.  13.  Our  army  could  not  be 
restrained  from  making  an  attack  on  the  Swiss.  14.  The 
Eomans  were  not  hindered  from  marching  through  the 
territory  of  the  Gauls.  15.  The  Germans  do  not  refuse 
to  be  under  our  government,  but  are  glad  to  dwell  in  our 
country. 

-Notes  and  Questions 

1  Some  write  quominus;  others  quo  minus.  "The  use  of  'quominus' 
springs  from  the  euphemistic  courtesy  of  the  Latin  language.  It  is  more 
polite  to  say,  '  1  will  hinder  you  so  that  you  shall  the  less  do  what  you 
wish,'  than  to  say,  'quin  (ut  non)  facias,'  'so  that  you  shall  not  do  it.' 
So  after  recuso  the  refusal  is  less  point-blank,  as  far  as  expression  goes, 
with  '  quominus '  than  it  would  be  with  quin."  Moberly's  Caesar,  page 
225,  Note  P.  18. 

2  which  drove;  the  Indicative  would  simply  state  the  fact  that  'the 
storm  drove  our  ships  '  ;  the  Subjunctive,  that  '  it  was  of  such  force  as  to 
drive  them ' :  which  mood  should  be  used  ? 

8  that;  see  Ln.  VIIL,  Note  8. 

4  will  defend;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Note  4,  last  part. 

6  to  march;  see  Ln.  VIIL,  Ref.  1-14.  6  me  =  to  me  =  ad  me. 

7  all  of  us  =  us  all. 

8  Germans;  what  must  be  the  position  of  Germanos?  Why?  See  Vy. 
IX.,  under  not  —  even. 


—> oWKe 


LESSON  XI. 
CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES. 

REFERENCES. 


1-15.    A.  &  O.  512,  q;  513.  l,i.  514,  A,  B;  515fq;  516,  lJL2.g-jrf:, 
lC3fK573;  579,  a;  580,6:    B.  301-303:    G.  589-591;  594-596: 
H.  572;  574;  576. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  29 

EXAMPLES. 

L      (If  they  are  fighting,  they  are)  ^  pSgnant)  vincunt. 

(     conquering,  ) 

2     Clf    they    were    fighting,    they  J  si  pQgnabant,  vincebant. 

}     were  conquering,  ) 

{If  they  have  fought,  they  havej 
conquered,  [  si  pugnaverunt,  vicerunt 

If  they  fought,  they  conquered,] 
(  If  they  fight  (shall  fight),  they j  &i  pttgnabuntj  vincent 
'     (     will  conquer,  ) 

5  (  If  they  fight(shall  have  fought), )  rf  pagnaverint>  vincent. 
(     they  will  conquer,  ) 

6  (If  they  shall  have  fought,  they)  ^  pagnaverint>  vicerint. 
(     will  have  conquered,  ) 

Ilf  they  should  fight,  or  were  to] 
fight,  they  would  conquer,      I         ■ 
,Tfll°       ,    ',     «  v...       .,        si  pugnent,  vincant. 
|  If  they  should  be  fighting,  they        r 

would  be  conquering,  J 

If  they  should   have    fought,"] 

they  would  have  conquered,  I 
If  they  should  fight,  they  would  f "  P«S^verint,  voerint 

conquer,  j 


8. 


9.   If  he  has  come,  he  has  brought  a  legion  with  him,  si  venit, 
secum  legionem  duxit. 

10.  I  shall  not  make  war  upon  them,  if  they  pay  (shall  pay)  the 
tax,  iis  non  bellum  inferam,  si  stipendium  pendent. 

11.  If  he  leaves  (shall  have  left),  I  shall  reward  him,  si  discesse- 
rit  ilium  remunerabor. 

12.  If  nobody  should  follow,  I  should  go  with  the  tenth  legion, 
si  nemo  sequatur,  cum  decima  legione  earn. 

13.  Unless  relief  is  dispatched  (shall  be  dispatched),  I  cannot  hold 
out,  nisi  subsidium  summittetur,  ego  sustinere  non  possum. 

14.  Leap  down,  unless  you  wish  to  abandon  the  standard,  desilite, 
nisi  voltis  aquilam  prodere. 

15.  But  if  you  prefer  that,  betake  yourself  to  Caesar,  sin  id  mavis, 
confer  te  ad  Caesarem. 


30  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

VOCABULARY  II. 

alarm,  commoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  pay,  pen  do,  -ere,  pependi,  pen- 

-motum.  sum. 

depart,    discedo,    -ere,   -cessi,  prefer,  maid,  malle.  maluT. 

-cessum.  stay,  remaneo,  -ere,  -mansi,  no 

flight,  fuga,  -ae,  /.  sup. 

give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum.  tax,  stipendium,  -i,  n. 

if,  si ;  if  however,  but  if,  sin,  conj's.  tenth,  decimus,  -a,  -urn. 

make  upon,  bring  upon,  infer o,  unless,  nisi. 

inferre,  intuli,  inlatum  ;  w.  write,  scribo,  -ere,  scrips!,  scrip- 

acc.  and  dat.  turn. 

EXERCISE  II. 

If  these  boys  and  girls  are  attentive  and  industriojis, 
they  are  happy.  <^2.  If  the  flight  of  the  Gauls  has  alarmed 
any,  they  have  fled.  3.  If  the  Romans  were  marching 
through  Gaul,  the  Gauls  were  making  war  upon  them. 
4.  If  any  of  the  soldiers  were  cowardly,  the  general  in- 
flicted severe  punishment  upon  them.  5.  If  nobody 
comes,  we  shall  go  with  the  tenth  legion  alone.  //5.  They 
would  not  make  war  upon  us,  if  we  should  pay  the  tax. 
7.  ifliostages  should  be  given,  I  s_houJd  make  peace  with 
them.  8  If  there  should  be  no  doubt  that  hostages 
would  be  given,  I  should  be  willing  to  make  peace  with 
them.  9.  If  they  should  not  refuse  to  be  under  our 
government,  nothing  wau^d  prevent  us  from  making 
peace  with  them.  10.  Do  not  break  up  camp,  unless 
you  wish  to  begin  a  battley^ll.  But  if  you  prefer  to 
break  up  camp,  betake^  yourselves  to  the  vicinity  of 
Geneva.  12.  If  you  were  to  wheel  about,  you  would  put 
the  enemy  to  flight.  13.  If  you  wrote  these  books  your- 
self, they  are  worth  reading.  14.  Tf  there  is  nobody  in 
this  city  who  will  bravely  defend  himself,  let  us  flee. 
15.  Stay  in  this  place,  if  you  wish  to  avoid  the  suspicion 
of  fe'ar. 


to 


C-M& 


yV^\ 


LATIN    PEOSE    COMPOSITION.  31 


LESSON   XII. 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES  {continued). 

1-5.    Supposition  contrary  taUteafttfc    A^_&_G.  517,  Qrr  b:   H 
&  B.  581:  B.  304:  G.  597:  H.  579,  1. 

6.  Use  of  quam  si,  ac  si,  etc.    A.  &  G~  524:    B.  307,  1:    G.  .     ,         Cf 
602:  H.  584,  1,  2.  "TU^u^  ,      m      ^  AX  (k-VLfrA^       \MjUs*       . 

7.  Conditional  Relative  Clauses.    A.  &_0,_£19.:    H.  &  B.  577: 
B.  312.2:  G.  593,  1:  H.  593,  1. 

8.  Use  of  modo,  dum,  dum  modo.    A.  &  G.  528:  H.  &  B.529: 
B.  310, 1.,  II.:  G.  573:  H.  587.    -£*v£~u7   vJ~ 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  If  they  were  fighting,  they  would  be  conquering,  si  piignarent, 
vincerent. 

2.  If  they  had  fought,  they  would  have  conquered,  si  pugna- 
vissent,  vicissent. 

3.  If  they  could,  they  would  storm  the  fort,  si  possent,  castel- 
lum  expugnaxent. 

4.  If  they  had  been  able,  they  would  have  cut  down  the  bridge, 
si  potuissent,  pontem  interscidissent. 

5.  If  the  troops  had  come,  we  should  be  storming  the  fort,  si 
copiae  vSnissent,  castellum  expugnaremus. 

6.  They  shudder  at  the  cruelty  of  the  absent  Ariovistus  as  if  he 
were  present  (i.  e.,  as  they  would  shudder,  if  he  were  present),  ab- 
sentis  AriovistI  crudelitatem,  velut  si  adsit,  horrent. 

7.  Whoever  sees  this  will  be  compelled  to  admit  that  there  are 
gods,  or,  if  any  one  should  see  this,  he  would  be  compelled  to  admit 
that  there  are  gods,  haec  qui  videat,  cogatur  confiteri  deos  esse. 

8.  Let  him  depart,  provided  he  goes  into  exile,  discedat,  dum 
modo  in  exsilium  eat. 

VOCABULARY  12. 
absent,  absens,  gen.  absentis.         as  if,  velut  si,  quasi. 
affair,  res,  rei,  /.  beset  closely,  urgueo,  -ere,  ursi, 

arrival,  adventus,  us,  m.  no  sup. 


{ 


32  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

by,  a,  ab,  prep.  w.  abl.  present,  be  present,  adsum,  ad- 
cruelty,  crudelitas,  -atis,/.  esse,  adfui. 
district,  regio,  -onis,  /.  provided,  modo,  dum,  dum  mo- 
inform  any  one,  aliquem  certio-  do,  co7ij's. 

rem  facio,  facere,  feci,  fac-  regard  as  an  enemy,  pro  hoste 

turn  ;  be  informed,  certior  fio,  habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

fieri,  factus  sum,  seventh,  septim^s,  -a,  -um. 

in  person,  coram,  adv.  shudder  at,  horreo,  -ere,  horrui, 

lead  down,  deduco,  -ere,  -duxl,  no  sup. 

-ductum.  well,  bene,  adv. 
on  the  march,  ex  itinere ;  to  be 

on  the  march,  esse  in  itinere. 

EXERCISE  12. 

1.  If  the  infantry  could  cross  the  river,  they  would 
storm  the  fort  on  the  march.  2.  If  the  Gauls  had  cut 
down  the  bridge,  they  would  not  have  been  able  to  cross 
the  river.  3.  If  he  had  not  led  down  his  army  out  of 
these  districts,  I  should  have  regarded  him  as  an  enemy. 
4.  If  he  were  leading  down  his  army  out  of  these  districts, 
we  should  not  regard  him  as  an  enemy.  )&? Unless  he 
leads1  down  his  armv  out  of  these  districts,  l%hall  regard 
him  as  an  enemy\w3.  But  if  he  should  lead  down  his 
army  out  of  these  aistricts,  we  should  not  regard  him  as 
an  enemy.  7.  The  Sequani  used  to  shudder2  at  the  cru- 
elty of  the  absent  Ariovistus  as  if3  he  were  present  in 
person.  $LJ The  king  makes  us  shudder  at4  his  cruelty  as 
if  he  were  present  in  person^F  9.  If  any  one5  should  be 
alarmed  by  the  flight6  of  the  Wauls,  he  would  flee?)  10.  If 
the  enemy  had  been  informed  with  respect  to  out  arrival, 
they  would  have  fled.  11.  If  we  should  employ  the  Gauls 
to  inform7  us  with  respect  to  his8  arrival,  it  would  be  well. 
12.  If  Caesar  had  employed  the  Gauls  to  inform  him  with 
respec^  to  these  afTajr^  it  would  have  been  well.  ")  13.  If 
the  general  saw9  that  the  legions  were  closely  beset10  by 


LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION.  33 

the  enemy,  he  would  advise  that  they  join  themselves 
together.  14.  If  Caesar  had  seen  that  the  seventh  legion 
was  closely  beset,  he  would  have  advised  that  the  legions 
unite  and  attack  the  enemy.  15.  Nothing  will  prevent  us 
from  visiting11  you,  provided  we  are  not  sick. 

y    Notes  and  Quest:ons 

1  leads ;  what  tense  should  be  used  ? 

2  used  to  shudder  at;  see  Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  4-< 
8  as  if;  what  may  be  supplied  between  as  and  iff 

4  shudder  at;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8,  and  Ex.  6. 

5  If  any  one;  see  Ref.  7  and  Ex.  7. 

6  by  the  flight;  what  does  this  phrase  denote  ? 
used  in  the  Latin  equivalent  ? 

7  to  inform;  what  must  be  its  construction?    See 
1-14,  and  Ex.   8. 

8  his;  how  is  it  to  be  translated  ? 

9  saw ;  what  time  does  this  verb  refer  to,    present  or  pas' 
tense  must  be  used  ? 

10  that  the  legions  were  closely  beset,  legiones  urguerL 

11  from  visiting;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  13,  14. 

LESSON   XIII. 
CONCESSIVE    CLAUSES. 

REFERENCES. 

1-6.  Use  of  Moods  in  Concessive  Clauses.  A.  &  G.  527, 
a-d:  H.  &  B.  554;  «556;  532,  2,  a;  582,  8;  526:  B.  308;  309,  1-6: 
G.  603-608;  634;  587:  H.  585;  586,  I.,  II.;  598. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  I  opposed  yon,  although  I  saw  my  own  ruin,  tibi  obstiti, 
quamquam  videbam  perniciem  meam. 

2.  Although  all  perils  threaten,  I  shall  endure  them,  licet  peri- 
cula  impendeant  omnia,  subibo 


34  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

3.  Although  the  Suevi  had  not  been  able  to  drive  these  out,  yet 
they  made  them  tributary  to  themselves,  hos  cum  Suevi  expellere 
non  potuissent,  tamen  vectigales  sibi  fecerunt. 

4.  Although  the  battle  was  fought  till  evening,  nobody  could  see 
an  enemy  in  retreat,  cum  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  sit,  aver  sum 
hostem  videre  nemo  potuit. 

5.  However  large  it  is,  it  is  too  little,  quamvis  amplum  sit,  id 
est  parum. 

6.  Even  if  the  zeal  of  men  should  fail,  the  gods  would  compel, 
etiam  si  ho minum  studia  deficiant,  dii  cogant. 

VOCABULARY  13. 

although,      quamquam,     cum  offend,  offendo,  -ere,  -fendi,  -fen- 

(quum),  licet,1  confs.  sum. 

drive  out,  expello,  -ere.  -pull,  plan,  consilium,  -I,  n. 

-pulsum.  reprimand,  accuso,  -are,  -avi, 
fight,  pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ;  -atum. 

in  passive  used  imperso7ially ;  rout,   put   to   flight,   fugo,   -are, 

pugnatur,    it    is    fought,    a         -avi,  -atum. 

battle  is  fought,  they  fight.  safely,  tuto,  adv. 

harbor,  portus,  -us,  m.  sail,  navigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

however,  however  much,  quam-  scout,  explorator,  -oris,  m. 

vis,  conj.  severely,  graviter,  adv. 

nevertheless,   yet,  still,  tamen,  teacher,  praeceptor,  -oris,  m. 

adv.  till  late  at  night,  ad  multam 
now,  iam,  nunc,  adv's.  noctem. 

nothing,  nihil,  indecl.  neut.  sub-  tributary,  vectigalis,  -e,  adj.       A 

stantive.  (iT^ 

EXERCISE  13. 

1.  Although  the  Gauls  are  leading  down  their  troops 
out  of  these  districts,  nevertheless  we  shall  regard  them 
as  enemies.  2.  Although  our  men  fought  bravely  till 
late  at  night,  still  they  were  not  able  to  storm  the  fort. 
3.  Although  these  boys  and  girls  are  now  attentive  and 
industrious,  yet  their  teacher  will  severely  reprimand 
them.  4.  Although  they  cannot  drive  out  the  Aquitani 
from  their  territory,2  nevertheless  they  will  make  them 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION  35 

tributary  to  themselves.3  5.  Although  the  legions  were 
closely  beset,  the  seventh  suddenly  wheeled  about  and 
put  the  enemy  to  flight. '(6.  Although  our  troops  kept 
making  sallies  from  the  town  till  late  at  night,  still  they 
did  not  rout  the  English.  7.  Although  Caesar  sent  for- 
ward scouts,  who  were  to  inform4  him  with  respect  to  the 
plans  of  the  Gauls,  nevertheless  they  made  no  report.6 
8.  Although  he  feared  that6  he  would  offend  the  mind  of 
Divitiacus,  he  urged  his  soldiers  to  withstand  the  attack 
bravely.  9.  However  much  you  desire  to  see  us,  we  shall 
not  visit  you.  10.  Even  if  the  governor  sends7  men  to 
cut  down  the  bridge<the  enemy  will  cross  the  river  and 
storm  the  town^il.  Even  if  the  general  should  employ 
scouts  to  inform  him  with  respect  to  the  plans  of  the 
enemy,  they  would  make  no  report.  12.  Even  if  Caesar 
had  been  informed  with  respect  to  the  plans  of  the  Gauls, 
he  would  have  urged  the  Eomans  to  send  an  army  into 
their8  country. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  licet  is  properly  an  impersonal  verb,  present  tense  ;  hence  it  is  fol- 
lowed only  by  the  Present  and  Perfect  Subjunctive ;  cf.  rule  for  Sequence 
of  Tenses,  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  1-7. 

2  from  territory ;  Abl.  without  preposition. 

8  themselves ;  what  pronoun  should  be  used?     See  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12. 

4  who  were  to  inform;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  12,  13. 

5  they  made  no  report  —  they  reported  nothing. 

6  that;  how  should  "that"  be  rendered  after  a  verb  of  fearing?  "that 
not "  ? 

7  sends ;  what  time  does  this  verb  refer  to  ?  What  mood  and  tense 
should  be  used  in  translating  it  ?     See  Ln.  XL,  Examples  4  and  5. 

8  their ;  render  with  the  Genitive  plural  of  ille  because  it  refers  to  Gauls, 
the  remoter  word. 


36  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

LESSON  XIV. 
CAUSAL  CLAUSES.— ATTRACTION. 

REFERENCES. 

1-5.  Causal  Clauses.  A.  &  G.  540,  a-d;  549:  H.  &  B.  523; 
526;  554;  555,  a:  B.  285,  286,  1-3:  G.  538-542;  586:  H.  588,  I., 
II.;  598. 

6.  Attraction.  A.  &  G.  593,  a:  H.  &  B.  539:  B.  324,  1,  2:  G. 
663:  H.  652,  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Our  men  were  thrown  into  great  disorder,  "because  they  could 
not  keep  in  line,  nostri  quod  non  or  dines  servare  poterant, 
magnopere  perturbabantur. 

2.  Since  he  makes  this  requital,  I  demand  this,  quoniam  hanc 
gratiam  refert,  haec  postulo. 

3.  He  complains  because  he  has  been  forsaken,  quod  sit  desti- 
tutus,1  queritur. 

4.  Caesar  is  doing  a  great  wrong  because  he  is  making  the  revenues 
decrease,  magnam  Caesar  iniuriam  facit,  qui  vectigalia  deteriora 
faciat. 

5.  Since  he  had  come  unexpectedly,  the  Remi  sent  envoys,  cum 
de  improviso  venisset,  Rem!  legatos  miserunt. 

6.  Such  an  opinion  of  the  war  was  spread  abroad,  that  envoys  were 
sent  by  those  tribes  which  dwelt  across  the  Rhine,  tanta  belli  opinio 
perlata  est,  uti  ab  iis  nationibus  quae  trans  Rhenum  incolerent* 
mittei  eiitur  legati. 

VOCABULARY  14. 

because,  quod,  quia,  cmij's.  get  a  firm  footing,  firmiter  in- 
beyond,  across,  trans,  prep  ic.  ace.         sisto,  -ere,  institi,  no  sup. 

bring  on,  infero,  inferre,  intuli,  greatly,  magnopere,  adv. 

inlatum.  hitherto,  adhuc,  adv. 

complain,  queror,  queri,  questus  keep  in  line,  6rdin§s  servo,  -are, 

sum.  -avi,  -atum  ;  lit.  keep  ranks, 

follow,  follow  close  after,  subse-  lately,  nuper,  adv. 

quor,  -sequi,  -secutua  sum.  ravage,  populor,  -ari,  atus  sum 


1 


LA.TIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION.  37 

renew,    redintegro,    -are,    -avi,  support,    sublevo,    -are,    -avi, 

-atum.  -atum. 

run,curro,-ere,  cucurri,  cursum.  the  one  party  .  .  .  the  other,  alte- 

severely,  graviter,  adv.  ri  .  .  .  alter!. 

since,   cum   (quum),   quoniam,  throw    into  disorder,  perturbo, 

C07ifs.  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
spread  abroad,  perfero,  perferre, 

pertuli,  perlatum. 

EXERCISE  14. 

1.   Our  soldiers  will  be  thrown  into  great3  disorder,  be- 
cause they  can  neither  keep  in  line  nor  follow  the  stand- 
ards.    2.  Your  men  were  thrown  into  disorder,  because 
one  was  running  from  one  ship,  another  from  another. 
The  infantry  were  thrown  into  great  disorder,  because 
hey  could  neither  get  a  firm  footing  nor  follow  the  stand- 
ards/^C4.  Caesar  did  a  great  wrong,  because  he  inflicted4 
so  severe  punishment  on  the  Gauls.     5.   The  consul  cen- 
sures his  soldiers  severely,  because  he  is  not  supported  by 
them.      6.  Caesar  complains   because   the  Britons  have 
brought  on5  a  war  without  cause.     7.  Since  they  could  no 
longer6  withstand  the  attacks  of  our  men,  the  one  part? 
betook  themselves  into  the  town,  the  other  to  their  bag 
gage  and  wagons.     8.  The  Aedui  complain  because  the 
Germans,  who  have  lately  come  into  Gaul,  are  ravaging 
their  territory.     9.  Such  an  opinion  of  this  war  will  be 
spread  abroad,  that  envoys  will  be  sent  to  us  by  the  na- 
tions which  dwell  beyond  the  Alps.     10.  Such  a  change 
was  made  that  the  soldiers,  who  had  hitherto  been  cow- 
ardly, renewed  the  battle.     11.  He  complains  because  he 
has  been  hindered  from  renewing7  the  battle.     1 2.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  he  will  inflict8  severe  punishment  on  the 
infantry,  because  they   did  not   advance  to  the  attack. 
1 3.  There  were  some  who  complained,9  because  the  cav- 
alry kept  making  sallies  from  the  town. 


38  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


Notes  and  Questions. 


1  quod  sit  destitutus  ;  the  writer  does  not  vouch  for  the  reality  of  this 
reason,  but  states  it  as  that  given  by  him  who  complains  and  hence  uses 
the  Subjunctive  ;  had  he  written  est  instead  of  sit,  then  he  would  have 
stated  it  as  the  actual  reason  according  to  his  own  view. 

2  quae  incolerent;  "Subordinate  sentences  are  often  found  with  the 
verb  in  the  Subjunctive,  because  they  are  stated  not  as  a  fact  but  as  part 
of  a  thought.     The  principal  sentence  which  they  qualify  has  its  verb  in 
the  Infinitive  or  Subjunctive."    Roby,  1772.    Such  a  construction  is  called* 
"Subjunctive  by  Attraction." 

3  great;  see  Ex.  I. 

4  because  he  inflicted;  a  Causal  Clause,  introduced  by  a  relative  pro- 
noun, has  its  verb  in  the  Subjunctive. 

5  because  .  .  .  have  brought  on ;  In  translating  a  Causal  Clause,  which 
is  to  begin  with  quod,  think  whether  the  writer  is  stating  the  actual  rea- 
son, according  to  his  own  view,  or  a  reason  given  by  some  other  person 
than  himself;  in  the,  former  case  render  with  the  Indicative  ;  in  the  latter, 
with  the  Subjunctive. 

6  no  longer  =  not  longer.         7  from,  renewing ;  see  Ln.  X.  Ref.  13,  14. 
8  will  inflict ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Note  4,  and  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 

u  who  complained ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9  and  Ex.  4. 


LESSON   XV. 
TEMPORAL  CLAUSES. 

REFERENCES. 

1,  2.  With  postquam,  ubi,  ut,  simulac.  A.  &  G.  543,  a:  H.  & 
B.  554;  557;  558:  B.  287,  1-5:  G.  561:  H.  602. 

3,  4.  With  antequam,  priusquam.  A.  &  G.  551,  a-c:  H.  &  B. 
549;  550,  b;  506;  507,  4,  a-d:  B.  291;  292:  G.  574-577:  H.  605, 
I.,  II. 

5-7.  With  cum  (quum).  A.  &  G.  545-548:  H  &  B.  524;  549; 
550,  a,  Note  1;  569:  B.  288,  A.,  B  ;  289:  G.  580-585:  H.  600, 1., 
II. 

8-10.  With  dum,  doner,  quoad.  A.  &  G.  553-556:  H.  &  B.  560; 
549;  550,  b;  506;  507,  5:  B.  293,  I.-III.  :  G.  569;  571;  572:  H. 
603,  I.,  II.,  1,  2. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  39 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  After  he  saw  the  troops,  he  pitched  a  camp,  postquam  copias 
vldit,  castra  posuit. 

2.  When  he  comes,  he  sets  forth  the  fear,  ubi  venit,  timorem 
proponit. 

3.  Before  the  enemy  recovered  from  fright,  he  led  his  army  into  the 
territory  of  the  Suessiones,  priusquam  se  hostes  ex  terrore  recipe- 
rent,  in  fines  Suessionum  exercitum  diixit. 

4.  He  arrived  in  the  vicinity  of  the  enemy's  camp  before  the  Ger- 
mans could  find  it  out,  prius  ad  hostium  castra  pervenit,  quam 
German!  sentire  possent. 

5.  When  Caesar  was  in  Gaul,  reports  were  brought  to  him,  cum 
esset  Caesar  in  Gallia,  ad  eum  rumor es  adferebantur. 

6.  When  he  had  come,  he  ascertained  this,  cum  venisset,  ea 
cognovit. 

7.  He  himself  came  to  the  army,  as  soon  as  there  began  to  be  a 
supply  of  food,  ipse,  cum  prlmurn  pabuli  copia  esse  incepit,  ad 
exercitum  venit. 

8.  He  waited  until  the  rest  of  the  ships  should  assemble,  dum  reli- 
quae  naves  convenlrent,  exspectavit. 

9.  Wait  until  he  is  made  consul,  exspectate  dum  consul  fiat. 
10.    While  this  was  taking  place,  he  arrived,  dum  haec  geruntur, 

pervenit. 

VOCABULARY  15. 

after,  postquam,  conj.  frequent,    creber,    crebra,    cre- 

arrive,    pervenio,    -ire,    -veni,  brum. 

-ventum.  fright,  terror,  -oris,  m. 

as  a  deserter,  pro  perfuga.  hasten,  contends,  -ere,   -tendi, 

as  soon  as,   cum    (quum)  pri-  -tentum. 

mum.  increase,  augeo,  -ere.  auxi,  auc- 

away,  be  away,  absum,  abesse,  turn,  tr. :  cresco,  -ere,  crevi, 

afui.  cretum,  intr. 

begin,  incipiS,  -cipere,  -cepi,  receive,   accipio,   -cipere,  -cepi, 

-ceptum.  -ceptum. 

before,  antequam,  priusquam,  recover,   recipio,  -cipere,  -cepi, 

confs.  -ceptum,  w.  reflexive  pron. 

bring  to,  adfero,  adferre,  attuli,  return,  revertor.  -I  -versus  sum. 

adlatum.  set  forth,  propono,  -ere,  -posui. 

far,  longe,  adv.  -positum. 


40  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

take  place,  geror,  -I,  gestus  sum.         wait,  exspecto  (expecto),  -are, 

there,  in  that  place,  ibi,  adv.  -avi,  -atum. 

until, till, durxijdonec.quoad.cory's.     when,  ubi,  cum  (quum),  confs. 

EXERCISE  15. 

1.  When  he  came  to  them  as  a  deserter,  he  set  forth  the 
fear  of  the  Eoman  people.  2.  After  the  lieutenant  was 
informed  by  those  scouts,  whom  he  had  sent,  that  all  the 
forces  of  the  Germans  were  not  far  away,1  he  led  his  army 
across  the  Moselle,  which  is  in  the  territory  of  the  Belgae, 
and  there  pitched  his  camp.  3.  Metellus  led  his  army 
into  the  country  of  the  Allobroges,  before  the  enemy  re- 
covered from  fright.  4.  Before  the  enemy  recover2  from 
fright,  our  general  will  lead  his  cavalry  into  the  territory 
of  the  Swiss,  who  are  nearest  to  the  Germans,  and  hasten 
towards  the  town  of  Geneva,  5.  When  we  were  in  Italy, 
frequent  reports  were  brought  to  us  and  we  were  informed 
by  letterMtot  the  French  had  made  war  upon  the  Ger- 
mansy^G.  You  hastened  into  Italy  yourself  as  soon  as  the 
Germans  began  to  make  war  upon  the  French.  7.  We 
shall  hasten  into  Switzerland  as  soon  as  the  summer  be- 
gins4 to  be  hot.  8.  Our  general  wraited  until  the  enemy 
assembled  in  very  great  numbers.  9.  Let  us  not  wait ' 
until  the  forces  of  the  enemy  are  increased6  and  their 
cavalry  returns.6  10.  When  we  had  arrived  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  the  forest  and  had  begun  to  fortify  a  camp,  suddenly 
from7  all  parts  of  the  forest  the  enemy  made  an  attack  on 
our  men.  «£$( While  this  was  taking  place8  among  the 
Helvetii,  Crassus  arrived  in  the  territory  of  the  Aquitani 
with  those  troops  which  he  had  received  from7  Caesar.J^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

*   Were  away,  abesse ;  what  must  be  the  case  of  its  subject  ? 

2  recover;    "In   refereuce   to  future  time,  these  particles  (antequam, 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  41 

priusquam)  take  the  Present  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative:  rarely  the 
Present  Subjunctive."     A.  &  G. 

3  by  Utter  ;  Ablative  of  Means. 

4  begins;  render  with  the  Future  Indicative. 

6  Let  us  not  wait ;  see  Ln.  V.,  Rkf.  3,  4,  and  Note  2. 

6  are  increased  .  .  .  returns ;  see  Ex.  9. 

7  from  ;  which  preposition  should  be  used,  ex  or  ab  T 

8  While,  this  was  taking  place  ;  see  Ex.  10  and  Ln,  VI.,  Ref.  2. 


LESSON  XVI. 
DIRECT  AND  INDIRECT  QUESTIONS. 


REFERENCES. 


J/H.  & 


1-5.     How  to  ask  a  Question.    A.  &  G.330-333/H.  &  B.  231 
1,  2:  B  162,  1,  2:  G.  450-456;  462-465:  H.  378,  2. 

6.  Double  Questions.  A.  &  G.  334;  335,  a-c:  H.  &  B.  234: 
B.  162,  4:  G.  457-459:  H.  380,  1. 

7,  8.  Answers.  A.  &  G.  336;  337:  H.  &  B.  232,  1,  2:  B.  162, 
5:  G.  471:  H.  379,  1. 

9-14.  Indirect  Questions.  A.  &  G.  330,  2;  573;  574;  575,  a: 
H.  &  B.  507,  3:  B.  300,  1-5:  G.  460,  1,2;  467:  H.  649,  II.;  650. 

15.  Rhetorical  Questions.1  A.  &G.  444,  a,  Note;  333,  Note: 
H.  &  B.  235;  236;  503;  519,  1:  B.  162,  3;  277,  a:  G.  466:  H. 
559,4;  642,  2,3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Which  states  are  in  arms  ?     quae  clvitates  in  armis  sunt? 

2.  Do  you  remember  1     meministine  ? 

3.  Is  not  the  consul  brave  ?     nonne  fortis  est  consul? 

4.  You  do  not  hesitate  to  do  that,  do  you  ?     num  dubitas  id 
facere  ? 

5.  Pray,  what  hinders  you  1     quid  tandem  te  impedit? 

6.  Is  this  law  or  the  destruction  of  all  laws  ?    haec  utrum  lex 
e^t  an  legum  omnium  dissolutio  ? 


42  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

7.  Has  he  come  ?     He  has  ;  venitne  ?    venit. 

8.  Did  the  general  lead  out  his  army  ?     He  did  not  ;  eduxit'ie 
imperator  exercitum?     non  eduxit. 

9.  He  inquired  which  states  were  in  arms,  quaerebat  quae  civi- 
tates  in  armis  essent. 

10.  He  inquires  of  the  men  themselves  what  the  reason  is,  quae 
causa  sit  ex  ipsis  quaerit. 

11.  I  asked  whether  he  had  arrived,  rogavi  pervenissetne. 

12.  He  asks  whether  they  will  come,  rogat  num  venturi  sint. 

13.  The  enemy  were  waiting  (to  see)   whether  our  men  would 
cross,  si  nostri  transirent  hostes  exspectabant. 

14.  The  tribunes  were  not  decided  as  to  what  they  would  do,  non 
satis  tribunis  constabat  quid  agerent. 

15.  Why,  pray,  should  you  fear  ?     quid  tandem  vereamini  ? 

VOCABULARY  16. 

adopt,  insists,  -ere,  institi,  no  or,  aut ;  in  double  questions,  an :  2 

sup.  or  not,  in  direct  questions,  an 

ask,  rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  non;  in  indirect,  necne. 

decided,  be  decided,  determined,  peril,   be  in  peril,  in   periculo, 

satis  constat,  w.  dat.   of  per-  versor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 

son;  I  am  decided,  determined,  plan,  ratio,  -onis, /. 

satis  mini   constat;    lit.    it  please,  delecto, -are, -a  vi, -atum. 

stands     sufficiently     firm     for  pray,   who   pray  1    what    pray  ? 

me.  quis  tandem?  quid  tandem? 

find  out,  reperio,  -ire,  repperi  size,  magnitudo,  -inis,/. 

or  reperi,  repertum.  whence,  unde  ;  w.  verbs  of  motion. 

how  great,  quantus,  -a,  -um.  where,  ubi  ;  w.  verbs  of  rest 

inquire,  quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi  whether,  in  double  indirect  ques- 

or  quaesii,  quaesitum.  tions,   utrum ne 

island,  insula,  -ae,  /.  (enclitic2)  :    in   single    indirect 

live,  vitam  dego,  -ere,  degi,  no  questions,  num,  si. 

sup.  whither,  quo  ;  w.  verbs  of  motion. 

EXERCISE  16. 

1.   Pray,    who    are    you    and    where    do    you    live? 

2.  Whence   do  you   come  and  whither  are  you   going  ? 

3.  What  is  there  which  can3  now  please  you  in  this  city  ? 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 


43  3 


4.  Are  not  these  books  worth  reading4  a  second  timei  i> 
f  5.  What,  pray,  hinders  you  from  visiting5  me  ?  6.  Has 
the  general  whom  I  saw  in  the  city  arrived  ?  He  has. 
7.  Do  you  hesitate  to  surrender  yourself  and  all  your 
property  to  me  ?  I  do  not.  8.  Will  the  French  niake 
peace   with    the   Germans    or  make    war   upon    them6  ? 


S§.  The  Germans  are  waiting  (to  see)  whether  the  French 
will  cross7  the  river  Bhine./lO.  We  shall  ask  these 
envoys  whether  they  have  come  to  see8  us.  11.  They 
inquired  of  us9  how  great  was10  the  size  of  the  island. 
12.  They  can  find  out  neither  how  great  is  the  size  of  the 
island  nor  what  tribes  dwell  (on  it).  13.  We  are  not  de- 
cided (as  to)  what  we  shall  do  or  what  plan  of  battle  we 
shall  adopt.  14.  Our  friends  asked  us  whether  we  would 
come  to  visit  them  or  not.  15.  When  the  soldiers  found 
out  in  how  great  peril  the  camp  and  general  were,  they 
advanced  to  the  attack. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Called  also  Dubitative  or  Doubting  Questions;  also  Questions  of 
Appeal. 

(utrum  iturus  sis  an  remansurus. 
iturusne  sis  an  remansurus. 
iturus  sis  an  remansurus. 
iturus  sis  remansurusne. 
8  can;  what  mood  should  be  used  ?    Why  ?    See  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 
4  worth  reading ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9,  and  Examples. 
6  from  visiting ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  13,  14,  and  Examples. 

6  See  Ref.  6. 

7  will  cross;  in  Indirect  Questions  referring  to  future  time,  the  future 
active  participle  with  the  proper  form  of  esse  is  generally  used ;  see 
Note  2. 

8  to  see  ;  what  does  this  denote  ?     What  must  be  its  construction  ? 

9  of  us;  quaero  is  followed  by  e,  ex,  or  a,  ab,  and  Abl.  of  person;  see 
Ex.  10. 

15  was ;  Indirect  Questions  are  subject  to  the  same  rules  for  sequence 
>f  tenses  as  Final  and  Consecutive  Clauses  :  see  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  1-7. 


i 


tf 


** 


t 


s  ^ 


44        *  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

LESSON  XVII. 
THE  INFINITIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

I,  2.  Subject  of  the  Infinitive.  A.  &  G.  397,  e:  H.  &  B.  398: 
B.  184:  G.  343,  2:  H.  415. 

1-5.  Infinitive  as  Subject.  A.  &  G.  452;  454;  455,  1,  2,  a: 
H.  &  B.  585,  a-e;  586:  B.  327:  G.  422;  535:  H.  615,  1;  618,  2. 

6-10.  Infinitive  without  Subject-Accusative  as  Object  or 
Complement.  A.  &  G.  456:  H.  &.  B.  586,  a:  B.  328:  G.  423:  H. 
607,  1,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  It  was  reported  that  horsemen  were  approaching,  niintiatum 
est  equites  accgdere.  • 

2.  We  ought  to  measure  out  corn,  nos  frumentum  metlri 
oportet. 

3.  You  might  have  given  back  the  hostages,  vobis  obsides 
reddere  licuit. 

4.  It  pleased  a  part  to  defend  the  camp,  parti  placuit  castra  de- 

fendere. 

5.  They  begged  permission  to  do  that,  petieruut  uti  sibi  id 
facer  e  lie  ere  t. 

6.  Gaul  ought  to  be  free,  libera  debet  esse  Gallia. 

7.  He  hastens  to  depart  from  the  city,  mSturat  ab  urbe  proficlscl 

8.  They  dared  to  cross  the  river,  ausi  sunt  trdnsire  flumen. 
9    They  began  to  fortify  a  camp,  castra  munlre  coeperunt. 

10.   Nobody  could  see  an  enemy,  hostem  videre  nemo  potuit. 

How  to  express  can,  could,  may,  might,  ought,  must. 

II.  I  can  do  this,  hoc  facere  possum. 

12.  I  could  do  this,  hoc  facere  poteram  or  potui. 

13.  I  could  have  done  this,  hoc  facere  potui. 


LA.TIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


45 


14.   I  may  do  this 


15.    I  might  have  done  this 


16.   I  ought  to  do  this 


(  mihi  hoc  facere  licet. 
"  1  hoc  faciam  licet. 

(  mihi  hoc  facere  licuit. 
'  (hoc 


■{ 


17.   I  ought  to  have  done  this 


18.    I  must  do  this 


hoc  facerem  licuit. 
hoc  facere  debeo. 
me  hoc  facere  oportet. 
hoc  faciam1  oportet. 
hoc  facere  debui. 
me  hoc  facere  oportuit. 
hocfacerem1  oportuit. 
J  me  hoc  facere  necesse  est. 
'  1  hoc  faciam1  necesse  est. 


VOCABULARY  17. 


ahle,  be  able,  can,  possum,  posse, 

potui. 
accustomed,     be    accustomed,   be 

wont,  soleo,  -ere,  solitus  sum. 
attempt,  Conor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
begin,    incipio,    -cipere,    -cepi, 

-ceptum ;  coepi  and  coeptus 

sum,  coepisse  ;  coeptus  sum 

only  used  w.  pass,  infin. 
dare,  audeo,  -ere,  ausus  sum. 
determine,  statuo,  -ere,  statui, 

statutum. 
hasten,  make  haste,  maturo,  -are, 

-avi,  -Stum. 
leave  off,  cease,  desino,  -ere,  de- 

sivi  or  desii,  desitum. 
may,  one  may,  it  is  allowed,  it  is 


permitted,  licet,  licere,  licuit 
or  licitum  est. 

must,  one  must,  it  is  necessary,  it 
is  unavoidable,  necesse  est ; 
necesse,  an  indecl.  neut.  adj. 

ought,  one  ought,  it  behooves,  it 
is  proper,  oportet,  -ere,  opor- 
tuit ;  ought,  be  under  obliga- 
tion, debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

prefer,  wish  rather,  choose  rather, 
maid,  malle,  malui. 

report,  nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

unwilling,  be  unwilling,  not  wish, 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui. 

willing,  be  willing,  wish,  desire, 
volo,  velle,  volui. 


EXERCISE    17. 

1.  We  begged  permission2  to  appoint  a  council  of  all 
Gaul.  2.  The  Gauls  will  beg  permission  to  depart  as  soon 
as  possible.  3.  It  has  been  reported  that  the  French  are 
making  war  upon  the  Swiss.  4.  You  ought  to  have  ex- 
horted the  soldiers  to  fight3  bravely.     5.  Those  soldiers 


IP 


46  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

ought  not  to  have  prevented  the  enemy  from  cutting 
down4  the  bridge.  6.  The  French  could  have  crossed  the 
river  yesterday  but  they  cannot  to-day.  7.  You  might 
have  gone,  if  you  had  been  willing5  to  ask.  8.  If  you  do 
not  prefer  to  surrender  yourselves  and  all  your  posses- 
sions, you  must  flee.  9.  When  our  cavalry  had  begun6  to 
advance,  the  enemy  were  fleeing.  1 0.  Let  us  not7  attempt 
to  begin  the  battle  on  the  left  wing.  11.  Our  army  is 
accustomed  to  delay  in  the  vicinity  of  large  towns  for  the 
sake  of8  supplies.  12.  The  infantry  did  not  dare  to  cross 
the  river,  because  it  was9  very  wide  and  deep.  13.  Do 
not  hesitate10  to  cross  the  river,  although  it  is  wide  and 
deep.  *&4  Pompey,  since  he  was  unwilling  to  flee,  had 
determined  to  fight/7  15.  The  governor  hastened  to  go 
back  into  Italy  as  soon  as  possible.  16.  Cease  to  fear 
that11  the  English  will  declare  war  against  the  Germans. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

*  See  A.  &  G.  565,  Notes  2  and  3;  569,  2,  Note  2:  H.  &  B.  513,  5:  B.  295, 
8:  G.  553,  4,  Remark  1:   H.  564,  II.,  1. 

2   We  begged  permission  ;  see  Ex.  5. 
•   8  to  fight;  what  does  this  denote  and  what  must  be  its  mood  ? 

*  from  cutting  down;  see  Ls\  X.,  Eef.  10,  12. 

6  if  you  had  been  willing;  what  kind  of  a  supposition  ?  see  Ln.  XII., 
Ref.  1-5. 

6  had  begun;  see  Ln.  XV.,  Ref.  5-7. 

7  not;  which  negative  should  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  V.,  Note  2. 

8  for  the  sake  of;  what  must  be  the  position  of  causa  %    See  Vy.  6. 

9  because  it  was;  in  this  clause  how  would  quod  followed  by  the  Sub- 
junctive differ  in  sense  from  quod  followed  by  the  Indicative?  See  Ln. 
11V.,  Note  5. 

w  Do  not  hesitate ;  how  is  a  prohibition  expressed  in  Latin  ?  See  Ln, 
t.,  Ref.  5-7. 

u  fear  that;  see  Ln.  VIII.,  Note  8. 


LATIN    PKOSE    COMPOSITION. 


47 


LESSON  XVIII. 
THE  INFINITIVE  {continued). 

REFERENCES. 

l-6.a  Infinitive  with  Subject-Accusative  as  Object.  A.  &  G. 
459;  581:  H.  &  B.  589:  B.  331:  G.  527;  532;  533:  H.  613,  1-3. 

l-6.&  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive.  A.  &  G.  584,  a:  II.  &  B.  593: 
B.  270,  1-4:  G.  530:  H.  617-620. 

7,  8.  Predicate  after  Infinitive.  A.  &  G.  452,  Note  2;  455, 
a:  H.  &.  B.  318;  585,  c:  B.  328,  1,  2:  G.  535,  Remark  3:  H.  612, 
1-3. 

9.  Historical  Infinitive.  A.  &  G.  463:  H.  &  B.  595:  B.  335: 
G.  647:  H.  610. 


EXAMPLES. 


l.He 


2.  He 


says 

thinks 

believes 

hopes 

hears 

jejoices , 


said 

thought 

believed 

hoped 

heard 

rejoiced 


rhave  conquered, 
that  the  Gauls-!  are  conquering,   •( 
l.will  conquer, 


Chad  conquered, 


dicit 
j> tit  at 
credit 
sperat 
audit 
..gaudet 
dixit 
putavit 
credidit 


GallJs 


Gallos- 


vicisso. 

vincere. 

victiirds  (esse 
or  fore  ut 
Galli  vin- 
cant. 

vicisse. 

vincere. 

victuros  (esse) 
or  fore  ut 
Galli  vin- 
cerent. 


•that  the  Gauls-;  were  conquering, -;  gperavit 
[would  conquer,      audivit 
gavisus 
.    est 

3.  He  ordered  the  third  line  to  fortify  the  camp,  tertiam  aciem 
castra  munire  iussit. 

4.  They  do  not  permit  wine  to  be  imported,  vinum  importari 
non  sinunt. 

5.  I  see  that  some  one  is  absent,  video  abesse  non  neminem. 

6.  They  say  that  they  will  not  return,  negant  sese  reversuros.1 

7.  I  wish  to  be  good,  vol5  esse  bonus  or  volo  me  esse  bonum 

8.  I  may  be  good,  mihi  bono  esse  licet. 

9.  Caesar  importuned  the  Aedui,  Caesar  Aeduos  flagita** 


48  LATIN    PR06E    COMPOSITION. 


VOCABUI 

accept,  accipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  Hope,  spero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

-ceptum.  lieutenant,  legatus,  -I,  m. 

already,  iam,  adv.  order,  iubeo,  -ere,  iussi,iussum 

announce,  nuntio,    -are,   -avi,  promise,  polliceor,  -eri,  pollici- 

-atum.  tus  sum. 

approach,     appropinquo.    -are,  recover,     recuperS,    -are,    -avi, 

-avi,  -atum.  -atum. 

believe,  credo, -ere,  credidl,  ere-  right,  ius,  iuris,  n. 

ditum.  Pterins,  condicio,   onis,/  f 

deny,  say  not,  nego,  -are,  -avi,  think,  puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ; 

-atum.  arbitror,  -an,  -atus  sum. 

give  back,  reddo,  -ere,  reddidi,  tower,  turris,  -is,  /. ,   ace.  sing. 

redditum.  turrim. 

EXERCISE  18. 

1.  The  consul  believes  that  the  Gauls  will  neither  send1 
envoys  nor  accept1  any2  terms  of  peace.  2.  He  hopes  that 
the  Aquitani  have  recovered  their  hostages  and  returned 
into  their  own  country.  3.  Our  commander  thinks  that 
the  Germans  are  marching  into  Switzerland  in  order  that 
auxiliaries  may  not  be  sent  from  that  nation  into  France. 
4.  The  envoys  said  that  they  would  report3  these  things 
to  their  friends  and  return  to  Caesar.  5.  The  lieutenant 
announced  that  the  Germans  were  leading4  a  part  of  their 
troops  across  the  river^6.  They  promised  that  they  would 
either  give  hostages  or  surrender  themselves  and  all  their 
possessions  to  the  consul.  7.  When  the  Gauls  saw  the 
tower  approaching,5  they  sent  legates  to  beg  for6  peace. 
8.  The  consul  began  to  march  into  those  places  in  which 
he  had  heard  that  there  were  Germans.  9.  He  says  that 
he  ought  not7  to  be  hindered  in  his  right  by  the  Koman 
people.  10.  He  says  that  Ariovistus  was  not  hindered 
from  returning  into  Germany ^fl.  The  general  ordered 
his  lieutenant  to  lead  a  part  of  his  troops  to  the  river  and 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  49 

cut  down  the  bridge.  12.  I  shall  ask  whether  he  prom- 
ised or  not  that  he  would  give  back  the  hostages. 
13.  There  is  no  doubt  that  he  thinks  that  we  could  have 
crossed8  the  river,  although  it  was  very  deep  and  wide. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

i  In  Caesar's  Commentaries  the  Future  Active  Infinitive  is  very  often 
written  without  esse. 

2  any;  aliquam  or  ullam  ?     See  Gen.  Vy.  under  "any." 

8  would  report ;  what  is  its  time  relative  to  the  time  of  the  principal 
verb  said?     What  were  the  exact  words  of  the  envoys  ? 

4  were  leading ;  what  were  the  lieutenant's  words  ?  What  tense  of  the 
Infinitive  must -be  used  ? 

6  approaching ;  translate  by  the  Infinitive. 

6  to  beg  for ;  what  is  denoted  by  this  Infinitive,  and  with  what  construc- 
tion must  it  be  rendered  ?    See  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 

7  says  .  .  .  not ;  Latin  idiom,  denies. 

8  could  have  crossed ;  compare  Lx.  XVII.,  Ex.  13. 


LESSON   XIX. 
INDIRECT    DISCOURSE. 

Answer  the  following  questions  :  What  is  a  Direct  Quotation  ? 
An  Indirect?  Direct  Discourse  or  Oratio  Recta?  Indirect  Dis- 
course or  Oratio  Obliqua?  In  Indirect  Discourse,  what  mood  is 
used  in  the  principal  clause  of  a  declarative  sentence  ?  What  mood 
in  subordinate  clauses  ?  When  Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect, 
what  changes  are  made  in  the  pronouns  ?  What  verbs  and  expres- 
sions are  followed  by  the  Indirect  Discourse  ? 

For  the  answers  consult  the  Examples  and  Notes  of  this  Les- 
son, and  the  following  References:  A.  &  G.  577-580,  a-d;  581; 
585;  300,  2:  H.  &  B.  533,  a;  534,  1,  2;  589:  B.  313;  314;  244, 
II.:  G.  508,  2;  648-650;  660,  1-5:  H.  641-645. 


50  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


EXAMPLES. 

Examples  1,  3,  5,  7  are  Direct  Discourse  ;  2,  4,  6,  8  are  the  same 
changed  to  Indirect  Discourse. 

1.  He  is  hopeless  with  respect  to  that  influence  which  he  possesses, 
de  ea,  quam  habet,  gratia  desperat.     . 

2.  Caesar  tinds  that  he  is  hopeless  with  respect  to  that  influence 
which  lie  possesses,  Caesar  repperit  ilium  de  ea,  quam  habeat, 
gratia  desperare. 

3.  I  have  not  made  war  upon  the  Gauls,  but  the  Gauls  upon  me, 
non  ego  Gallis,  sed  Galli  mini  bellum  intulerunt. 

4.'  Ariovistus  declared  that  he  had  not  made  war  upon  the  Gauls, 
but  the  Gauls  upon  him,  Ariovistus  praedicavit  non  sese  Gallis, 
sed  Gallos  sibi  bellum  intulisse. 

5.  I  wonder  what  business  the  Roman  people  have  in  my  Gaul, 
which  I  have  conquered,  mini  mirum  videtur,  quid  in  mea  Gallia, 
quam  vici,  populo  Romano  negotl  sit. 

G.  Ariovistus  answered  that  he  wondered  what  business  .the  Roman 
people  had  in  his  Gaul,  which  he  had  conquered,  Ariovistus  re- 
spondit  sibi  mirum  viderl,  quid  in  sua  Gallia,  quam  vicisset, 
popul5  Romano  negotl  esset. 

7.  Since  he  makes  me  this  requital,  this  is  what  I  demand  of  him, 
quoniam  hanc  mini  gratiam  refert,  haec  sunt,  quae  ab  eo 
postulo. 

8.  He  said  that  since  he  made  him  this  requital,  this  was  what  he 
demanded  of  him,  dixit  quoniam  hanc  sibi  gratiam  referret,  haec 
esse  quae  ab  eo  postularet. 

VOCABULARY  19. 

conquer, vinco,-ere,vTci,victum.  manner,  in  what  manner,  quem- 
demand,     postulo,    -are,     -avi,         admodum,  adv. 

-atum;  I  make  this  demand  of  multitude,  multitudo,  -inis,/ 

him,  ab  eo  hoc  postulo.  on  this  side  of,  cis,  prep.  w.  ace. 

especially,  praesertim,  adv.  private  property,  res  familiaris. 

find,  reperi5,  -ire,  repperi  and  reply,  answer,  responded,    ere, 

reperi,  repertum.  respondi.  responsum. 

know,  scio,  scire,  scivi  or  scii,  requital,  make  requital,  giatiam 

scitum.  refer 5,   referre,    retuli,    rela- 

law,  right,  ius,  iuris,  n.  turn  ;  I  shall  make  you  this  re- 


LATIN   PKOSE   COMPOSITION.  51 

quital,    tibi     hanc     gratiam  true,  verus,  -a,  -um. 

referam.  unoccupied,  be  unoccupied,  vaco, 

rule    over,   impero,    -are,   -avi,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

-atum,  w.  dat.  with,   at,  near,  at  the  house  of, 

settle,  consido,  -ere,-  sedi,  -ses-  apud,  prep.  w.  ace. 

sum. 

EXERCISE  19. 

1.  Caesar  finds  that  Dumnorix  always  has  about  him- 
self a  large  number  of  cavalry,  and  that  he  has  increased 
his  private  property.  2.  The  envoy  said  he  knew4 
that  those  things  which  we  had  reported  were  true. 
3.  The  ambassador  reported  that  all  the  rest  of  the  Bel- 
gians were  in  arms,  and  that  the  Germans,  who  were 
dwelling  on  this  side  of  the  Khine,  had  united  themselves 
with  them.  4.  The  king  replied  that  he  would  not  give 
back  the  hostages,  which  he  had  received,  but5  would 
make  war  upon  the  tribes  who  dwelt  beyond  the  Alps. 
5.  Ariovistus  answered  that  it   was  a  law  of  war,  that  r 

those  who  had  conquered  should  in  what  manner  they  -£**' 
^wished  rule  over6  those  whom  they  had  conquered.^^^ 
V(o\  The  general  says  that  since  they  have  made  him  this 
requital,  he  will  make  tliisjdemand  of  them,  that  they  at 
once  give  back7  the  hostagesy^7.  The  king  thinks  that 
since  he  has  made  you  this  requital,  you  ought  not  to  de- 
mand that  he  give  back  the  hostages.  8.  The  lieutenant 
reports  that  hj^  general  will  make  the  Eoraan  people  this 
requital,  provided  they  shall  make8  peace  with  him. 
9.  Caesar  replies  that  no  fields,  which  can  be  given  espe- 
cially to  so  great  a  multitude  without  wrong,  are  unoc- 
cupied in  Italy ;  but  they  may  settle,  if  they  wish,  in  the 
territory  of  the  Gauls,  whose  ambassadors  are  with  him.  /OjL^ 

Notes  and  Questions.  *— ""^"y^^-        ^ —     x.5 

l  "When  a  statement  is  directly  made,  a  question  directly  put,  ot  a"^!*- 
supposition  directly  expressed,  the  language  is  said  to  be  direct,  ordtio  » 

recta"    Itoby. 


t 


52 


LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


I  "When  a  statement,  question,  or  supposition  is  reported  in  a  form 
whieh  makes  it  dependent  in  construction  on  some  such  word  as  said, 
the  language  is  said  to  be  oblique  or  indirect  (ordtio  obllqua)."     Moby. 

3  When  Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect,  the  forms  of  ego  and  mem 
are  usually  changed  to  those  of  sul,  suus,  ipse,  if  they  refer  to  the  subject 
of  the  verb  on  which  the  Indirect  Discourse  is  made  dependent;  otherwise 
to  those  of  is  or  ille. 

4  knew ;  which  tense  must  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  XVIII. ,  Ref.  l-6b. 

6  but;  "If  a  negative  proposition  is  followed  by  an  affirmative,  in 
which  the  same  thought  is  expressed  or  continued,  que,  et,  or  ac,  is  em- 
ployed in  Latin,  where  in  English  we  use  but"     Madvig,  433,  Obs.  2. 

6  should  .  .  .  rule  over;  what  would  be  the  construction  in  Diree* 
Discourse  ?    See  Ln.  IX.;  Ref.  4-8. 

7  give  back ;  construction  in  Direct  Discourse  ?  See  Ln.  VIIL,  Ref. 
1-14. 

8  provided  they  sliall  make  ;  see  L\.  XII.,  Ref.  8- 


s.'1' 


>>**< 


LESSON   XX. 


.r*r 


INDIRECT   DISCOURSE   (continued). 

Answer  the  following  questions:  When  Direct  Discourse  is  made 
Indirect,  what  does  an  Indicative  in  the  apodosis  —  conclusion  —  of  a 
conditional  sentence  become?  A  Subjunctive  of  the  active  voice! 
A  Subjunctive  of  the  passive  voice  ?  What  does  an  Indicative  in  the 
protasis  —  conditional  clause  —  become  ?  Into  what  mood  is  an  Im- 
perative changed?  What  mood  does  an  interrogative  sentence  take  ? 
What  changes  are  made  in  the  tenses?  For  the  answers  consult  the 
Examples  of  this  lesson,  the  Table  on  page  54,  and  the  following 
References:  A.  &  G.  586-589,  1,  2,  a,  b:  H.  &  B.  534,  1,  6;  536; 
537;  538;  581,6,1;  591,  a:  B.  315-321:  G.  651-656:  H.  642;  646, 
1,  2;  647,  1-3;  648,  L,  II.,  3. 


EXAMPLES. 


1.  Tf  he  departs  I  shall  reward  him,  si  disceseerit  (fut.  per} 
ind.),  ego  ilium  remunerabor. 

2.  He  declares  that  if  he  departs,  he  will  reward  him,  praedicat 
si  diacesserit  (per/,  subj.),  ae"  ilium  remuneraturum  eaae. 


LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION.  53 

3.  He  declared  that  if  he  should  depart,  he  would  reward  him, 
praedicavit  si  discessisset,  se  ilium  remuneraturum  esse. 

4.  If  hostages  should  be  given,  I  should  make  peace,  si  obsides 
dentur,  pacem  faciam. 

5.  He  answers  that  if  hostages  should  be  given,  he  would  make 
peace,  respondet  si  ob3ides  dentur,  pacem  se  esse  facturum. 

6.  He  answered  that  if  hostages  should  be  given,  he  would  make 
peace,  respondit  si  obsides  darentur  (dentur),  pacem  se  esse 
facturum. 

7.  If  hostages  had  been  given,  I  should  have  made  peace,  si 
obsides  dati  essent.  pacem  fecissem. 

8.  He  answers,  or  he  answered,  that  if  hostages  had  been  given,  he 
would  have  made  peace,  respondet,  or  respondit,  si  obsides  dati 
essent,  pacem  se  fuisse  facturum. 

9.  If  I  should  make  peace,  hostages  would  be  given,  si  pacem 
faciam,  obsides  dentur. 

10.  He  says  that  if  he  should  make  peace,  hostages  would  be  given, 
dicit,  si  pacem  faciat,  futurum  esse,  or  fore,  ut  obsides  dentur. 

11.  He  said  that  if  he  should  make  peace,  hostages  wduld  be  given, 
dixit,  si  pacem  faceret,  futurum  esse,  or  fore,  ut  obsides  da- 
rentur. 

12.  If  I  had  made  peace,  hostages  would  have  been  given,  si 
pacem  fecissem,  obsides  dati  essent. 

13.  He  says,  or  he  said,  that  if  he  had  made  peace,  hostages  would 
have  been  given,  dicit,  or  dixit,  si  pacem  fecisset,  futurum  fuisse 
ut  obsides  darentur. 

14.  But  if  you  persist,  remember,  sin  perseverabis,  reminiscere. 

15.  He  said,  but  if  he  should  persist,  he  must  remember,  dixit 
sin  perseveraret,  reminisceretur. 

16.  Let  him  engage  in  the  contest  when  he  wishes,  cum  volet, 
congrediatur. 

17.  He  answered  that  he  might  engage  in  the  contest  when  he 
wished,  respondit,  cum  vellet,  congrederetur. 

18.  If  I  am  willing  to  forget,  I  cannot  lay  aside  the  memory,  can 
1  ?  si  oblivisci  volo,  num  memoriam  deponere  possum  ? 

19.  He  answered,  if  he  should  be  willing  to  forget,  could  he  lay 
aside  memory  ?  respondit,  si  oblivisci  vellet,  num  memoriam 
deponere  posse? 


54  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

TABLE  showing  the   Changes  made  in  Moods  and  Tenses  when 
Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect. 

I.  Moods. 

1.    Principal  Clauses  :  Statements. 
Direct  Discourse.  Indirect  Discourse. 

Indicative becomes      Infinitive. 

Active  Subjunctive  in  the  apod-\  ,  (Future  Active  Participle  with 

osis  of  a  conditional  sentence  J  I     esse  or  fuisse. 

Passive  Subjunctive  in  the  apod-  ^k  (  fore,  or  f uturum  esse  or  fuisse, 

osis  of  a  conditional  sentence J  1      with  ut  and  the  Subjunctive. 

2.   Principal  Clauses  :  Questions. 
Indicative,  1st  or  3d  person,     .     becomes  Infinitive. 

Indicative,  2d  person,     .     .     .     becomes  Subjunctive. 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

3.    Principal  Clauses  :  Commands  or  Prohibitions. 

Imperative  . becomes  Subjunctive. 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

4.    Subordinate  Clauses  of  All  Kinds. 

Indicative becomes  Subjunctive. 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

II.  Tenses. 

1.   When  an  Indicative  or  a  Subjunctive  of  Direct  Discourse  passes  into 
a  Subjunctive  of  Indirect  Discourse. 

I  Present,  often  Imperfect,  when  made  dependent 
upon   a  Principal  Tense ;  Imperfect,   some- 
times Present,  when  made  dependent  upon 
an  Historical  Tense. 
(Perfect,  often  Pluperfect,  when  made  dependent 
.  I  become  \      upon  a  Principal  Tense  ;   Pluperfect,    some- 
Future-Perfect  J  ^     times  Perfecti  after  an  Historical  Tense. 

Imperfect remains         Imperfect. 

Pluperfect remains         Pluperfect. 

2.    When  an  Indicative  of  Direct  Discourse  passes  into  an  Infinitive  of 
Indirect  Discourse. 

Present remains        Present. 

Future  or  Future- Perfect     .     .     becomes        Future  Participle  with  ease 

Perfect         ] 

Imperfect    I    ......     .     becomo  Perfect. 

Pluperfect  J 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  55 

VOCABULARY  20. 

danger,  periculum,  -I,  n.  manner,  in  no  ordinary  manner, 

declare,    praedico,    -are,     -avi,  non  mediocriter,  adv. 

-atum.  pleasing,  gratus,  -a,  -urn. 

disturb,    perturbo,    -are,    -avi,  prepared,  paratus,  -a,  -ura. 

-atum.  reward,  remuneror,   -ari,    -atus 

entire,  totus,  -a,  -um.  sum. 

forget,  obliviscor,-!,  oblitus  sum.  try,  experior,  -Iri,  expertus  sum. 

high-born,  nobilis,  -e.  understand,  intellego,  -ere,  -lexi, 

kill,    interficio,    -ficere,    -feci,  -lectum. 

-fectum. 

EXERCISE  20. 

Translate  sentences  1-6  into  Indirect  Discourse,  making  1,  3,  5 
dependent  upon  dicit,  and  2,  4,  6,  upon  dixit. 

1.  If  the  Gauls  who  dwell  on  this  side  of  the  Alps  de- 
part,1 the  Komans  will  reward  them.  2.  You  are  the  only  ^/t) 
person  who  has  ever  led2  troops  across  the  Khine.  3.  If 
the  Gauls  had  staid  in  Italy,  there  could  have  been  no 
friendship  between  them  and  me.3  4.  If  you  wish  to 
conquer,  wheel  about  and  advance  fearlessly  into  the 
enemy's  country.     5.  Can  I  forget  that  this  is  my  native 

V i country   and   that   I   am   the  consul   of   these  people4? 

fr  6.  While  Caesar  was  delaying5  in  the  vicinity  of  Geneva 
for  the  sake  of  supplies,  such  fear  suddenly  seized  the  en- 
tire army  that  it  disturbed  the  minds  of  all  in  no  ordinary 
manner.     7.  He  declared  that  if  they  wished  to  try  a 

< second  lime,  he  was  prepared  to  fight  a  second  time. 
8.  Ariovistus  replied,  that  if  he  should  kill  Caesar,  he 
would  do  a  favor6  to  many  high-born  men  among  the 
Roman  people. 7>  9.  The  king  answered,  that  if  we  had 
surrendered  our  town  to  him,  his  private  property  would 
have  been  greatly  increased.  10.  He  said  that  he  under- 
stood with  how  great  danger  you  had  done8  that.  11.  He 
says  that  if  we  had  not  come,  the  enemy  would  have  cut 
down  the  bridge. 


56  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

.  Notes  and  Questions. 

1  depart;  which  tense  should  be  used  in  Direct  Discourse  and  which  in 
Indireet  ?    See  Examples  1  and  2. 

2  has  led;  what  mood  is  necessary  in  Direct  Discourse?  See  Ln.  X., 
Kef.  1-9  and  Ex.  7. 

3  between  them  and  me;  translate  as  if  it  read,  for  me  with  them. 

4  people;  is  it  necessary  to  translate  this  word  ? 

5  was  delaying ;  what  tense  would  be  used  in  Direct  Discourse  ?  See 
Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  2. 

0  a  favor;  gratum. 

7  among  the  Roman  people ;  render  by  the  genitive. 

8  you  had  done;  what  mood  would  be  necessary  in  Direct  Discourse? 
See  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14. 

LESSON  XXI. 
THE  GENITIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Subjective  Genitive  with  Nouns.  A.  «fc  G.  343,  Note 
1;  359,  b:  H.  &  B.  339,  d:  B.  199;  198,  1:  G.363,  1:  H.  430;  440, 
1;  475,  2. 

3-6.  Limited  Word  Omitted.  A.  &  G.  343,  Note  2:  H.  &  B. 
339,  e:  G.  362,  Remark  3:  H.  446,  1. 

7-12.     Subjective  Genitive  with  Verbs.     A.  &  G.  343,  c:    H. 
&  B.  340:  B.  198,  3:  G.  366,  Remarks  1-3:  H.  447. 
EXAMPLES. 

1.  The  fear  of  the  people,  the  running  together  of  all  the  good, 
the  faces  and  looks  of  these,  timor  populi,  concursus  bonorum 
omnium,  horum  ora  voltusque. 

2.  For  the  sake  of  aid,  auxili  causa. 

3.  Unpopularity  caused  by  severity  is  very  much  more  to  be  dreaded 
than  that  caused  by  negligent,  is  it  not?  num  est  vehementiua 
severitatis  invidia  quam  nequitiae  pertimescenda? 

4.  For  the  purpose  of  avoiding  suspicion,  suspicionis  vltandae, 
sc.  causa. 

5.  Quintus,  son  of  Marcus,  Quintus  Marci,  sc.  filius. 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  57 

6.  With  respect  to  my  danger  and  that  of  the  state,  de  meo  perl- 
culo  et  rei  publicae,  sc.  periculo. 

7.  It  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  see,  sapientiae  est  videre. 

8.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  consul,  consulis  est. 

9.  It  is  your  duty  to  care  for  the  state,  vestrum  est  rei  publicae 
providere. 

10.  It  was  foolish  to  think  of  peace,  erat  amentis  pacem 
cogitare. 

11.  The  fifth  class  consists  of  murderers,  quintum  genus  est 
parricidarum. 

12.  I  shall  grant  that  the  fault  beiongs  to  Ligarius,  confitebor 
culpam  esse  Ligari. 

VOCABULARY  21. 

avert,  drive  away,  depello,  -ere,  never,    numquam    (nunquam), 

depuli,  depulsum.  adv. 

care  for,  provideo,  -Sre,  -vldi,  retain,  hold,  teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  ten- 

-visum,  io.  dat.  turn. 

criminal,  facinorosus,  -I,  m.  separate,   seiungo,  -ere,   -iiinxi, 

decide,  decerno,   -ere,    -crevi,  -iunctum. 

-cretum.  state,  res  publica,  rei  publicae,/ 

desolation,  vastitas,  -atis,/.  troubled,  anxious,  sollicitus,  -a, 

destruction,  exitium,  -I,  >n.  -urn. 

establish,    constituo,  -ere,  -ui,  welfare,  prosperity,  salus,  -utis,/. 

-utum.  whole,  on  the  whole,  universus, 

foolish,  stupid, amens,5ren.  amen-  -a,  -urn. 

tis.  wisdom,  sapientia,  -ae,/. 

highest,  summus,  -a,  -urn.  wise,  sapiens,  gen.  sapientis. 

house,  tectum,  -I,  n.  withdraw,  deficio,  -ficere,  -feci, 

it  is  the  duty,  part  of,  est  w.  pred.  -fectum ;    to    withdraw    from 

gen.  allegiance  to  the  king,  a  rege 

misfortune,  calami tas,  -atis,  /.  deficere. 

EXERCISE   21. 

1.  Cicero  said  that  Catiline  was  bringing  to  destruction 
and  desolation  the  temples  of  the  immortal  gods  and  lives1 
of  all  the  citizens.  /£.  Catiline  was  hindered  by  Cicero 
from  bringing2  to  destruction  and  desolation  the  houses  of 
the  cityy  3.  Those  men  who  have  withdrawn  from  alle- 


58  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

giance  to  the  state  ought3  never  to  retain  the  rights  of 
citizens.  4.  Cicero  said  that  they  who  had  withdrawn4 
from  allegiance  to  the  state  had  never  in  the  city  of 
Eome  retained  the  rights  of  citizens.  5.  The  orator  saw  ^ 
that  the  senators  were  troubled  not  only  with  respect  to 
their  danger  and  that5  of  the  state,  but  also,  if  that  should 
\  be  averted,6  with  respect  to  hjs.  /6.  It  is  the  duty  of  the 
\     senate  to  care  for  the  highest  welfare  of  the  state.     7.  Do 

"\Jnot  doubt7  Uiat  it  is8  yjmr  duty9  to  care  for  the  statg. 

18.  It  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  see  that  the  misfortunes1 
of  many  citizens  cannot  be  separated  from  that5  of  the 
stateN  9.  The  consul  says  that  the  fifth  class  consists  of 
crin/mals.  10.  Cicero  said  that  the  colonies  which  Sulla 
haa  established  in  Etruria  consisted  on  the  whole  of  very 
good  citizens  and  very  brave  men.  11.  There  is  no  doubt 
that  it  was  foolish10  to  think  of  peace  when  the  enemy 
was  already  in  the  city.  12.  It  will  be  wise10  to  delay  in 
the  vicinity  of  this  town  for  the  sake  of  aid.  13.  The 
consul  said  that  the  senate  ought  fearlessly  to  decide  with 
respect  to  its  own  highest  welfare  and  that  of  the  Roman 
people.  14.  Let  uHsEtT  once  carefully  and  fearlessly  de- 
cide11 with  respect  not  only  to  our  own  welfare,  but  also 
to  that  of  the  Roman  people. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  lives;  the  Latin  often  has  a  noun  in  the  singular  number  where  the 
English  requires  the  plural.  ' 

2  from  bringing ;  what  constructions  mny  depend  upon  verbs  of  hinder- 
ing?   See  Lx.  X.,  Bef.  10-12  and  13,  14. 

8  ought;  see  Ln.  XVII.,  Examples  16,  17. 

4  had  withdrawn;  what  mood  must  be  used  in  a  subordinate  clause  of 
Indirect  Discourse  ?    See  Ln.  XIX. 

6  that;  see  Ref.  3-6  and  Ex.  6.        6  should  be  averted;  Pluperf.  Subj. 

'  Do  not  doubt;  how  is  a  prohibition  expressed  in  Latin  ?  See  Ln.  V., 
Ref.  6-7. 


6A1U 


&&  W^^Ttyi 


8  that  it  is;  what  construction  usually  depends  upon  a  negative  clause 
expressing  or  implying  doubt  ?    See  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 

a  your  duty ;  instead  of  the  predicate  Genitive  of  a  personal  pronoun, 
the  Nominative  or  Accusative  of  the  possessive  is  generally  used  :  see  Ex.  9. 

10  With  adjectives  of  one  ending,  the  Genitive  masculine,  instead  of  the 
Nominative  or  Accusative  neuter,  is  generally  used  in  a  predicate  after 
esse  to  avoid  ambiguity ;  e.  g.,  it  is  wise,  sapientis  est  (it  is  of  a  wise 
man). 

11  Let  us .  .  .  decide;  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  3,  4. 


^ 


>HK< 


LESSON    XXII. 
THE  GENITIVE  {continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Objective  Genitive.  A.  &  G.  347;  348:  H.  &  B.  354;  B. 
200:  G.  363,  2:  H.  440,  2. 

4,  5,  12.     Constructions  used  instead  of  Objective  Genitive. 

A.  &  G.  348,  a,  c:  H.  &  B.  354,  a:  B.  200,  1:  H.  440,  2,  Note  1 
6-8.     Partitive  Genitive.     A.  &  G.  346,  a,  1-4:    H.  &  B.  346: 

B.  201,  1-3:  G.  367-372:  H.  440,  5;  441;  442. 

9.  Constructions  used  instead  of  Partitive  Genitive.  A.  & 
G.  346,  c,  d:  H.  &  B.  346,  a,  b,  e:  B.  201,  1,  a:  G.  372,  Remark 
2:  H.  444,  1. 

10.  When  the  Partitive  Genitive  is  not  to  be  used.  A.  & 
G.  346,  e:  H.  &  B.  346,  Footnote  1:  G.  370,  Remark  2:  H. 
442,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  The  destruction  of  the  commonwealth,  perniciem  rei  pub- 
licae. 

2.  From  dangers  to  the  commonwealth,  a  rei  publicae  peri- 
culis. 

3.  A  leader  in  the  war,  dux  belli  ;  preparation  for  war,  com- 
paratio  belli. 

4.  By  the  love  of  the  gods  for  you,  deorum  erga  vos  amore. 


60  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

5.  With  danger  to  himself,  suo  periculo. 

6.  Which  of  us  do  you  think  knows  not  what  plan  you  adopted  1 
quid  consill  ceperis  quern  nostrum  Ignorare  arbitraris  ? 

7.  There  is  no  one  who  does  not  contribute  as  much  good-will  as 
he  can,  est  nemo,  qui  lion  tantum,  quantum  potest,  conferat 
voluntatis. 

8.  No  one  of  these,  horum  nemo  ;  sufficient  garrison,  satis 
praesidi ;  some  place,  aliquid  loci  ;  one  of  whom,  quorum  alter  ; 
where  in  the  world  are  we,  ubinam  gentium  sumus  ?  the  bravest 
of  the  soldiers,  militum  fortissimi. 

9.  One  of  the  sons,  unus  e  filiis. 

10.  The  welfare  of  all  of  us,  salutem  omnium  nostrum. 

11.  There  is  not  one  slave,  servus  est  nemo. 

12.  With  respect  to  the  destruction  of  all  of  us,  de  nostro  om- 
nium1 interitu. 

VOCABULARY  22. 

as  much  . .  .  as,  tantus  .  .  .  quan-  former,  vetus,  gen.  veteris. 

tus.  garrison,  protection,  praesidium, 

bestow,  impertio,  -ire,  ivi  or  -ii,  -I,  n. 

-ltum ;  w.  ace.  of  direct  object  plot,  cogito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

and  dat.  of  indirect.  preparation,  comparatio,-6nis,/. 

contribute,  devote,  confero,  con-  renown,  gloria,  -ae,/. 

ferre,  contuli,  conlatum.  save,  conservq,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

due,  be  due,  dgbeor,  -Sri,  debi-  sufficiently,  sufficient,  satis,  adv. 

tus  sum.  surely,  profecto,  adv. 

endeavor  to  bring  about,  molior,  the   one  .  .  .  the  other,  alter  .  .  . 

-Iri,  -Itus  sum.  alter. 
forgetting,  forgetfulness,  obllvio, 

-onis,  /. 

EXERCISE  22 

1.  Do  not  doubt  that  the  leader  of  the  enemy  is  in  the 
senate,  endeavoring  to  bring  about  the  destruction  of  the 
commonwealth.  2.  No  one  can  prevent  the  commander  of 
that  camp  from  endeavoring  to  bring  about2  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  commonwealth.  3.  There  were  in  that  most 
dignified  council  of  the  earth,  those  who  were  plotting3 


LATIN    PROSE  COMPOSITION.  61 

with  respect  to  the  destruction  of  all1  of  us.  4.  Provided 
my  destruction  is  separated4  from  dangers  to  the  common- 
wealth, I  shall  not  be  unwilling  to  die.5  5.  The  city  has 
been  saved  by  the  highest  love  of  the  immortal  gods  for 
you,  but  with  danger  to  me.  6.  All  of  us  desire  to  know 
who  will  be6  leaders  in  this  war.  7.  There  was  not  one 
slave  who  did  not  contribute  to  the  common  welfare7  as 
much  good- will  as  he  dared  and  as  he  could.  8.  Cicero 
said  that  he  would  bestow8  upon  Lucullus-  as  iMch  praise 
as  was  due  to  a  brave  man  and  great  commander^).  There 
is  no  doubt  that  the  general  devoted  all  the  remaining 
time,  not  to  forgetting  the  former  war,  but  to  preparation 
for  a  new.S  10.  Who  of  us9  does  not  know  what  pro- 
tection the  city  has  ?10  11.  There  is  no  one  of  these  who 
does  not  know11  that  the  city  has  sufficient  garrison. 
12.  There  will  surely  be  some  place  for  my  renown  amid 
the  praises  for  this  man.  13.  Two  kings  were  captured,  of 
whom  one  had  slaughtered  the  bravest  of  our  soldiers,  the 
other  had  murdered  one  of  my  sons. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  omnium;  "A  possessive  in  any  case  may  have  a  genitive  in  appo- 
sition."    A.  &  G. 

2  from  endeavoring  to  bring  about ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 

8  were  plotting ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

4  is  separated;  see  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  8. 

5  I  shall  not  be  unwilling  to  die;  see  Ln.  II.,  Ref.  10-12. 

6  will  be  ;  how  should  it  be  expressed  ?    See  Ln.  XVI.,  Note  7. 

7  to  the  common  welfare  ;  ad  w.  ace. 

.  8  would  bestow;  what  mood  and  tense  must  be  used  ?  See  Ln.  XVIII., 
Ref.  1-6*. 

9  of  us;  see  Ln.  III.,  Note  2. 

10  has;  see  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14. 

11  does  not  know;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 


63  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.      / 


LESSON    XXIII. 
THE  GENITIVE  {continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-5.  Genitive  of  Quality.  A.  &  G.  345,  a,  6;  417:  H.  &  B. 
355;  356,  1:  B.  203,  1-5:  G.  365,  Remarks  1,  2;  380,  1,  2:  EL 
440,3;  448,  1;  478,  2. 

6-12.  Genitive  with  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  349,  a:  H.  &  B. 
354:  B.  204,  1-3:  G.  374;  375:  H.  450;  451,  1-3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  In  a  contest  of  such  a  kind,  in  eius  modi  certamine. 

2.  Rocks  of  great  weight,  magni  ponderis  saxa. 

3.  All  which  is  of  such  a  character,  quae  sunt  omnia  eius 
modi. 

4.  The  depth  of  the  river  was  about  three  feet,  fluminis  erat 
altitudo  circiter  pedum  trium. 

5.  It  is  worth  while  for  me,  est  mihi  tantl. 

6.  Mindful  of  you,  memorem  vestri. 

7.  Unacquainted  with  affairs,  ignarus  rerum. 

8.  Very  skilful  in  wars,  bellorum  peritissimus. 

9.  Like  the  truth,  veri  simile. 

10.  Peculiar  to  Caesar,  proprium  Caesaris. 

11.  Not  sharing  in  renown,  expers  gloriae. 

12.  He  is  made  participant  in  the  public  council,  fit  public!  c5n 
sili  particeps. 

VOCABULARY  23. 

anxiety,  sollicitudo,  -inis,/.  exile,  exsilium  (exilium),  -I,  n. 

beyond,  more  than,  praeter,prejt).  fond,loving,amans,^ai.  amantis. 

w.  ace.  full,  plenus,  -a,  -um. 

decide,    adjust,    diiudico,  -are,  greedy,  avidus,  -a,  -um. 

-avl,  -atum.  help,  succurro,  -ere,  -curri,  -cur- 
eager   for,   appetens,  gen.    ap-         sum,  w.  dat. 

petentis.  like,  similis,  -e. 


LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.                             63 

massacre,  internecio,  -onis,  /.  submit  to,  endure,  subeo,  -ire,  -ii, 

narrow,  small,  parvus,  -a,  -um.  -itum,  w.  ace. 

of  such  a  kind,  of  such  a  charac-  the  other,  ceterus,  -a,  -um ;  pi. 

ter,  eius  modi ;  often  written  the  rest. 

eiusmodi.  unacquainted  with,  ignorant,  Igna- 

on  account  of,  prop  ter,  prep.w.  ace.  rus,  -a,  -um. 

participant,  particeps,  gen.  par-  unfortunate,  miser,  misera,  mi- 

ticipis.  serum.          «""" 

rouse,   incite,    inflammo,    -are,  unpopularity,  invidia,  -ae,  /. 

-avi,  -atum.  zeal,  studium,  -i,  n,                 \h^ 

skilful,    practically    acquainted  .         T                  •  ^V 

with,  peritus,  -a,  -um.  yj y\JL/                ^\  ^ 


__j^ 


V, 


EXERCISE  23. 


1.  The  soldiers  could  not  be  prevented  from  hurling 
rocks  of  great  weight.  2.  Would  that  all  my  fellow-citi- 
zens were1  men  of  great  valor.  3.  The  depth  of  the  river 
which  we  crossed  was  said  to  be  about  nine  feet.  4.  All 
of  us  seem  to  be  of  so  narrow  a  mind  that  we  think2  all 
things  will  perish  at  one  and  the  same  time  with  our- 
selves. 5.  That  war  was  of  such  a  kind  thatlt  ought  to 
have  roused  your  minds  to  the  highest  zeaAJvo.  All  those 
quarrels  were  of  such  a  character  that  they  were  decided 
by  a  massacre  of  citizens.  7.  It  is  worth  while  for  me  to 
submit  to  unpopularity,  provided  Catiline  goes3  into  exile. 
8.  It  would  be  worth  while  for  me  to  submit  to  unpopu- 
larity, if  only  Catiline  would  go  into  exile.4  9.  The  Bo- 
mans  more  than  the  other  nations  were  always  eager  for 
glory  and  greedy  for  praise.  10.  No  one  can  be  found  so 
like  you  that  he  will  not  go  into  exile.  #11.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  all  of  us  are  very  fond  of  leisure.  12.  Since  no 
one  is  unacquainted  with  trouble,  all  ought  to  know  how 
to  help  the  unfortunate.  13.  It  is  said  that  Caesar5  was 
practically  acquainted  with  the  arts  not  only  of  peace,  but 
also  of  war.     14.  This  man  hopes  to  be  made6  participant 


64  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

in  the  council  of  his  nation.  15.  When  we  were  waging 
war,  we  were  full  of  anxiety  on  account  of  love  for  our 
country.7 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  would .  .  .  were  ;  what  mood  and  what  tenses  are  used  to  express  a 
wish  that  cannot  be  fulfilled  ?     See  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  8,  9. 

2  that  we  think;  what  must  be  the  construction  of  this  clause?     Is  it 
used  adverbially  or  substantively  ?     See  Ln.  IX. 

3  goes;  what  mood  is  necessary  after  dum  modo1? 

4  What  kind  of  a  supposition  is  expressed  by  this  sentence  ?    To  what 
time  does  it  refer  ?    What  mood  and  tense  must  be  used  ? 

6  It  is  said  that  Caesar  ;  the  Latin  prefers  the  personal  construction  : 
Caesar  is  said. 

6  to  be  made  ;  fore  ut  flat. 

f  for  our  country ;  see  Ln.  XXI I.,  Ref.  1-3. 


LESSON  XXIV. 
THE  GENITIVE  (continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  With  Verbs  of  Memory.  A.  &  G.  350  a,  b:  H.  &  B.  350: 
B.  206:  G.  376:  H.  454,  1. 

4-8.  With  Verbs  of  Emotion.  A.  &  G.  354  a-c:  H.  &B.  352 
1,2:  B.  209,  1,  2:  G.  377:  H.  457. 

9,  10.  With  Verbs  of  Judicial  Action.  A.  &  G.  352:  H.  &  B. 
342;  343:  B.  208,  1,  2:  G.  378:  H.  456. 

11.  With  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want.  A.  &  G.  356:  H.  &  B. 
347:  B.  212,  1,  2:  G.  405,  Note  2:  H.  458,  2. 

12-14.  With  rcfcrt  and  interest.  A.  &  G.  355:  H.  &  B.  345:  B. 
210;  211:  G.  3S1;  382:  H.  449,  1-4. 


6<)  • 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION/ 


EXAMPLES. 


1.  I  remember  your  constancy,  memini  constantiae  tuae. 

2.  Forget  murder,  obliviscere  caedis. 

3.  He  was  reminding  us  of  bis  extreme  poverty,  admonebat  nos 
egestatis. 

4.  Pity  such  labors,  miserere  laborum  tantorum. 

5.  We  pity  them,  eorum  nos  miseret. 

6.  Do  not  pity  your  brothers,  cave  te  fratrum  misereat. 

7.  The  Athenians  repented  of  the  act,  factl  Athenienses  pae- 
nituit. 

8.  Of  what  should  I  be  ashamed  ?    me  quid  pudeat? 

9.  He  was  accused  of  treason,  accusatus  est  proditionis. 

10.  He  was  condemned  for  treason  in  his  absence,  absens  pro- 
ditionis damnatus  est. 

11.  I  need  your  counsel,  indigeo  tui  consili. 

12.  It  is  of  great  importance  to  Cicero,  magni  Ciceronis  interest. 

13.  It  matters  little  to  me  what  you  say,  parvi  raea  refert  quid 
dicas. 

14.  Who  is  there  to  whom  it  is  important  that  this  law  remain  ? 
quis  est  cuius  intersit  istam  legem  manere  ? 

VOCABULARY  24. 

absent,  in  one's  absence,  absens,  need,  indigeo,  -ere,  -ui,  no  sup. 

gen.  absentis.  negligence,  nequitia,  -ae,  /. 

accuse,  accuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  old,  senex,  gen.  senis. 

ashamed,  something  causes  one  to  pity,  misereor,  -eri,   miseritus 

be   ashamed,    pudet,   pudere,         sum;  miseret,  miserere,  mi- 

puduit  or  puditum  est ;  I  am         seruit,  impers. 

ashamed,  me  pudet.  poor,  pauper,  gen.  pauperis. 

condemn,      damno,     -are,     -avi,  remember,  memini,  -isse. 

-atum.  remind, admonish, admone5,  ere 
inactivity,  inertia,  -ae,  /,  -ui,  -itum. 

it  is  of  importance,  it  concerns,  it  repent,  paenitet,  paenitere,  pae- 

matters,  interest,  -esse,  -fuit ;         nituit. 

re-fert,  -ferre,  -tulit.  sound,  sanus,  -a,  -urn. 

kindness,  beneficium,  -!,  n.  treason,  proditio,  -onis,/, 
military  affairs,  res  militaris . 


66  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

EXERCISE   24. 

1.  Do  not  forget  me  and  that  I  am  your  consul.  2.  We 
ought  to  forget  others'1  faults,  but  remember  our  own. 
3.  Pity  the  sorrows  of  a  poor  old  man.  4.  It  is  of  great 
importance  to  a  general  to  be  practically  acquainted  with 
military  affairs  and  to  have  brave  soldiers.  5.  It  is  of 
little  importance  to  me  whether  he  comes  to  visit2  you  or 
not.3  *6.  I  fear  that  he  will  remind  me  of  my  negligence 
and  inactivity.  7.  There  is  no  doubt  that  we  have  been 
accused  of  treason  in  our  absence.  8.  Cicero  said  that  he 
condemned  himself  for  inactivity  and  negligence.  9.  All 
of  us  hope  that  you  will  not  be  condemned4  for  treason. 
10:.  The  consul  says  that  he  will  never  repent5  of  his  acts. 

11.  Magistrates  were  not  ashamed  to  come  into  this  place, 
since  our  ancestors  had  adorned6  it  with  the  spoils  of  fleets. 

12.  Of  •what  should  we  be  ashamed7  when  we  have  done 
all  welcan?8  13.  All  ought  to  pity  those  who  do  not  pity 
themselves.  14.  There  is  no  doubt  that  every  one  needs  a 
sound  mind  and  a  sound  body.  15.  If  Caesar  should  re- 
pent9 of  his  kindness,  this  man  would  be  condemned  for 
treason. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  others'  ;  render  with  the  possessive  adjective  alienus,  a,  urn. 

2  to  visit;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  10-11. 

3  or  riwt ;  how  should  it  be  expressed  in  an  indirect  question  ?  See 
Vy.  16. 

4  will  not  be  condemned;  "The  future  infinitive  is  often  expressed  by 
fore  (futurum  esse)  ut  with  the  subjunctive  —  necessarily  where  there  is  no 
supine  stem."     A.  &  G. 

6  will  .  .  .  repent ;  see  Note  iJ 

0  had  adorned;  see  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  1-5,  and  Ex.  5. 

7  sliould  we  be  ashamed;  see  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  15. 

8  all  we  can  ;  the  relative  is  rarely  omitted  in  Latin. 

9  If .  .  ' sliould  repent ;  what  kind  of  a  supposition  ? 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  67 

LESSON   XXV. 
THE  DATIVE  CASE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  With  Transitive  Verbs.  A.  &  G.  362:  H.  &  B.  365:  B. 
187,1.:  G.  345:  H.  424. 

4,  5.  Double  Construction.  A.  &  G.  364:  H.  &  B.  365,  a,  b: 
B   187,  I.,  a:  G.  348:  H.  426,  6. 

6-11.  With  Intransitive  Verbs.  A.  &  G.  366;  367:  H.  &.  B. 
362,  I.-IIL:  B.  187,  II.:  G.  346:  H.  426,  1,  2. 

12,  13.  Dative  or  Accusative  according  to  Signification.  A. 
&G.  367,  c:  H.  &  B.  367:  G   346,  Note  2:  H  426,  4.  B.  175,  2,  b. 

14,  15.  When  "to"  and  "for"  are  to  be  rendered  by  ad 
and  pro.  A.  &  G.  363,  1;  379,  Note:  H.  &  B.  377,  1;  366,  d:.G. 
345,  Remark  2:  H.  424,  2.  B.  358,  1,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  To  you  our  country  stretches  out  her  hands,  vobis  manus 
tendit  patria. 

2.  No  destruction  will  be  prepared  for  the  city,  nulla  pernicies 
moenibus  comparabitur. 

3.  Death,  with  which  they  threaten  me,  mors,  quam  mihi 
minitantur. 

4.  He  presented  books  to  me,  libros  mihi  donavit 

5.  You  presented  your  clerk  with  a  ring,  scribam  tuum  anulo 
donas  ti. 

6.  If  this  has  happened  to  no  one,  si  hoc  contigit  nemini. 

7.  Nor  could  I  persuade  myself,  nee  mihi  persuadere  poteram. 

8.  It  was  necessary  to  obey  the  senate,  parere  senatui  necesse 
erat. 

9.  Cease  to  spare  me,  mihi  parcere  desinite. 

10.  They  chose  to  serve  the  Roman  people  rather  than  to  rule  over 
others,  servire  populo  Romano  quam  imperare  alils  malue- 
runt. 


68  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

11.  We  seem  to  do  enough  for  the  republic,  satisfacere  rei  pu 
blicae  videmur. 

12.  If  you  consult  me,  or  if  you  ask  my  advice,  si  me  consulis. 

13.  Consult  for  yourselves,  or  consult  your  interests,  consulite 
vobis. 

14.  I  wrote  a  letter  to  Pompey,  litteras  ad  Pompeium  scrips!. 

15.  They  used  to  speak  for  liberty,  pro  libertate  loquebantur. 

VOCABULARY  25. 

angry,  be  angry,  irascor,  -I,  iratus  obey,  pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

sum.  pardon,    ignosco,   -ere,    ignovi. 

choose  rather,  prefer,  malo,  malle,  ignotum. 

nialui.  please,  placeo,   ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

consult,  ask  advice  of,  consulo,  pray,  beseech,  quaeso,  -ere,  -ivi  of 

-ere,  consului,  consultum,  w.  -ii,  -itum. 

ace;  w.  dat.t  consult  for,  con-  present,  dono,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

suit  the  interests  of.  rule  over,  command,  impero,  -are, 

crime,  scelus,  sceleris,  n.  -avi,   atum. 

decree    of    the   senate,   senatus  satisfy,    do    enough,    satisfacio. 

co   "^ltum.  -facere,  -feci,  -factum, 

drive   Out,  gicio,  eicere,  eieci,  serve,  servio,    -ire,   -ivi    or  -ii, 

eiectum.  -itum. 

except,  praeter,  prep.  w.  ace.  threaten,     minitor,     -ari,    -atus 

for,  in  behalf  of,  pro,  prep.  w.  abl.  *     sum. 

happen,  contingit,  pf.  contigit.  truth,  verum,  -i,  n. 

intrust,  commendo.  -are,   -avi,  write,  scribo,  -ere,  scripsi,  scrip- 

atum-  turn. 

EXERCISE  25. 

1.  Our  country  intrusts  to  you  the  temples  of  her  gods 
and  the  lives  of  her  citizens.  2.  They  threatened  my 
brother  with  the  severest  punishment  that  they  might 
drive  him  out  into  exile.  3.  If  this  should  happen  to  me, 
I  should  choose  to  go  into  exile  rather  than  to  obey  the 
decree  of  the  senate.  4.  They  could  not  persuade  them- 
selves to  go1  into  exile.  5.  These  men  are  angry  with  me 
because    1  have    driven   out2  their   brother    into    exile. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  69 

6.  Our  ancestors  chose  to  rule  over  themselves  rather 
than  to  serve  a  king.  7.  The  decree  of  the  senate  pleased 
me  so  very  much  that  I  wrote3  a  letter  to  my  brother  with 
respect  to  it.  8.  Pardon  me,  I  pray,  if  I  speak  the  truth 
freely.  9.  May  the  gods  pardon4  all  your  crimes,  the  sen- 
ate cannot.  10.  A}1  exhorted  me  to  consult5  for  my  own 
life  and  welfarey^ii..  You  ought  to  consult  for  the  inter- 
ests of  those  men  in  their  absence,  since  they  are  your 
fellow-citizens.  12.  Let  the  consul  ask  the  advice  of  the 
senate  (as  to)  whether  he  ought6  to  drive  out  this  man 
into  exile  or  not.  13.  Our  orators  speak  more  fearlessly 
than  they  fight  for  their  country.  14.  He  presented  his 
son  with  many  books,  worthy  to  be  read7  a  second  time. 
15.  They  thought  that  they  would  satisfy  the  city,  if 
they  should  avoid  the  suspicion  of  fear. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  to  go;  see  Ln.  VIII.,  Ref.  1-14. 

2  because  I  have  driven  out;  what  moods  may  be  used  after  quod  and 
with  what  difference  in  signification  ?  See  Ln.  XIV.,  Kef.  1-5,  and 
Note  5. 

8  that  I  wrote;  what  is  expressed  by  this  clause  ?  What  must  be  its 
construction?    See  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  1-3. 

4  May .  .  .  pardon;  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  8,  9. 
6  to  consult ;  see  Note  1 . 

6  whether  he  ought ;  what  kind  of  a  question  ?    What  must  be  its  mood  ? 

7  worthy  to  be  read;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 


-OO^JOO- 


LESSON  XXVI. 
THE  DATIVE  {continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-7.    With  Compounds.     A.  &  G.  370,  c:  H.  &  B.  376:  B.  187, 
III.:  G.  347:  H.  429. 


?0  LATIN   t>ROSfi   COMPOSITION. 

8-11.     Of  the  Possessors.     A.  &  G.  373,  a:  H.  &  B.  374:   B. 
190,  1:  G.  349,  Remark  5:  H.  430. 

12.  Of  the  Agent.     A.  &  G.  374;  375:    H.  &  B.  373,  1,  2:  B. 
189,  1,  2:  G.354:   H.  431 

13,  14.    How  Intransitive  Verbs  are   used  in  the   Passive. 
A.  &  G.  372:  H.  &  B.  364,  2:  B.  187,  II.,  b:  G.  217:  H.  426,  3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  I  withstood  you  by  my  own  efforts,  per  me  tibi  obstiti. 

2.  This  day  you  will  prefer  to  the  greatest  manifestations  of  joy 
for  you,  hunc  tu.  diem  tuis  maximis  gratulationibus  antepones. 

3.  The  senate  would  have  laid  violent  hands  on  me,  mihi  senatus 
vim  et  manus  intulisset. 

4.  He  met  me,  se  mihi  obvium  tulit. 

5.  I  went  to  meet  you,  ego  tibi  obviam  ivi. 

6.  Take  this  fear  from  me,  hunc  mihi  timorem  eripe. 

7.  We  wrested  the  sword  from  his  hands,  ei  ferrum  e  manibus 
extorsimus. 

8.  The  gates  have  no  keeper,  nullus  est  portis  custos. 

9.  Marcellus  has  me  as  witness,  Marcello  sum  testis. 

10.  They   said  that   Cethegus   had  had  a  dispute  with  the  rest, 
Cethego  cum  ceteris  controversiam  fuisse  dixerunt. 

11.  His  name  is  Caesar,  ei  Caesari  nomen  est,  or  ei  nomen 
Caesar  est,  or  ei  nomen  Caesaris  est. 

12.  I  see  that  war  has  been  undertaken  by  me,  mihi  bellum  sus- 
ceptum  esse  video. 

13.  When   they    wished  no  one  to  be  pardoned,  cum  ignosci 
nemini  vellent. 

14.  I  am  envied,  you  are  envied,  he  is  envied,  mihi  invidetur, 
tibi  invidetur,  ei  invidetur. 

VOCABULARY  26. 

controversy,  dispute,  controver-  force,  vis,  vis,  /.;    by  force,  per 

sia,  -ae,  /.  vim. 
disturbance,  tumultus,  -us,  m.  fruitful,  fertilis,  -e. 
effort,  by  his  own  efforts,  per  se.  lay   violent    hands    on,   vim   et 
envy,  invideo, -§re, -vidi, -visum.  manus    infero,    luferre,    in- 
fertile, opimus,  -a,  -um.  tuli,  inlatum. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


pr 


meet,  s§  obvium   ferre  ;  go  to  rage,  madness,  furor,  -oris,  m. 

meet,  obviam  (or  obvius,  -a,  surpass,  antecello,  -ere,  no  perf. 

-um)   eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum.  nor  sup. 

neighbors,  finitimi,  -orum,  m.  pi.  take  from,  eripio,  eripere,  eripui, 
prefer,  anteponS,    -ere,  -posui,         ereptum. 

-positum.  very  much,  vehementer,  adv. 

protection,  praesidium,  -1,  n.  withstand,   thwart,   obsto,  -are, 
provision,  make  provision,   pro-         obstiti,  obstatum. 

video,  -ere,  -vidi,  -visum.  witness,  testis,  is,  ra.  and  f. 

EXERCISE   26. 

1.  We  withstood  your  villany  and  rage  by  our  own  ef- 
forts.    2.  Do  not  hesitate1  to  thwart  this  man's  villanies 
and  madness  by  your  own  efforts.     3.  They  would  choose2 
to  lay  violent  hands3  on  this  man  rather  than  to  bring 
war  upon  their  country.    4.  WVpjeiej;this  day  to  all  the 
spoils  tof  war^that  we  have  been  able  to  take.     5.  Our 
fields  are  so  fertile  and  fruitful  that  they  surpass  the  fields 
of  our  neighbors.  Jr6.  They  nifet  us  in  a  forest  when  we 
were  making4  a  journey  through  Switzerland.     7.  If  you 
come  to  visit  me,  I  shall  go  to  meet  you.     8.  They  took 
this  money  from  us  by  force  that  they  might  make  war  I 
.       /upon  their  countJfy:     9.  We  have  very  many  books  which 
\   /are  not  worth  reading5  at  all.     10.  If  we  had  had6  this^dis- 
Jj/ «ute  with-tha-rest,  we  should  not  have  pardoned  tliem^ 
/X^'  The  king  would  be  very  much  envied,  if  the  Bomaris 
^  should  present6  him  this  city.7     12.  This  man  said  that 
his  name  was  Marcellus  and  that  he  should  make  a  jour- 
ney into  Italy.     13.  You  have  me  as  witness  that  Catiline 
could8  not  persuade  you  to  make  war  upon  your  country. 
14.  Cicero  said  that  provision  had  been  made  by  him  that 
the  city  might  have  sufficient  protection  without  any  dis- 
turbance.    15.   If  we  should  make  war  upon  the  state, 
we  should  not  be  envied,5  but  should  be  condemned  for 
treason. 


72  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  do  not  hesitate;  how  may  a  prohibition  be  expressed  ?  See  Ln.  V., 
Ref.  5-7. 

2  would  choose;  see  A.  &.  G.  445;  446:  H.  &  B.  516;  517,  1:  B.  280,  2:  G. 
257,  1,2:   H.  552:554,  1. 

8  violent  hands;  what  is  Hendiadys  ?  A.  &  G.  640:  H.  &  B.  631,  5:  B.  374 
4:   G.  698:  H.  751,3.  Note  1. 

*  we  were  making;  see  A.  &  G.  546:  H.  &  B.  524:  B.  288,  1,  B:  G.  585" 
H.  600,  II. 

5  which  are  not  worth  reading  at  all ;  Latin  idiom,  not  at  all  worthy 
which  (so  that  they)  are  read;  for  the  construction  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9 
and  Ex.  9. 

6  What  kind  of  a  supposition  is  expressed  in  sentence  10  ?  What  in 
sentence  11  ? 

7  him  this  city ;  what  are  the  different  constructions  for  these  words  ? 
See  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  4,  5. 

8  that  Catiline  could ;  Accusative  and  Infinitive  depending  upon  testis, 
which  has  the  force  of  a  declarative  verb. 

8  we  should  not  be  envied;  see  Ref.  13,  14,  and  Examples. 


LESSON  XXVII. 
THE  DATIVE  {continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Two  Datives.  A.  &.  G.  382,  1:  H.  &.  B.  360,  b:  B.  191, 
2-  G.  356:  H.  433. 

4-7.  With  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  383;  384:  H.  &  B.  362, 1.-III. : 
B.  192,  1:  G.  359:  H.  434,  2. 

8,  9.  Other  Constructions  with  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  385,  a, 
6:  H.  &  B.  363,  3,  4;  364,7,8:  B.  192,  2,  Note:  G.  359,  Remarks 
1-5:  H.  435,  1-4. 

10, 11.  Of  Reference  or  Interest.  A.  &  G.  376-378:  H.  &  B. 
366,  a:  B.  188:  G.  352:  H.  432. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.   Whose  affairs  ought  to  be  a  care  to  you,  quorum  res  vobis 
curae  esse  debent. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  73 

2.  Whom  have  you  protected  with  your  fleets  ?  cui  praesidio 
classibus  vestris  fuistis  ? 

3.  Who  bring  you  enjoyment,  qui  vobis  fructul  sunt. 

4.  My  country  is  dear  to  me,  patria  mini  cara  est. 

5.  Most  unfriendly  to  you,  inimicissimi  vobis. 

6.  Your  good-will  is  pleasant  to  me,  est  mini  iucunda  vestra 
voluntas. 

7.  I  think  him  very  like  a  god,  eum  simillimum  deo  iudico. 

8.  Who  are  fit  for  friendship,  qui  ad  amicitiam  sunt  idonei 

9.  I  thought  that  it  was  my  duty  to  keep  the  army  as  near  as 
possible  to  the  enemy,  esse  officium  meum  putavi  exercitum 
habere  quam  proximum  hostem. 

10.  The  sight  of  Cethegus  hovers  before  my  eyes,  versatur  mihi 
ante  oculos  aspectus  Cethegi. 

11.  For  you  alone  has  the  murder  of  many  citizens  been  un- 
punished, tibi  uni  multorum  civium  neces  impunitae  fuerunt. 

VOCABULARY  27. 

agreeable,  gratus  -a,  -um.  safety,  salus,  -utis, /. 

ally,  socius.  -I,  m.  stand,  sto,  stare,  steti,  statum. 

annoying,  molestus,  -a,  -um.  suited,  accommodatus,  -a,  -um 
cannot  but,  facere  non  possum     threaten,  immineo,  -Sre,  no  per/. 

quin,  w.  subj.  nor  sup. 

care,  cura,  -ae,  /.  unfriendly,  inimicus,  -a,  -um. 

comitium,  comitium,  -I,  n.  voice,  vox,  vocis. 

dear,  car  us,  -a,  -nm.  weapon,  telum,  -I,  n. 

defendant,  reus,  -I,  m.  protection,  praesidium,  -I,  n. ;  to 

enjoyment,  fructus,  -us,  m.  protect  any  one,  alicui  orae- 

forbearance,  venia,  -ae,  /.  sidio  esse. 
near,prope,  adv.;  nearest,  proxi- 

mus,  -a,  -um. 

EXERCISE  27. 

1.  If  my  voice  has  been  a  means  of  safety  for  any  one,1 
surely  T  ought  to  be  pardoned.2  2.  If  the  general  had 
protected  the  city  with  his  troops,  he  would  not  have 
been  condemned  for  treason.  3.  I  cannot  but  think  that 
this  province  has  brought  great  enjoyment  to  the  Roman 


74  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

people.  4.  We  fear  that  this  army  will  not  be3  a  great 
protection  to  the  Koman  people.  5.  Their4  country,  tem- 
ples, and  gods  wrere  very  dear5  to  all  the  Komans.  6.  Cice- 
ro asked  Catiline  whether  the  light  could6  be  agreeable  tu 
him,  when  he  knew7  that  there  Was  no  one8  of  the  senators 
who  did  not  know9  that  he  had  stood8  in  the  comitium 
with  a  weapon.  7.  He  said  that  the  commonwealth  ought 
to  be  a  very  great  care  to  us.  8.  Cicero  did  not  think  that 
many  could  be  found  who  were  fit  for  friendship.  9.  He 
besought  the  judges  to  grant10  him  forbearance,  suited  to 
the  defendant  and  not  annoying  to  them.  10.  Two  kings, 
most  unfriendly  not  only  to  you  but  also  to  your  allies  and 
friends,  have  now  for  a  long  time  been  threatening11  entire 
Asia.  11.  It  is  the  general's  duty12  to  keep  both  the  in- 
fantry and  cavalry  as  near  as  possible  to  our  city.  12.  Our 
ancestors  both  acquired  much  territory  and  waged  many 
wars  for  us.  13.  I  can  not  but  think  that  fear  of  this  man 
will  hover  continually  before  your  mind. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  means  of  safety  for  any  one  =  for  safety  to  any  one. 

2  to  be  pardoned;  see  Ln.  XXVI.,  Ref.  13,  14. 
8  will  not  be  :  see  Lx.  VIII.,  Note  8. 

4  their;  see  Lx.  IV.,  Ref.  1-8. 

5  very  dear  ;  see  Lx.  II.,  Ref.  6-8. 

«  could;  see  Lx.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14,  and  Lx.  XVII.,  Ex.  12. 

7  when  he  knew ;  cum  w.  subj.  because  there  is  an  accessory  notion  of 
cause. 

8  there  was  no  one  ;  lie  had  stood;  see  Lx.  XVIII.,  Ref.  l-6«  and  1-66. 

9  who  did  not  know  ;  see  Lx.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

10  to  grant ;  see  Lx.  VIII.,  Ref.  1-14. 

11  have  .  .  .  been  threatening ;  see  Lx.  VI.,  Ref.  3. 

12  It  is  the  generals  duty ;  see  Lx.  XXI.,  Ref.  7-12  and  Examples. 


/■ 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.  75 

LESSON  XXVIII. 
THE  ACCUSATIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Direct  Object.  A.  &  G.  387,  a:  H.  &  B.  390:  B.  172:  G. 
330:  H.  404. 

4-8.  With  Verbs  which  in  English  require  a  Preposition. 
A.  &  G.  388,  a:  H.  &  B.  391,  1:  B.  175,  2,  6):  G.  330,  Remark  1 : 
H.  405,  1. 

9-11.  With  Compounds.  A.  &G.  388,  b:  H.  &  B.  391,  2:  B. 
175,  2,  a),  1),  2):  G.  331:  H.  406. 

12-15.  Cognate.  A.  &  G.  390,  c:  H.  &  B.  396,  1,2:  B.  176, 
4:  G.  332:  H.  409,  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Defend  the  name  and  welfare  of  the  Roman  people,  populi 
Roman!  nomen  saliitemque  defendite. 

2.  I  hope  the  gods  will  requite  me  as  I  deserve,  spero  deos 
mini  ac  mereor  relaturos  esse  gratiam. 

3.  You  have  thanked  me,  mihi  gratias  egistis. 

4.  Honors,  which  they  despair  of,  honores,  quos  desperant. 

5.  Citizens  grieved  for  my  misfortune,    elves    me  urn   casum 
doluerunt. 

6.  I    shudder    greatly    at    the    annoyance,   vexationem    per- 
horresco. 

7.  Catiline  breathing  out  crime,  Catillnam  scelus  anhelantem. 

8.  They  do  not  complain  of  this  as  much  as  they  fear  it,  n5n 
tarn  hoc  queruntur  quam  verentur. 

9.  Citizens  who  stand  about  the  senate,  cives  qui  circumstant 
senatum. 

10.  They  crossed  the  river,  flumen  trausierunt. 

11.  They  approached  me,  me  adierunt. 

12.  You  seem  to  have  won  a  victory,  victoriam  vicisse  videria- 

13.  He  has  iought  battles,  pugnavit  proelia. 


76 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 


14.  What  should  I  reply  1    or  What  reply  should  I  make  ?     quid 
respondeam  ? 

15.  All  have  one  and  the  same  opinion,  omiies  sentiunt  unum 
atque  idem. 


as,  atque,  ac,  conj. 
as  much  ...  as,  tarn  .  .  .  quam. 
boldness,  audacia,  -ae,  /. 
deserve,  mereor,  -eri,  meritus 
sum. 


VOCABULARY  28. 

rampart,  vallum,  -i,  n. 

requite,  gratiam1  refero,  referre, 

retuli,  relatum."**/'s*^-^*     >■ 
shudder  greatly  at,  perhorresco, 

-ere,  perhorrul,  no  sup. 


despair  of,  despero,  -are,  -avi,     stand  about,  around,  circumsto, 


-atum. 
ditch,  fossa,  -ae,  /. 
feel,  think,  have  opinion,  sentio, 

-ire,  sensi,  sensum. 
feel  thankful,  gratiam1  habeo. 
go  to,  approach,  adeo,  -ire,  -Ivi 

or  -ii,  -itum. 
grieve  for,  doleo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
live,  vivo,  -ere,  vixi,  no  sup. 
question,  quaestio,  onis,/. 


-are,  -steti,  no  sup. 
surround,  put  around,  circumdo, 

-are,  -dedi,  -datum, 
thank,    gratias1   ago,    :ere,   egi, 

actum. 
the  same  ...  as,  idem  .  .  .  qui. 
wretch,  sceleratus,  -i,  m. 
win  a  victory,  victoriam  vinco, 

-ere,  vici,  victum. 


EXERCISE  28. 

1.  We  ought  to  hope  that  all  the  gods  will  requite1  us 
as  we  deserve.  2.  The  senate  thanked  the  consul  in  very- 
strong  terms  because  he  had  driven  out2  that  wretch  into 
exile.  3.  We  cannot  but  think  that  we  ought  to  surround 
the  city  with  a  rampart  and  a  ditch.3  4.  Let  us  not  stand 
about  the  senate,  but  let  us  go  to  the  consul  and  ask  his 
advice.4  5.  They  inquired  of  us5  whether  we  despaired 
of  the  city's  safety.  6.  There  was  not  one  slave  who  did 
not  shudder  greatly  at6  the  boldness  of  citizens.  7.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  the  citizens  grieved  very  much  for  the 
misfortune  of  the  state.  8.  They  were  not  wont  to  com- 
plain7 of  this  as  much  as  they  feared  it,  that  Catiline 
would  go8  into  exile.     9.  We  did  not  doubt  that  you  had 


<* 


ITOSITION.  ^Tl   /iff 


LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION 

/ 

fought  a  great  battle  and  won  a  great  victory.  10.  What 
reply  should  I  make  to  the  envoys,  if  they  should  ask  my 
advice  ?  /  11.  If  they  had  asked  my  advice,  I  should  have 
made  the  same  reply  as  you  made.  12.  Since  there  is 
no  one  who  does  not  know9  that  you  did^not^grieve  for 
the  misfortune  of  the  commonwealth,  what  reply  will 
you  make  ?  13.  This  is  the  only  question  in  respect  to 
which  all  citizens  have  one  and  the  same  opinion.10 
14.  While  I  live11  I  shall  feel  thankful  to  you  for  that 
which  you  have  done  for  me.  15.  Provided  you  go  to 
the  consul  and  ask12  his  advice,  I  shall  thank  you  in 
strong  terms. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

i  Observe  that  gratia  is  always  in  the  plural  with  agere ;  with  referre 
and  habere  mostly  in  the  singular ;  that  they  take  the  Dative  of  the  person 
whom  one  thanks,  etc. ;  and  pro  with  the  Ablative  of  that  for  which  one 
thanks,  etc. 

a  had  driven  out ;  what  mood  should  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  XIV.,  Note  5. 

3  city  .  .  .  ditch;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  4,  5. 


.'..fjrJi 


see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 
Ref.  4-6,  and  Ex.  6. 


4  ask  his  advice;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  12,  13,  and  Examples. 
6  of  us  ;  see  Ln.  XVI. ,  Note  9. 

6  who  did  not  shudder  greatly  at 

7  wont  to  complain ;  see  Ln.  VI. 

8  that  Catiline  would  go ;  Accusative  and  Infinitive,  appositive  with  hoc, 
y  who  does  not  know ;  see  Note  6. 

10  have  .  .  .  opinion;  see  Note  6. 

11  while  I  live;  what  time  is  denoted,  and  what  tense  must  be  used? 

12  go  and  ask;  see  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  8. 


>X*c 


LESSON    XXIX. 
THE  ACCUSATIVE  (continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-4.     Two  Accusatives  of  the  same  Person  or  Thing. 
G.  392;  393,  a:  H.  &  B.  392,  a,  b:   B.  177,  1,  2:    G.  340:    H. 
1.2. 


^ 


78  LATIN    PBOSE    COMPOSITION 


Opt 


5-10.     Two  Accusatives— Person  and  Thing.     A.  &  G.  396,  a* 
b:  H.  &  B.  393,  a-c:  B.  178,  1,  2:  G.  339,  Remark  2:  H.  411, 1-4. 
11,  12.    Two  Accusatives  with  Compound  Verbs.     A.   &  G. 
394;  395,  Notes  1  and  2:  H.  &  B.  386,  a,b:  B.  179:  G.  331,  Re- 
mark 1:  H.  413. 

Limit  of  Motion.     A.  &  G.  427,  2:    H.  &  B.  381;  385, 
182:  G.  337:  H.  418,  1-4;  419,  1. 

EXAMPLES. 


V 


1.  The  people  elected  Marius  consul,  Marium  consulem  popu- 
lus  creavit. 

2.  Marius  was  elected  consul  by  the  people,  Marius  consul  a 
populo  creatus  est. 

3.  You   have  made    the  Senate    firmer,  senatum   firmiorem 
fecistis. 

4.  Jupiter,  whom  we  call   the  preserver  of  this  city,  Iuppiter, 
quern  statorem  huius  urbis  nominamus. 

5.  The  consul  asked  Silanus  his  opinion,  consul  Silanum  sen- 
tentiam  rogavit. 

6.  Silanus,  the  first  to  be  asked  his  opinion,  Silanus,  primus 
sententiam  rogatus. 

7.  He  teaches  boys  rudiments,  pueros  elementa  docet. 

8.  I  shall  teach  him  to  be  silent,  docebo  eum  tacere. 

9.  Let  them  teach  him  what  sort  of  a  man  Roscius  was,  doceant 
eum  qui  vir  Roscius  merit. 

10.  I  advise  them  as  follows,  eos  hoc  moneo. 

11.  Whom  Caesar  had  led  across  the  Rhine,  quos  Caesar  tra- 
duxerat  Rhenum. 

y        12.   He  ascertained  that  the  Belgians   had  been  led  across  the 
Rhine,  reperiebat  Belgas  Rhenum  esse  traductos. 

13.  He  will  betake  himself  to  Marseilles,  se  Massiliam  conferet. 

14.  Men  go  into  the  country,  rus  homines  eunt. 

15.  He  asked  the  Gauls  why  they  had  come  to  his  house,  quaesi- 
vit  a  Gallis  quam  ob  rem  domum  suam  venissent. 

VOCABULARY  29. 

advise,  moneo.  -ere,  -ui,  -itum.  choose,  deligd,  -ere,  -16gi,-lSctum. 

call,  name,  appello,    -are,  -avi,  country,    rus,   ruris,   v. ;   rus   it 

-atum:    nomino,    -are,    -avi,        country  as  contrasted  with  urbs. 

-atum.  faithful,  fidelis.  -e. 


M/v-^         LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  79   mXXAf 

nold,  teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  tentum.  stupid,  stultus,  -a,  -um. 

home,  homeward,  domum.  suitable,  tit,  proper,  idoneus,  -a, 

Latin,  speak   Latin,  Latine   lo-  -um. 

quor,  -I,  locutus  sum.  teach,  show,  doceo, -ere,  -ui,  doc- 
opinion,  sententia,  -ae,  /.  turn. 

rudiments,  elementa,-6rum,w.^.  tried,  proved,  probatus,  -a,  -um. 
set  out,  proficiscor,  -I,  profectus 

sum. 

EXERCISE  29. 

1.  The  Eoman  people  could  have  elected  Catiline  con- 
sul, but  they  wished  to  condemn  him  for  treason. 
2.  Marcellus  ought  to  have  been  elected  consul,  but  the 
people  accused  him  of  treason  in  his  absence.  3.  There 
was  no  one  so  stupid  as  not  to  see1  that  you  had  made 
the  senate  better.  4.  This  man,  whom  we  call  our  friend 
and  ally,  is  suitable  to  be  sent2  as  ambassador  to  the  Bel- 
gians. 5.  Silanus,  the  first  to  be  asked  his  opinion,  because 
he  had  been  elected  consul,  decided  that  punishment 
ought  to  be  inflicted  upon  those  who  were  held  in  cus- 
tody. 6.  I  should  be  glad  to  teach3  you  to  speak  Latin,  if 
only  I  could  speak  Latin  myself.  7.  He  says  that  I 
ought  to  have  shown  the  judges  what  sort  of  a  man  the 
defendant  was.4  /8.  We  advise  our  fellow-citizens  as  fol- 
lows :  5  let  them  not  stand  about  the  senate  or  despair  of 
the  commonwealth.  V 9.  When  the  general  was  informed  J>u  ,v 
that  the  Belgians  Vad  already  le^ a  part  of  their  troops  yJ^Kr 
across  the  Bhine,  he  set  out  with  three  legions  and  came 
to  that  part  which  had  not  yet  crossed  the  river./  10.  Cati- 
line's friends  reported  that  he,6  having  been  driven  out 
into  exile,  would  betake  himself7  to  Marseilles.  11.  Let 
us  ask  the  envoys  why  they  went  home  and  not  to  Geneva. 

12.  The  gates  have  no  keeper,  let  us  go  into  the  country. 

13.  He  sent  money  to  Ephesus  to  him8  whom  you  chose 
out  of  all  your  friends  as  the  most  tried  and  faithful. 


80  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  as  not  to  see;  cf.  Ln.  IX.,  Note  1. 

2  suitable  to  be  sent ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9,  and  Ex.  8. 
8  J  should  be  glad  to  teach;  see  Ln.  II.,  Ref.  10-12. 

4  was  ;  what  mood  is  necessary,  and  why  ? 

6  as  follows;  hoc.  6  he;  see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref.  1-8. 

7  he  .  .  .  would  betake  himself;  what  would  these  words  be  in  Direct 
Discourse? 

8  to  him  f  express  in  Latin,  I  sent  to  him ;  I  gave  to  him ;  I  wrote  to  him. 


&S* 


LESSON   XXX. 
THE  ACCUSATIVE  (continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-6.     Adverbial.     A.  &  G.  397,  a:  H.  &  B.  387,  III.;  388,  b:  B. 
176,3:  G.  332:  H.  416,  2. 

7.  Of  Specification.1    A.  &  G.  397,  b:    H.  &.  B.  389:    B.  180: 
G.  338:  H.  416. 

8.  In  Exclamations.     A.  &.  G.  397,  d:   H.  &  B.  399:    B.  183: 
G.  343,  1:  H.  421. 

9-13.     Of  Time  and  Space.     A.  &.  G.  423;  425:  H.  &  B.  387, 
I.,  II.:  B.  181:  G.  335,  Remark  1;  336,  Remark  4:  H.  417. 

EXAMPLES- 

1.  Why  are  you  silent  ?    quid  taces  ? 

2.  What  reason  is  there  why  we  should  doubt  ?    quid  est  quod 
dubitemus  ? 

3.  You  have  very  great  influence,  vales  plurimum. 

4.  Have  the  countenances  of  these  moved  you  in  no  respect  l 
nihilne  te  horum  ora  moverunt  ? 

5.  I  had  foretold  that  they  would  come  at  that  time,  id  tempo- 
ris  eos  venturos  praedixeram. 

6.  They  live  for  the  most  part  upon  milk,  maximam  partem 
lacte  vivunt. 

7.  Like  a  god  in  countenance  and  shoulders,  5s  humerSsque 
deo  similis. 


*  -r 


MPOSITION 


8.  0  wretched  state  1     O  condicionem  miseram  ! 

9.  You  are  sixty  years  old,  annos  sexaginta.  nati 

10.  More  than  forty  years  old,  annos  natus  maior  quadraginta. 

11.  He  has  had  a  residence  at  Rome  many  years,  domicilium 
Romae  multos  annos  habuit. 

12.  Throughout  these  years,  per  hosce  annos. 

13.  Zama  is  five  days'  journey  from  Carthage,  Zama    quinque 
dierum  iter  a  Carthagine  abest. 


about,  circiter,  adv. 

acorn,  glans,  glandis,/. 

always,  semper,  adv. 

band,  maims,  -us,/. 

countenance,  6s,  oris,  n. 

day,  dies,  diei,  m. 

dissolve,    dimitto,    -ere 
-missum. 

flesh,  caro,  carnis,/. 

have  power,  influence,  valeo,  -ere, 
-ui,  -itum ;  to  have  very  great 
influence,  plurimum  valere. 


VOCABULARY  30. 

milk,  lac,  lactis,  n. 
night-guard,    nocturnum    prae- 

sidium. 
old,  natus,  -a,  -um. 
pace,  passus,  -us,  m. ;  mille  pas- 

sus,  a  mile, 
to   be    feared,    pertimescendus, 

a,  -um,fut.  pass.  part. 
wait  for,  praestolor,  -arl,  -atus 
sum,  w.  daU 


-misi, 


EXERCISE    30. 

1.  Why  should  I  urge  you,2  by  whom  men  have  already 
been  sent  forward  to  Marseilles,  that  they  may  wait  for 
you  in  the  vicinity  of  that  city  ?  2.  Cicero  asked  Catiline 
whether  the  night-guard  of  the  Palatine  had  in  no  respect 
moved  him.  ^3.  The  case  itself  speaks  and  that3  always 
4ias  very  greau  influence.\4.  What  reason  is  there  why 
JV — I  we  should  hesitate4  to  deJay  a  few  days  in  the  vicinity  of 
-  V-  J  Marseilles  for  the  sake  of  aid  ?  5.  It  is  said  that  our 
,^-\l  ancestors  lived  for  the  most  part  upon  acorns  and  milk. 

6.  Although  Caesar  was  in  the  senate  at  that  time,  he 
came   home    because    the   senate    had    been    dissolved. 

7.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this  boy  resembles5  his  father 
in  countenance.    8.  0  war  greatly  to  be  feared,  since 


«rV%K  A^Ki^ 


82  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

leader  will  have6  this  band  of  wretches  !  9.  Ciceio  was 
sixty-four  years  old  when  he  was  murdered.7  10.  I  am 
fifty  years  old ;  how  old  are  you  ?  I  am  more  than  sixty. 
11.  While  the  enemy  were  delaying8  many  days  for  the 
sake  of  supplies,  we  marched  fifty  miles  into  their  coun- 
try. 12.  They  did  not  doubt  that  our  army  had  pro- 
tected the  province9  of  Sicily  many  years.  13.  The 
consul  sent  forward  scouts,  who  were  to  choose10  a  place 
suitable  for  a  camp,  about  six  hundred  paces  from  the 
enemy. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Also  called  "Greek  Accusative,"  and  "  Synecdochical  Accusative." 

2  Why  slwuld  I  urge  you?    what  kind  of  question?    See  Ln.  XVI., 
Ref.  15. 

8  and  tlmt ;  quae. 

4  we  should  Iwsitate ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

6  resembles  =  is  like. 

6  will  have ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Note  4,  last  part. 

7  ivhen  he  was  murdered;  see  Ln.  XXVI.,  Note  4. 

8  were  delaying ;  see  Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  2. 

9  had  protected  the  province ;  see  Ln.  XXVII. ,  Ref.  1-3. 
10  icho  were  to  choose ;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 


^HKo* 

LESSON  XXXI 
THE  ABLATIVE. 


REFERENCES. 


1-3.     Of  Separation.     A.  &  G.  400;  401:  H.  &  B.  408,  1-3:  B. 
214,  1-3:  G.  390;  405;  406:  II.  401-  462,  1. 

4.     Of  SourceA  Y\Xj:  G.  403,  1,  AK  H.  &  B\4^3,  a,  b:    B.  215, 
1,  2:  G.  395:  H.  469,  1,  2.  NKS^fiV 

6-10.     Of  Cause.     A.  &  G.  404,  a:    H.  £TT444:    B.  219,  1,  2A  .  .j/ 
G.  408,  Remark  2:  H.  475.  \y** 

11.     Of  Agent.     A.  &  G.  405:  H.  &  B.  406,  1 :  B.  216:  G.  401- 
H.  468. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION  83 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  Free  the  republic  from  fear,  libera  rem  publicam  metu. 

2.  He  resigned  the  magistracy,  magistrate  se  abdicavit. 

3.  We  were  without  harbors,  portubus  carebamus. 

4.  Apollo  was  born  of  Jupiter  and  Latona,  Apollo  love  natus 
est  et  Latona. 

5.  By  my  order,  meo  iussu. 

6.  By  a  decree  of  the  senate,  senatus  consults. 

7.  Exult  because  of  your  robbery,  exsulta  latrocinio. 

8.  Who  shine  in  purple,  qui  fulgent  purpura. 

9.  No  one  is  happy  who  lives  in  accordance  with  that  law,  bea- 
tus  est  nemo  qui  ea  lege  vivit. 

10.  While  they  were  pleased  with  their  estates,  dum  praediis 
delectantur. 

11.  He  was  not  driven  out  by  me,  a  m§  non  eiectus  est. 

<^„  VOCABULARY  31. 

ally,  socius,  -l,  m.  free,  release,  relieye,  libero,  -are, 

appoint,    constituo,    -ere,    -ui,        -avi,  -atum. 

-utum.  harbor,  portus,  -us,  m. 

born,   be    born,   descended,   na-    invite,  invito,  are,  -avi,  -atum. 

scor,  -I,  natus  sum.  moment,  punctum,  -I,  n. 

be  without,  deprived,  cared,  -ere,     order,  by  order,  iussu,  all.  sing. 
j  -ui,  -itum.  masc. 

^blockade,  obsidio,  -onis,  /.  '  pirate,  praedo,  -onis,  m. 

deprive,  privo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.     please,  delecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
exult,  run  riot,  exsult5,-are,-avi,     resign,  abdico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  ; 

-atum.  w.   ace.  of  reflexive    pron.    and 

find,  reperio,  -ire,  repperi  and  x     abl.  of  that  which  one  resigns. 


reperi,  repei  turn. 


EXERCISE   31. 


altnoi 


Cicero  said  that  if  Catiline  had  staid  in  the  city, 
>ugh  they  would  have  withstood1  all  his  plans,  never- 
theless they  would  never  have  freed  the  republic  from 
peril.  2.  Let  Metellus  be  considered  a  distinguished  man, 
since  he  twice  released  his  city  from  blockade  and  the  fear 
of  slavery.     3.  The  senator  does  not  think  that  those  who 


84  LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

have  attempted  to  deprive  us  all  of  life,  ought  to  live  a 
moment  of  time.  4.  If  you  had  compelled  the  defendant 
to  resign  the  praetorship,  the  senate  would  have  thanked 
you  in  very  strong  terms.  5.  Two  citizens  were  found 
who  relieved2  you  of  this  care,  and  promised  that  they 
would  murder  me  in  my  bed.  ^6.  We  fear  that3  for  many 
years4  our  country  will  be  not  only  without  provinces  but 
also  without  harbors.N  7.  It  was  said5  that  Caesar  was 
descended  from  Trojan  blood.  8.  Caesar  did  not  think 
that  death  had  been  appointed  by  the  immortal  gods  for 
the  purpose  of  punishment.  9.  He  asked  the  senators  how 
many  cities  of  the  allies  they  supposed  had  either  been 
taken  by  the  pirates  or  abandoned  because  of  fear.  10.  Let 
us  live  in  accordance  with  the  laws  that  we  may  not6  go 
into  exile  by  order  of  the  consul.  11.  They  asked  me 
why  I  was  so  pleased  with  the  dwellings  and  temples  of 
their  city.  12.  Let  him  exult  by  reason  of  his  crimes,  that 
he  may  seem  not6  to  have  been  driven  out  by  me  to  stran- 
gers but  invited  to  his  friends.  13.  Do  not  run  riot  be- 
cause of  your  great  crimes,  but  resign  your  office  at  once, 
go  to  the  temples  of  the  immortal  gods,  and  beg  for  par- 
don.7 


$&Jtk 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  would  have  withstood ;  what  mood  is  used  in  a  subordinate  clause  of 
indirect  discourse  ? 

2  who  relieved  ;  i.  e.  of  such  a  character  that  they  relieved  ;  what  mood 
is  necessary  ?    What  use  of  that  mood  ? 

3  that ;  how  should  it  be  rendered  after  a  verb  of  fearing  ? 

4  for  many  years  ;  what  case  is  used  to  express  duration  of  time  ? 

5  It  was  said;  see  Ln.  XXIII.,  Note  5. 

e  that .  .  .  not ;  how  expressed  in  a  final  clause  ?    See  Ln.  IX.,  Note  3 
7  beg  for  "pardon  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  beg  tliat  they  pardon  you. 


W^7 


#^. 


^    ^y  jj^u^ 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION.     .  85 

LESSON    XXXII. 
THE  ABLATIVE  (continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1.  Of  Manner.  A.  &  G.  412:  H.  &  B.  445,  1-3:  B.  220:  G. 
399,  Note  1:  H.  473,  3. 

2,3.  Of  Accompaniment.  A.  &  G.  413,  a:  H.  &  B.  420:  B. 
222,  1:  G.  392,  Remark  1:  H.  473,  1. 

4,  5.  Of  Means  and  Instrument.  A.  &  G.  409:  H.  &  B.  423, 
a:  B.  218:  G.  401:  H.  476. 

6-8.  With  certain  Deponents.  A.  &  G.  410:  H.  &  B.429:  B. 
218,  1:  G.  407:   H.  477. 

9-11.  With  certain  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  418,  6;  431,  a:  H. 
&  B.  432;  442:  B.  226,  2:  G.  397,  Note  2;  401,  Remark  6:  H. 
476.  1;  481. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  They  think  that  they  will  perish  with  less  pain,  minore 
dolore  perituros  se  arbitrantur. 

2.  He  began  to  follow  with  all  his  troops,  cum  omnibus  copils 
sequi  coepit. 

3.  He  was  following  close  after  with  all  his  troops,  subsequeba- 
tur  omnibus  copils. 

4.  Not  yet  do  I  wound  those  with  my  voice  who  ought  to  be 
slain  with  the  sword,  quos  ferro  trucidarl  oportet,  e5s  nondum 
voce  volnero. 

5.  Large  multitudes  of  the  enemy  were  destroyed  in  many  battles, 
magnae  hostium  copiae  multls  proeliTs  sunt  deletae. 

6.  My  voice  has  performed  its  duty,  mea  vox  officio  functa  est. 

7.  Enjoy  fortune  and  renown,  fruere  fortuna  et  gloria. 

8.  Whose  service  I  make  use  of,  quorum  opera  utor. 

9.  You  said  that  you  were  satisfied  with  the  murder  of  us  who 
had  staid,  te  nostra,  qui  remansissemus,  caede  contentum  esse 
dicebas. 


8?  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

10.  Trusting  to  you  I  shall  defend  your  right,  fretus  vobis,  ves- 
trum  ius  defend  am. 

11.  Prisons  worthy  the  crime  of  desperate  men,  custodies  dignas 
scelere  hominum  pei  ditorum. 

VOCABULARY  32. 

butcher,  slay,  trucidS,  -are,  -avi,  pain,  dolor,  -oris,  m. 

-atum.  perform,  fungor,  -i,  functus  sum. 

darkness,  tenebrae,  -arum,  /.  pi.  satisfied,  contentus,  -a,  -um. 

deservedly,  merito.  service,  opera,  -ae,  /. 

destroy,  deleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum.  sword,  gladius,  -I,  m. 

guards,  custodiae,  -arum,  /.  pi.  take  possession  of,  occupo,  -are, 
hide,  obscuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  -avi,  -atum. 

hostile,  infestus,  -a,  -um.  trusting  to,  fretus,  -a,  -um. 

impious,  nefarius,  -a,  -um.  use,  make  use  of,  employ,  utor, 
justly,  iure.  uti,  usus  sum. 

long  since,  iam  pridem,  adv.  unjustly,  iniuria. 

night-attack, nocturnus  impetus,  watches,  vigiliae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 

EXERCISE   32. 

1.  We  took  possession  of  Marseilles  by  a  niglit-attack, 
before  you  were  able  to  protect  that  city  with  garrisons, 
guards,  and  watches.  2.  I  could  not  understand  why  they 
thought  that  they  would  die  with  less  pain  in  company 
with  many  than  (they  would)  if1  they  should  die  alone. 
3.  If  I  were  unjustly  accused  by  my  fellow-citizens,  I 
should  choose2  to  go  into  exile  rather  than  to  be  seen  by 
the  hostile  eyes  of  all.  4.  Let  us  hasten  with  all  oiu 
troops  to  the  enemy's  camp  and  take  possession  of  it  by 
a  night-attack.  5.  The  enemy,  because  they  remembered 
our  former  victory,3  could  not  be  prevented  from  butcher- 
ing our  soldiers  with  their  swords.  /  6.  I  cannot  but  think 
that  we  shall  destroy  large  multitudes  of  the  enemy  in 
many  battles.  7.  This  wretch,  who  ought  long  since  to 
have  been  led  to  death,  has  been  attempting  to  lay  waste 
the  whole  earth  with  fire  and  sword.     8.  What  (reason)  is 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


87 


there  why4  you  should  stay  longer  in  this  city,  when  you 
know  that  the  night  with  its  darkness  cannot  hide  your 
impious  crimes  ?  9.  You  will  never  repent  of  having  per- 
formed5 your  duty  to  your  country.6  10.  The  senate 
deservedly  and  justly  thanked  the  praetors  because  their 
service,  which  I  had  employed,  was  fearless  and  faithful.7 
/ll.  We  feared  that  they  would  not  be  satisfied  with  the 
punishment  of  you  who  had  .staid8  in  the  city.  12.  The 
enemy,  trusting  to  the  large  number  of  their  troops, 
attacked   us  vigorously. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  than  .  .  .  if;  see  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  6. 

2  If  I  were  .  .  .  accused,  .  .  .  I  should  choose;  what  kind  of  a  supposi- 
tion ?    To  what  time  does  it  refer  ?    See  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  1-5. 

3  victory ;  what  case  do  verbs  of  memory  govern  ? 

*  what  reason  is  there  why ;  see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ex.  2,  and  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

5  of 'having  performed ;  render  with  the  perfect  infinitive. 

6  to  your  country ;  see  Ln.  XXII. ,  Ref.  1-3. 

7  because  .  .  .faithful;  translate  as  if  it  read,  because  I  had  employed 
their  fearless  and  faithful  service. 

8  had  staid;  see  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  6. 


L-y. 


LESSON 


spa 


MT  THE  ABLATIVE  (continued).        fo*r 

YU^S*5^V  REFERENCES.  (jt^^ 

,K:    H.  &  I 


A.  &  G.  406, 


With  Comparatives. 
217,  1,  2:  G.  398:  H.  471. 

4-6.     Construction  with  pnTs^Pew^A 
416,  d:  B.  217,  3:  G.  296,  Remark  4:  H.  471,  4 

7-9.     Measure  of  Difference.     A.  &  G.  414, 
B.  223:  G.  403:  H.  479,  1-3. 


H.  &  B.  424: 


88  LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

10,  11.     Of  Quality.1     A.  &  G.  415,  a:    H.  &  B.  443:    B.  224: 
G.  400,  Remark  1:  H.  473,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Who  (was)  more  illustrious  than  Themistocles  ?  quia  clarior 
Themistocle  ? 

2.  What  can  be  said  (that  is)  more  reasonable  than  this  request  ? 
quid  hac  postulatione  did  potest  aequius  ? 

3.  This  evil  has  spread  more  widely  than  we  think,  latius 
opinione  disseminatum  est  hoc  malum. 

4.  When  he  had  been  sick  more  than  a  year,  cum  plus  annum 
aeger  fuisset. 

5.  You  are  more  than  sixty  years  old,  amplius  annos  sexaginta 
natus  es. 

6.  Catiline  had  not  more  than  two  thousand  soldiers,  Catilina 
non  amplius  duobus  milibus  militum  habuit. 

7.  My  country  is  much  dearer  to  me  than  my  life,  patria  mihi 
vita  mea  multo  est  carior. 

8.  You  came  a  little  while  ago  into  the  senate,  venisti  paulo 
ante  in  senatum. 

9.  The  less  certain  the  life  of  man  is,  the  more  ought  the  state  to 
enjoy  the  life  of  an  eminent  man,  quo  minus  certa  est  hominum 
vita,  hoc  magis  res  publica  frui  debet  summi  viri  vita. 

10.  You  exhort  him  to  be  of  good  courage,  iubes  eum  bono  esse 
animo. 

11.  A  man  of  such  moderation,  vir  tanta  temperantia. 

VOCABULARY  33. 

acquire,  consequor,  -l,  -secutus  mild,  mitis,  -e. 

sum.  praise,  laus,  laudis. 

ago,  a  little   while  ago,   paulo  request,      demand,      postulatio, 

ante.  -onis,  /. 

compassion,  misericordia, -ae,  /  savageries?,  atrocitas,  -atis,/. 

evidence,  testimonium,  -I,  n.  spread,     dissemino,    -are,    -avl, 
influence,  auctoritas,  -atis,  /.  -atum. 

just,  fair,  reasonable,  aequus,  -a,  the  .  .  .  the,     quanto  .  .  .  tanto, 

-um.  quo  .  .  .  eo  or  hoc. 

kindness,  humanitas,  -atis,/.  widely,  late,  adv. 
long,  longer,  longest,  diu,  diutius, 

diutissime,  refers  to  tim>' 


LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.  89 

EXERCISE  33. 

1.  Because  the  consul2  was  not  moved  by  savageness  of 
heart  but  by  kindness  and  compassion,  he  asked  the  senate 
who  was  milder  than  himself.  2.  Who  of  the  Komans  was 
more  illustrious  than  Cicero,  who  more  powerful  than 
Caesar  ?  3.  What  could  we  have  asked  that  was  more 
just  than  this  request?  4.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this 
evil  has  spread  more  widely  than  any  one  supposes.  L5.  If 
the  Swiss  had  not  had  more  than  five  thousand  soldiers,  we 
should  have  put  them  to  flight.S6.  This  man  was  con- 
sidered worthy  of  the  highest  praise,  because  he  had  often 
said3  that  his  country  was  much  dearer  to  him  than  his 
life.  7.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  men  who  stand  about4 
the  senate  and  whose  voices  you  could  have  heard4  a  little 
while  ago,  are  more  fearless  than  you.  8.  The  more  severe 
the  siege  was,  the  more  numerous  were  the  letters  and 
messengers  that  were  sent5  to  Caesar.  9.  This  man  is  of 
such  kindness  and  courage  that  the  longer  he  stays  with 
us  the  happier  we  are.  fhO.  Why  ought  this  man,  who  is 
already  more  than  eighty  years  old,  to  be  led  to  death  by 
order  of  the  consul?  11.  If  we  did  not  have  less  than  a 
thousand  infantry,  we.  should  take  possession  of  that  city 
by  a  night-attack.  12.  I  have  always  been  of  such  a  mind 
as  to  think  that  nothing  could  be  better  than  friendship. 
Jho.  Although  these  wretches  are  of  a  better  disposition 
S  than  part6  of  the  soldiers,  nevertheless  they  will  be  put  to 
death  with  the  ^  sword.  14.  Let  this  general,  have  ever- 
lasting fame,7  because  he  has  twice  freed  our  city  from 
blockade  and  the  fear  of  slavery. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

i  Ablative  of  Quality  ;  also  called  Ablative  of  Characteristic  ;  Ablative  of 
Description. 
2  consul;  put  this  word  in  the  principal  clause. 


90  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

3  because  lie  had  often  said  ;  what  mood  should  be  used,  and  why  ? 

4  stand  about .  .  .  could  have;  should  these  verbs  be  rendered  by  the 
Subjunctive  in  accordance  with  Ref.  6,  Ln.  XIV.  ? 

5  the  more  numerous  .  .  .  sent ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  the  more  numerous 
letters  and  messengers  were  sent  to  Caesar. 

e  than  part ;  quam  pars  is  preferable  to  parte  as  it  avoids  a  succession 
of  ablatives. 

7  have  . .  .  fame  ;  sit  with  Ablative  of  Quality. 


a»«e 


^fifff  LESSON    XXXIV. 


THE  ABLATIVE  (continued). 

/  REFERENCES. 

1-5.  Of  Price.  A.  &  G.  416:  H.  &  B.  427:  B.  225:  G.  404: 
H.  478. 

6,  7.  Of  Specification.  A.  &.  G.  418,  a:  H.  &  B.  441 :  B.  226: 
G.  397:  H.  480. 

8-10.  Of  Time.  A.  &  G.  423:  H.  &  B.  439:  B.  230;  231:  G. 
393:  H   486;  487. 

11-16.  Ablative  Absolute.  A.  &.  G.  419,  a-c;  420,  1-5:  H  & 
B.  421,  1-8:  B.  227:  G.  409;  410,  Remarks  1-3:  H.  489,  1-8. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  This  man  sold  his  country  for  gold,  vendidit  hie  auro  pa- 
triam 

2.  He  sold  an  oration  for  twenty  talents,  viginti  talentis  oratio- 
nem  vendidit. 

3.  He  hired  a  house  at  no  great  price,  conduxit  non  magno 
domum. 

4.  No  curse  has  cost  the  human  race  more  than  anger,  nulla 
pestis  humano  generi  pliiris  stetit  Ira. 

5.  The  judges  do  not  care  a  straw  for  the  state,  iudices  rem 
piiblicam  flocci  non  faciunt. 

6.  Asia  surpasses  all  lands  in  fruitfulness,  Asia  Qbertate  omni- 
bus terris  antecellit. 

7.  A  town,  Bibrax  by  name,  was  eight  miles  distant,  oppidum, 
nomine  Bibrax,  aberat  milia  passuum  octo. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  91 

8.  What  did  you  do  last  night  ?  quid  proxima  nocte  egisti  ? 

9.  You  were  at  the  house  of  Laeca  that  night,  fuistl  apud 
Laecam  ilia  nocte. 

10.  You  will  hear  within  three  days,  triduo  audietis. 

11.  You  do  not  hesitate  to  do  that  when  I  order  it,  or  at  my  bid- 
ding, do  you  ?  num  dubitas  id  imperante  me  facere  ? 

12.  Since  no  one  hinders  we  shall  carry  on  war,  niillo  impediente 
bellum  geremus. 

13.  By  destroying  him  danger  is  averted,  illo  sublato  depellitur 
periculum. 

14.  In  the  consulship  of  Lepidus  and  Tullus,  Lepido  et  Tullo 
consulibus. 

15.  Which  have  been  managed  in  his  absence,  quae  illo  absente 
gesta  sunt. 

16.  Without  stirring  up  any  public  commotion,  niillo  tumultii 
publice  concitato. 

VOCABULARY  34. 

commotion,  tumultus,  -us,  m.  mercy,  misericordia,  -ae,/. 

conspiracy,  coniuratio,  -onis,  /.  name,  nomen,  -inis,  n. 

cost,  sto,  stare,  steti.  statum.  publicly,  publice,  adv. 

enter  upon,  ingredior,  ingredi,  sell,  vendo,  -ere,  vendidi,  ven- 

ingressus  sum ;  w.  in  and  ace.  ditum. 

fruitfulness,  productiveness,  uber-  sesterce,  sestertius,  -l,  m. :  a  sil- 

tas,  -atis,  /.  ver    coin    worth    nearly    four 

hire,  conduco,  -ere,  -duxl,  -du-  cents. 

ctum.  stir  up,  concito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

justice,  aequitas,  -atis,/.  variety,  varietas,  -atis,/. 

EXERCISE   34. 

1.  My  brother's  son  fears  that  he  shall  not  be  able  to 
sell  his  house  for  twenty  thousand  sesterces.  2.  Last 
year  we  could  have  hired  a  house  in  this  city  for  five 
thousand  sesterces.  3.  Although  the  Eomans  conquered 
the  Gauls  in  many  battles,1  nevertheless  the  victories  cost 
them  much  blood.  4.  This  general  does  not  seem  to 
care  a  straw  for  the  lives  of  his  soldiers.  5.  He  said  that 
Asia  was  so  fertile  and  fruitful  that  it  surpassed  all  lands2 


92  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

both  in  the  productiveness  of  its  fields  and  variety  of  its 
fruits.  6.  We  think  that  a  city,  Marseilles  by  name,  is 
about  ten  miles  distant.  7.  There  is  no  doubt  that  you 
surpassed  yourself  yesterday  in  justice  and  mercy.  8.  I 
cannot  but  think  that  he  has  entered  upon  this  war  under 
the  guidance  of  the  immortal  gods.  9.  It  happened  that 
in  the  consulship  of  Cicero  many  wretches  formed3  a 
conspiracy  against  the  republic.  10.  I  shall  attempt  to 
make  him  resign4  his  praetorship  without  stirring  up  any 
public  commotion.  11.  Since  the  enemy  did  not  hinder, 
we  marched  through  their  territory.  12.  Within  ten 
days  you  will  hear  that  he  inflicted  severe  punishment 
upon  his  slaves  because  his  wife  had  been  murdered. 
13.  The  state  will  be  freed  from  great  danger  by  killing 
this  man.  14.  I  asked  the  defendant  why  he  was  at  the 
house  of  Marcellus  last  night,5  and  what  he  had  done 
the  night  before.  15.  He  came  in  my  absence  to  hire6 
my  house. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  in  many  battles;  see  Ln.  XXXII.,  Ref.  4,  5. 

2  lands;  see  Ln.  XXVI. ,  Ref.  1-7. 
8  formed;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

4  resign;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ex.  6. 

5  night ;  put  the  word  night  in  the  second  clause  only. 
*  to  hire;  what  does  this  infinitive  denote  ? 


LESSON  XXXV. 
EXPRESSION  OF  TIME. 


REFERENCES.   JJ^,      ffJ^ 

1-3.    Time  When  or  Within  Which.     AJ&  G.  423:    H.  &  B. 
439:  B.  230;  231:  G.  393:  H.  486;  487. 


LATIN    PROS^   COMPOSITION.    lyS^T  93 

4,5.  Time  How  Long  or  During  Which.  A.  &  G.  423:  H. 
&  B.  387,  II.:  B.  181:  G.  336,  Remark  4:  H.  417. 

6-8.  Use  of  Prepositions  in  Expressions  of  Time.  A.  &  G^fl  ***** 
424,  a,  e:  H.  &  B.  439,  a-c;  387,  II.,  a:  B.  181,  2:  G.  336,  Remark  a^p 
2;  394,  Remark:  H.  487,  1,  2;  417,  1.  ^yt/ 

9-12.  Time  Before  or  After  an  Event.  A.  &  G.  424.  /:  H.  & 
B.  303,  c;  424,  Example  2;  387,11.,  a,  6:  B.  357,  1:  G.  403, 
Note  4:  H.  488,  1-3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.   He  finished  the  war  in  the  middle  of  summer,  bellum  media 
state  confecit. 

You  will  hear  within  three  days,  triduo  audietis. 
You  wished  to^kill  me  at  the  last  consular  election,  proximis 
(jfcShitiis  consularibus  me  interficere  voluisti. 

He  has  had  a  residence  at  Rome  many  years,  domicilium 
Romae  multos  annos  habuit. 

5.  He  has  reigned  twenty-three  years,  annum  tertium  et  vice- 
simum  regnat. 

6.  Throughout  these  years,  per  hosce  annos. 

7.  Caesar  ordered  the   gates  to   be  shut,  towards  evening,  sub 
vesperum  Caesar  portas  claudi  iussit. 

8.  It  cannot  be  suppressed  for  all  time,  non  in  perpetuum  com- 
primi  potest. 

9.  A   few  days  afterwards  the   senate  was  freed  from  danger, 
liberatus  periculo  paucis  post  dlebus  senatus. 

10.  The  act  was  performed  three  days  afterwards,  post  diem 
tertium  gesta  res  est. 

11.  An  envoy  had  been  killed  a  few  years  before,  paucis  ante 
annis  legatus  interfectus  erat. 

12.  You  were  quaestor  fourteen  years  ago,  quaestor  fuisti  abhino 
annos  quattuordecim. 

13.  On  the  31st  of  October,  in  the  consulship  of  Lepidus  and  Tul- 
lus,  pridie  Kalendas  Novembres,  Lepido  et  Tullo  consulibus  ; 
vjhich  may  be  aobreviated  to  prid.  Kal.  Nov.  Lepido  et  Tullo  coss. 

14.  On  the  1st  of  June  all  was  changed,  Kalendis  Iuniis  miitata 
omnia. 

15.  For  the  28th  of  October,  in  ante  diem  quintum  Kalendas 
Novembres  ;  or,  in  a.  d.  v.  Kal.  Nov. 


i 


94  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

VOCABULARY  35. 

check,  restrain,  hinder,  reprimo,  midnight,  a  little  after  midnight. 

-ere,  -press!,  -pressum.  paulo  post  mediam  noctera. 

decree,    decerno,    -ere,    -crevi,  perhaps,  fortasse,  adv. 

-cretum.  short,  brevis,  -e. 

evening,   towards   evening,  sub  suppress,  comprimo,  -ere,  -pressi, 

vesperum.  -pressum. 

finish,    conficio,   -ficere,   -feci,  thanksgiving,  supplicafcLo, -onis,/ 

-fectum.  time,  for  all  time,  in  perpetuum 
following,  posterus,  -a,  -urn.  sc.  tempus. 

light,  daylight,  lux,  lucis,  f.  :  a  while,  for  a   little    while,    pauli- 

little  before  daylight,  paulo         sper,  adv. 

ante  lucem.  yesterday,  day  before  yesterday, 
memory,  within  the  memory  of        nudius  tertius. 

man,  post  hominum  memo- 

riam. 

EXERCISE   35. 

1.  If  you  had  carried  on  the  war  more  vigorously,  you 
would  have  finished  it  in  the  last  part  of  winter.  2.  Who 
can  be  so  stupid  as  to  think1  that  the  Gauls  will  come 
within  five  days  to  attack  us  ?  3.  I  heard  day  before  yes- 
terday that  you  wished  to  kill  me  at  the  last  consular 
election.  4  Men  came  on  the  following  day  that  they 
might  urge2  us  to  majch3  either  towards  evening  or  a  lit- 
tle after  midnight.  \5.  If  Catiline  alone  should  be  killed,4 
the  conspiracy  would  perhaps  be  checked  for  a  little 
while,  but  it  would  not  be  suppressed  for  all  timeN  6.  He 
says  that  this  kin^who  has^ajj»ady  reigned  twenty-four 
years,5  is  much  younger  than  his  brother.  7.  He  has  lived 
many  years  in  this  city,  and  throughout  these  years  no 
one  has  been  angry  with  him.6  8.  If  this  has  happened 
to  no  one  within  the  memory  of  man,  will  you  not  go 
tnTTTexile  mip-  There  is  no  doubt  that  men  can  bo  found 
who  will  relive  you  of  this  care  and  promise  to  kill7  me 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  95 

in  my  bed  on  that  very  night,  a  little  before  daylight. y 
10.  We  cannot  but  think-  that  you  could  have  finishes 
the  war  many  years  before.     11.  Because  so  many  nations 
surrendered  to  him   within  so  short  a  time,  a  thanks- 
giving was  decreed  for  the  twenty-sixth  of  December.8 

12.  This  wretch  promised  that  for  three  thousand  ses- 
terces9 he  would  kill  you  on  the  twenty-fifth  of  October. 

13.  Five  days  afterwards  he  would  have  been  condemned 
for  treason,  if  we  had  not  protected  him.  14  We  had 
a  long  controversy  with  these  men  three  days  ago. 
15.  Would  that  I  could  have  been  present  on  the  first 
of  August!10 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  as  to  think;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  1-3. 

2  that  they  might  urge;  see  Ln.  VII. ,  Rbf.  12,  13. 

3  to  march;  see  Ln.  VIII.,  Ref.  1-14. 

4  If '.  .  .  killed;  in  what  two  ways  may  this  be  expressed?  See  Ln. 
XL,  Ref.  1-15,  and  Ln.  XXXIV.,  Ref.  11-16. 

5  has  reigned  .  .  .  years;  see  Ex.  5. 

6  angry  with  him ;  see  Lx.  XXV.,  Ref.  6-11. 

7  to  kill ;  verbs  signifying  hope,  promise,  undertake,  are  followed  by  the 
Accusative  of  the  Personal  Pronoun  and  the  Future  Infinitive. 

8  for  the  twenty-sixth  of  December ;  for  determining  how  to  write  this 
and  similar  dates,  see  A.  &  G.  630;  631,  a-e:  H.  &  B.  660-671:  B.  371,  1-7; 
G.  page  491:  H.  754-756. 

9  for  three  thousand  sesterces;  see  Ln.  XXXIV.,  Ref.  1-5. 
10  of  August;  sextilis,  -e. 


LESSON    XXXVI. 
PLACE. 

REFERENCES. 

1,2.     Place  from  which.     A.  &  G.  426.  1;  427,  1:    H.  &  B. 
451,  a:  B.  229,  1,  2;  G.  391:  H.  491,  I.,  2f 


96  LATIN"    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

3,  4.     Place  to  which.     A.  &  G.  426,  2;  427,  2:    H.  &  B.  450 
b:  B.  182,  1,  2:  G.  337:    H.  418. 

5-7.     Place  at  or  in  which.    .A.  &  G.  426,  3;  427,  3.  Ftn.  1 
H.  &  B.  449;  452;  453,  1:  B.  228:  G.  386;  411:  H.  483,  1,  2. 

8-10.     Place  by,  through,  or  over  which.     A.  &  G.  429  a:  H 
&  B.  426,  6:  B.  218,  9:  G.  389:  H.  420,  1.      jJ^*rt>W*V 

2,  4,  7.     Words  used  like  Names  of  Towns      A.  &  G.  427 
H.  &  B.  449,  a:    B.  229,  1,  b):    G.  337,  Remarks  1-3;  391 
Remark  2:  H.  484,  1,  2. 

11,  12.     Ablative  of  Place  at,  in.  or  on  which.    A.  &G.  429: 
H.  &  B.  449:  B.  228:  G.  385-389:  H.  485,  1.  2.  ^(^W*WvV 

13-16.     How  to  express  towards  a  Place,  etc.     A.  &  G.  428, 
a:  H.  &  B.  453,  2:  B.  182,  3:  G.  337,  Remark  4:  H.  418,  4 


t27,a:,    \)l 


EXAMPLES. 


(^ 


1.  He  set  out  from  Rome,  Roma  profectus  ^at. 

2.  He  set  out  from  home,  domo  profectus  est. 

3.  He  will  betake  himself  to  Marseilles,  se  Massiliam  conferet. 

4.  Men  go  into  the  country,  rus  homines  eunt. 

5.  He  had  a  residence  in  Rome,  domicilium  Romae  habuit. 

6.  Themistocles,  a  very  eminent  man  at  Athens,  said,  Themisto- 
cles, summus  Athenis  vir,  dixit. 

7.  Consultations  which  he  had  at  home,  deliberationes  quas 
habebat  domi. 

8.  We  shall  march  through  Athens,  iter  per  Athenas  faciemus. 

9.  He  set  out  by  the  Aurelian  way,  Aurelia  via  profectus  est 

10.  The  corn,  which  he  had  brought  up  the  river  Arar,  frumento, 
quod  flumine  Arare  subvexerat. 

11.  All  things  have  been  brought  into  a  state  of  peace  on  land  an^ 
sea,  omnia  sunt  terra  marique  pacata. 

12.  What  poisoner  in  all  Italy  ?    quis  tota  Italia  venencus  ? 

13.  Towards  Rome,  in  or  into  the  vicinity  of  Rome,  ad  Romam 

14.  Near  Rome,  ad  Romam,  apud  Romam. 

15.  From  Rome,  from  near  Rome,  a  Roma. 

16.  From  Rome,  out  of  Rome,  e  R6ma. 


i 

7 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  97 

VOCABULARY  36. 

annex,  join    to,    adiungo,    -ere,  safe,  tutus,  -a,  -um. 

-iunxi,  -iunctum.  sea,  mare,  maris,  n. 

carry  up,  subveho,  -ere,  -vexi,  set  out,  proficiscor,  -I,  profec- 
•    -vectum.  tus  sum. 

uifficult,  difficilis,  -e.  still,  even  now,  etiam  nunc,  adv. 

field,  in  the  field,  militiae.  strong,  firm,  firmus,  -a.  -um. 

middle,  medius,  -a,  -um.  summon,  voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

nearly,  paene,  adv.  vicissitude,  varietas,  -atis,  /. 

perform, ger 6,  -ere,  gessi,  gestum.  way,  road,  via,  -ae,  / 

EXERCISE   36. 

1.  Cicero  said  that  Pompey,  within  forty-nine  days1 
after  he  had  set  out  from  Brunclisium,  annexed  the  whole 
of  Cilicia  to  the  government2  of  the  Eoman  people.  2.  He 
asked  whether  the  consul  had  already  gone  from  home 
or3  was  still  at  Geneva.  3.  We  answered  that  he  had  set 
out  for  Athens  five  days  before.  4.  Since  we  had  already 
had  a  residence  at  Marseilles  for  many  years,  we  set  out 
from  that  city  and  came  to  Eome.  5.  The  orator  asked 
the  senate  what  place  on  the  whole  sea  had  had  so  strong 
a  garrison  throughout  those  years  that  it  was  safe.  6.  He 
says  that  yesterday,  when  he  had  been  nearly  killed  at 
his  own  home,  he  summoned  the  senate  into  the  temple  of 
Jupiter  Stator.  7.  This  envoy  has  come  to  tell  how  great 
deeds  our  general  has  performed4  at  home  and  in  the 
field,  on  land  and  sea.  8.  He  says  that  this  war,  although 
it  is  great  and  difficult  and  has  been  carried  on  with5  much 
vicissitude  on  land  and  sea,  will  be  wholly  finished6  by 
this  man  in  the  middle  of  summer.  9.  If  we  had  set  out 
from  Eome  ten  days  ago,  we  should  have  gone  by  the 
Appian  Way.  10.  We  ought  to  have  used  the  corn,  which 
we  had  carried  up  the  river  Ehine  in  our  ships.7  11.  In 
the  consulship  of  Metellus  we  lived  in  the  country,  but 


98 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


five  years  afterwards  we  came  to  the  town  of  Brundisium. 
12.  This  man  came  from  near  Eome,  and  lias  now  set  out 
towards  Naples.  13.  Let  us  stay  in  the  vicinity  of  this 
city  until  our  friends  arrive.8  14.  Let  us  go  into  the 
country  before  our  friends  come9  to  visit  us.  15.  What 
man  in  all  America  is  so  cowardly  as  not  to  be  willing  to 
die  for10  his  country  ? 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  within  forty-nine  days  ;  render  as  if  it  read,  on  the  forty -ninth  day. 

$r0 


2  to  the  government ;  repeat  the  preposition  ad. 

3  or;  how  should  it  be  rendered  in  a  double  question  ? 

4  has  performed ;  see  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14. 

5  with;  render  with  in. 
I  cype  finished;  see  Ln.  XXIV.,  Note  4. 

jsur  sh^ps;  see  Ln.  XXXIL,  Ref.  4,  5. 
r.  arrive;  see  Ln.  XV.,  Ref.  8-10. 
come;  see  Ln.  XV.,  Ref.  3,  4. 
how  should  it  be  translated?    See  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  14,  15 


1-10.     Tenses.     A.  &  G.  489;  490,  1,  2;  493,  1/2:  IF  &  B.  600, 
1-4;  602,  1,  2;  601,  1:  B.  336,  1-5:  G.  282;  283:  H.  640,  1-5. 
1-10.     Different  Uses.     A.  &  G.  494-49J:  H.  &  B.  604,  1-7:  B. 
438;  536;  537:  H.  636,  l^s£37-639 


337,  1,2:  G.  437;  - 


EXAMPLES. 


JtL%   I  summoned  to  my  presence  Gabinius,  (who  was)  surmising 
nothing  us  yet,  Gabinium  ad  mg,  nihil  dum  suspicantem.  vocavi. 
2.    Shall  we  put  up  with  Catiline,  (who  is)  longing  to  lay  waste 
the  earth  ?     Catilinam,  orbem  terrae  vastare  cupientem,  perfe- 
rgmus?  X&X*J 


iM$£ 


LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.  99 

3.  His  arrival  kept  back  Mithridates  (who  had  been)  puffed  up 
by  an  unusual  victory,  huius  adventus  Mithridatem  Insolita  In- 
flatum  victoria  contimiit. 

4.  Who  saved  this  same  city  (after  it  was)  founded  and  enlarged, 
qui  eandem  hanc  urbem  conditam  amplificatamque  servavit. 

5.  Having  laid  waste  the  fields  and  set  fire  to  the  villages,  they 
hastened  towards  Caesar's  camp,  agros  depopulate,  vicis  incensis, 
ad  castra  Caesaris  contenderunt. 

6.  After  roaming  about  they  came  through  to  the  Rhine,  vagati 
ad  Rhenum  pervenerunt. 

7.  I  crossed  the  Rhine  because  I  had  been  invited  by  the  Gauls, 
transii  Rhenum  arcessitus  a  Gallis. 

8.  He  assigned  to  Cassius  the  burning  of  the  city,  attribuit 
urbem  inflammandam8  Cassio. 

9.  Pray  what  would  have  been  the  result  if  (the  shops)  had  been 
burned  ?     quid  tandem  (tabernis)  incensis  futurum  f uit  ? 

10.  After,  or  since,  the  founding  of  the  city,  post  urbem  condi- 
tam. 

VOCABULARY  37. 

alarm,  commoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  lay  waste,  vast5, -are, -avi,-atum. 

-motum.  learn,  cognosco,  -ere,  cognovi, 

attack,    aggredior,  aggredi,  ag-  cognitum. 

gressus  sum.  long,    long    for,   desire    eagerly, 

cut  down,  occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -ci-  cupio,  -ere,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -Itum. 

sum.  new,  novus,  -a,  -um. 

earth,  orbis  terrarum  or  terrae ;  put  up  with,  bear  with,  endure, 

orbis,  -is,  m.  perfero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum. 

hither,  citerior,  citerius.  set  fire  to,  burn,  incendo,  -ere, 

invite,  send  for,    arcesso,   -ere,  incendi,  incensum. 

arcessivi,  arcessitum.  sight,  conspectus,  -us,  m. 

keep    back,    restrain,   contineo,  take  away,  removeo, -ere, -movi. 

ere,  -tinui,  -tentum.  -motum. 

EXERCISE    37. 

1.  Ought  we,  the  consuls,  to  put  up  with  these  men, 
who  are  longing  to  lay  waste  the  whole  earth  ?  2.  After 
setting  fire  to  many  villages1  they  hastened  towards  Eome 


100  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

by  the  Appian  way.  3.  The  king  said  that  he  crossed  the 
Rhine  because  he  had  been  invited  by  the  Gauls.  4.  Cae- 
sar, having  been  alarmed  by  these  letters,  enlisted  two 
new  legions  in  hither  Gaul.  5.  He  summoned  to  his 
presence2  the  generals  who  knew  nothing  as  yet3  with  re- 
spect to  the  affair.  6.  The  general  kept  back  his  soldiers 
in  camp  who  had  been  greatly  alarmed  by  the  arrival  of 
the  enemy.  7.  He  assigned  to  Catiline  all  the  citizens  to 
be  robbed  and  butchered.  8.  Pray,  what  would  you  have 
done  if  all  the  villages  had  been  burned  ?4  9.  The  lieu- 
tenant, after  taking  away  the  horses  out  of  sight  and  ex- 
horting  the  cavalry  to  fight  bravely,  began  the  battle  on 
the  left  wing.  10.  The  consul  ordered  his  troops  after 
they  had  been  led6  out  of  camp  to  wheel  about  and  ad- 
vance to  the  attack.  11.  The  enemy  having  attacked  our 
army  on  the  march,  cut  down  a  large  number  of  the 
infantry.  12.  Since  the  founding  of  the  city  this  is  the 
only  case  that  has  been  met  with6  in  which  all  patriotic 
citizens  agreed.7  13.  After  learning  these  facts  we  hast- 
ened into  the  vicinity  of  Marseilles.  14.  Although  I  have 
been  invited  I  shall  not  cross  the  Rhine.  15.  Since  the 
consul  has  learned  these  facts,  he  will  invite  the  conspira- 
tors into  the  country  and  set  fire  to  all  their  houses. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  after  setting  fire  to  villages  ;  Latin  verbs,  except  deponents,  have  no 
perfect  active  participle  ;  hence  the  necessity  for  the  ablative  absolute 
which  is  used  to  supply  this  want. 

2  to  his  presence  ;  see  Ex.  1.  8  nothing  as  yet;  nihil  dum. 
4  if .  .  .  burned  ;  render  by  the  ablative  absolute. 

6  after  they  had  been  led  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  having  been  led. 

6  this  .  .  .  met  with  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  this  case  alone  has  been  met 

7  agreed;  see  I,N.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

8  See  Gildersleeve,  279  Kem.  ;  431.      '. 


~~  '  LATBT  PROSE   COMPOSITiOJT.:     ;  : ',   ,'  Jtttj*' 

SSON  xxxvip  ' 

TO  GERUNDIVE.  „   01 


THE  GE] 


ND  AND  GERUNDIVE. 


IEFERENCES. 


l-8>     A.  &  G.  501-503;  504,  a-c:  H.  &  B.  609-614;  616:  B.  338, 
1]  339,  5,  6:  G.  425-428,  Remark  1:  H.  621-625;  626,  1-3,  5. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Practice  in  speaking,  dicendi  exercitatio. 

2.  Night  made  an  end  of  besieging,  flnem  oppugnandi  nox  fecit. 

3.  Opportunity  for  hurling  javelins,  spatium  pila  coniciendi. 

4.  They  went  out  for  the  purpose  of  plundering,  praedandi  causa 
egress!  sunt. 

5.  He  gave  the  signal  for  beginning  battle,  proell  committendi 
signum  dedit. 

6.  For  the  purpose  of  killing  the  consuls,  consilium  interfici- 
endorum  causa. 

7.  This  most  strongly  fortified  place  for  holding  the  senate,  hie 
munitissimus  habendi  senatus  locus. 

8.  For  the  purpose  of  saving  themselves,  sui  conservandi  causa. 


VOCABULARY  38. 

besiege,    oppugno,    -are,    -avi,  observe,  cognosco,  -ere,  cognovi, 

-atum.  cognitum. 

encourage,  consolor,  -ari,  -atus  practice,  exercitatio.  -onis,  f. 

sum.  prepare,  paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

give  up,  abandon,  abicio,  -icere,  privilege,  power,  potestas,  -atis,/. 

-ieci,  -iectum.  save,  conservo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

keep,  asservo,  -are,  avi,  -atum.  style,  genus,  -eris,  n. 

leading  men,  chief  men,  princi-  suffer,  permit,  patior,  pati,  pas 

pes,  -um,  m.  pi.  sus  sum. 

lessen,  levo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  unusual,  inusitatus,  -a,  -um. 

threats,  minae,  -arum,  /.  pi.  violence,  vis,  vis,  /. 


LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


<    ,  ;  EXERCISE   38. 

1.  After  encouraging  the  defendant,  I  asked  him  to 
make  an  end  of  entreating.  2.  The  orator  asked  the 
judges  to  suffer1  him  to  make1  use  of  an  unusual  style  of 
speaking.  3.  Have  you  not  often  observed  how  great2 
influence  this  orator  exerts3  from  this  very  place  by  rea- 
son of  copiousness  in  speaking?  4.  Would  that  I  had4 
the  privilege  of  coming  into  this  place  !  5.  If  this  wretch 
should  give  up  his  plan  of  making  war,  it  would  be  said5 
that  he  had  been  driven  out  into  exile  with  violence  and 
threats.  6.  For  the  purpose  of  avoiding  suspicion,  you 
dared  to  ask6  the  consul  to  keep6  you  at  his  home. 
7.  Never,  fellow-citizens,  for  the  purpose  of  lessening  my 
unpopularity,  have  I  asked  you  not  to  lay  violent  hands 
upon  these  conspirators.  8.  I  asked  whether  citizens  were 
fleeing  from  Eome  for  the  purpose  of  saving  themselves  or 
of  checking  your  designs.  9.  Let  him,  if  he  wislfes,  make 
use  of  arms  for  the  purpose  of  defending  himself 
10.  Give  the  signal  foiJieginning  battle,  if  you  wish  us  to 
advance  to  the  attack. Nil.  We  fear  that  this  man  will 
prepare  a  band  for  the  purpose  of  killing  the  consuls  and 
leading  men  of  the  state.  *  12.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this 
orator  has  had  great  practice  in  speaking.  13.  If  you  had 
had  greater  practice  in  fighting,  you  would  not  have  fled 
for  the  purpose  of  saving  yourself.  14.  When  night  had 
made  an  end  of  besieging,  a  man  of  very  great  influence7 
among  his  friends  came  to  beg  for  peace.  15.  Who  is  so 
stupid  as  to  think  that  citizens  have  fled  from  the  city  for 
the  purpose  of  saving  themselves  ? 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  to  suffer  .  .  .  to  make ;  should  each  of  these  Infinitives  be  rendered! 
with  an  Infinitive  ? 

«  how  great;  quantum;  see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ref.  1-6. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  103  ^ 


8  exert  influence;  valeo,  -ere,  -ul,  -itum;  what  mood  mus 

*  Would  that  1  had ;  see  Ln.  XXVI.,  Eef.  8-1$  and  Ln 

*  it  would  be  said;  see  Ln.  XXII I.,  Note  5 

6  to  ask  .  .  .  to  keep ;  see  Note  1 

7  of  very  great  influence;  see  Ln.  XXXIII.  .IJef,  T$  11* 


ust  be  vi^afj^ij^^X^jr 
i.  V.,Ref.8,9( 


THE^JeRUND'  ANIf  GERUNDIVE  (continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-9.  A.  &  G.  505,  a;  506,  Note  2;  507:  H.  &  B.  612,  II.-IV.; 
613,  1,  2,  a),  6):  B.  338,  2-5;  339,_2-4,  7:  G.  429-433^  H.  627-630.  £ 

EXAMPLES.       (at^ZT1djUl^X/) 

1.  The  consul  gives  attention  to  appeasingnthe  gods,  consul  pla- 
candis  dis  dat  operam. 

2.  For  making  a  camp,  ad  castra  facienda. 

3.  One  of  whom  could  furnish  subjects  for  writing,  quorum  alter 
res  ad  scribendum  adhibere  poterat. 

4.  He  invited  Gauls  for  the  purpose  of  overturning  the  founda- 
tions of  our  government,  ad  evertenda  fundamehta  rei  publicae 
Gallos  arcessit. 

5.  He  assigned  to  Cassius  the  city  to  be  set  on  fire,  or  the  firing  of 
the  city,  attribuit  urbem  Inflammandam  Cassio. 

6.  They  have  strengthened  the  conspiracy  by  not  believing,  con- 
iurationem  non  credendo  corroboraverunt. 

7.  By  badly  managing  their  business,  male  gerendo  negotio. 

8.  In  punishing  Lentulus,  in  Lentulo  puniendo. 

9.  With  respect  to  choosing  a  commander,  de  imperatore  de- 
ligendo. 

VOCABULARY   39. 

choose,  deligo,  -ere, -legi, -lee-  debt,aesalienum,aerisaliSni,n. 

turn,  desire,  voluntas,  -atis,  /. 

confer,   consign,    mando,   -are,  draw,    portray,    exprimo,    -ere, 

-avi,  -atum.  -press!,  -pressum. 


104  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

fall  into,  incido,  -ere,  incidi,  no  manage,  gero,-ere,gessi,  gestum. 

sup.  portraiture,  imago,  -inis,/. 

historian,  rerum  auctor,  rerum  provoke,  lacesso,  -ere,  -Ivi  or  -ii 

scriptor.  or  -i,  -itum. 

invested,  occupatus,  -a,  -um.  revenue,  vectigal,  -alia,  n. 

lie  in  wait,  insidior,  -ari,  -atus  silent,  keep  silent,  taceo,  -ere,  -ui, 

sum.  -itum. 

look  at,  intueor,  -eri,  intuitus  strengthen,  corroboro, -are, -avi, 

sum.  -atum. 

maintain,   retineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  stake,  is  at  stake,  agitur. 

-ten turn  torch,  fax,  facis, /. 

EXERCISE  39. 

1.  You  ought  to  give  attention  to  tilling  your  fields. 
2  He  sent  men  to  promise1  a  large  number  of  ships  for 
transporting  the  army.  3.  This  king,  having  been  pro- 
voked, thought  that  an  opportunity  was  offered  him2  for 
taking  our  city./fC  I  fear  that  they  will  not  cease3  to  lie 
in  wait  for  the  consul  at  his  own  home  and  to  prepare 
torches  for  firing  the  city.  5.  How  many  portraitures  of 
distinguished  men,  drawn  not  only  to  be  looked  at4  but 
also  to  be  imitated,4  do  you  think  historians  have  left  us  ?5 
6.  We  could  have  overcome6  you,  not  by  fighting  but  by 
keeping  silent.  7.  You  ought  not  to  strengthen  this  con- 
spiracy by  not  believing.  8.  It  remains  for  me  to  speak7 
briefly  with  respect  to  choosing  a  commander.  9.  I  have8 
as  much  influence9  as  you  have  given  me  by  conferring 
honors.  10.  The  orator  said  that  he  had  as  much  capa- 
bility as  an  almost  daily  practice  in  speaking  had  been 
able  to  bring  him.  11.  Our  property  is  at  stake,  invested 
in  farming  your  revenues.  12.  By  badly  managing  their 
business  these  men  have  fallen  into  great  debt.  13.  There 
is  no  one  who  thinks10  that  there  can  be  any  cruelty  in 
punishing  the  consul.  Li 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  105 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  to  promise;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  12,  13. 

2  him;  see  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12,  and  Ln.  XXVI.,  Ref.  1-7. 

3  will  not  cease;  see  Ln.  VII I.,  Note  8. 

4  to' be  looked  at  .  .  .  to  be  imitated ;  render  with  ad  and  the  Gerund^^ 
*  us;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  1-3. 

6  we  could  have  overcome;  see  Ln.  XVII. ,  Ex.  13. 

7  for  me  to  speak;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

8  I  have,  etc.  When  the  thing  possessed  is  a  quality  of  the  possessor, 
the  possessor  is  usually  put  in  the  Ablative  with  in,  and  the  thing  possessed 
in  the  Nominative  with  est:  e.g.  I  have  wisdom,  in  me  est  sapientia; 
I  have  as  much  natural  ability,  as,  etc.,  ingeni  in  me  tantnm  est,  quan- 
tum, etc. 

a  influence;  see  Ln.  XXII.,  Ref.  6-8. 
10  who  thinks;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 


LESSON  XL. 
THE  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS.— THE  SUPINE. 

REFERENCES.  gd^J^ 

1-3.  First  Periphrastic  Conjugation.  A.  &  G.  195;  517,  d: 
H.  &.  B.  162;  468,  7;  581,  a,  b:  B.  115;  270,  3;  304,  3,  o:  G.  129; 
246;  247:  H.  236;  525,  1;  531.  JUu^^^tC 

4-9.     Second  Periphrastic  Conjugation.     A.  &  G.  196;  500,  2r 
3:    H.  &  B.  162;  611,  3,  Ftn.  3:  B.  115;  337,  7,  b):  G.   129;  251 
H.  237;  621,  1,  2. 

5,  i.  Dative  of  Agent.  A.  &  G.  374,  a:  H.  &  B.  373,  1,  a:  B 
189:  G.  355:  H.  431.  <JL}i 

10, 11.  Supine  in  -urn.  A.  &  G.  508;  509:  H.  &  B.  617;  618 
B.  340,  1:  G.  434;  435:  H.  632;  633. 

12.  Supine  in  -u.  A.  &  G.  510:  H.  &  B.  619,  1:  B.  340,  2 
G.  436,  Remark  4:  H.  635,  1 


ego  sum,  eram,  etc.  iturus. 


106  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  I  am,  was,  etc.  about  to  go, 
I  am,  was,  etc.  likely  to  go, 
I  am,  was,  etc.  going  to  go, 
I  am,  was,  etc.  intending  to  go, 
I  am,  was,  etc.  to  go, 

2.  They  seem  to  me  more  likely  to  make  vows  against  the  repub- 
lic than  to  bear  arms,  magis  mini  videntur  vota  facturi  contra 
rem  publicam  quam  arma  laturi. 

3.  What  would  have  been  the  result  if  the  shops  had  been 
burned  ?     quid  tabernis  incensis  futiirum  fuit  ? 

4.  A  proper  limit  in  speaking  must  be  sought,  modus  in 
dicendo  quaerendus  est. 

5/  We  must  contend  with  extravagance,  cum  luxuria  nobis 
certandum  est. 

6.  Whatever  will  need  to  be  cut  off,  or  whatever  will  have  to  be 
cut  off,  I  shall  not  suffer  to  remain,  quae  resecanda  erunt,  non 
patiar  manere. 

7.  I  did  not  need  to  fear,  verendum  mihi  non  erat. 

8.  The  highest  welfare  must  not  be  too  often  endangered,  non 
est  saepius  summa  salus  periclitanda. 

9.  If  he  w*ere  a  private  citizen,  he  ought  to.  be  chosen,  si  privatus 
esset,  erat  deligendus. 

10.  I  shut  out  those,  whom  you  had  sent  to  me  to  pay  their  re- 
spects, exclusi  eos,  quos  tu  ad  me  salutatum  miseras. 

11.  He  came  to  Rome  to  demand  aid,  Romam  v§nit  auxilium 
postulatum.  t 

12.  It  is  difficult  to  say  how  much  we  are  hated,  difficile  est 
dictu  quan to  in  odio  simus. 

VOCABULARY  40. 

address,    adloquor,   -I,  -locutus  defend,  defendo,  -ere,  -fendi, 

sum.  -fen  sum. 

ask  for,  demand,  postulo,  -5re,  disaster,  calamitas,  -atis,/. 

-avi,  atum.  hated,  to  be  hated,  in  odio  esse, 

assassin,  murderer,  sicarius,  -i,  m.  w.    dat.    of  person    by    whom 

complain,    queror,    -i,    questus  hated. 

sum.  now,  nunc,  iam.  adv. 

decide,  iudico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum.  neighbors,  flnitimi.  -orum,  m.pl. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  107 

pay  one's  respects,   saluto,  -are,  to-day,   hodiernus    dies,   hodi 

-avi,    atum.  erni  diel,  m. 

safe,  salvus,  -a,  -um.  very  difficult,  perdifficilis,  -e. 
spirit,  animus,  -I,  m. 

EXERCISE   40. 

1.  Believe  me,1  fellow-citizens,  this  assassin  is  not  in- 
tending to  go  into  exile.  2.  These  men  seem  to  us  more 
likely  to  withdraw  from  allegiance  to  the  republic  than  to 
carry  on  war  with  her  enemies.  3.  These  assassins  must 
be  driven  out  into  exile  if  we  wish2  the  city  to  be  safe. 
4.  We  must  either  live  with  our  fellow-citizens  or  die  for 
themj*'  5.  You  must  defend  this  city  not  only  from4  dis- 
aster but  also  from4  the  fear  of  disaster.  6.  The  senators 
must  decide  to-day  with  respect  to  their  own  lives5  and 
the  lives5  of  their  wives  and  children.  7.  We  did  not 
need  to  fear  that  our  enemies  would  not  give  up  their 
plan  of  making  war.  8.  In  what  spirit6  ought  you  to 
bear  this,  that  citizens  have  fled7  from  Eome  for  the 
purpose  of  saving  themselves.  9.  If  we  wish  to  be  good 
citizens,  we  must  defend  the  name  and  welfare  of  the 
state.  10.  We  ought  to  thank  the  immortal  gods  because 
we  have  won  so  great  a  victory.  11.  Many  came  to  me 
on  that  day8  to  pay  their  respects  and  to  complain9  be- 
cause the  consul  had  dissolved10  the  senate.  12.  I  must 
address  my  fellow-citizens  with  respect  to  the  election  of 
consuls.11  13.  It  is  very  difficult  to  say  how  much  you 
are  hated  by  all  your  neighbors.  14  If  this  were  the 
best  thing  to  do,  I  should  not  suffer  you  to  live  a  moment 
of  time. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  me;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  6-11. 

2  if  we  tvish,  etc. ;  what  kind  of  a  supposition  is  expressed  by  this 
sentence  ? 


108  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

3  for  them;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  14,  J 5. 

4  from;  a. 

6  lives ;  see  Ln.  XXI.,  Note  1. 
6  In  what  spirit;  see  Ln.  XXXII.,  Ref.  1. 

*  that  citizens  have  fled;  render  with  Accusative  and  Infinitive,  apposi- 
tive  with  hoc. 

8  on  that  day ;  what  time  is  denoted  by  the  Ablative  ?     What  by  the 
Accusative  ? 

9  to  pay  their  respects  and  Ho  complain ;  see  Examples  10  and  11. 

10  had  dissolved ;  which  mood  is  preferable?     See  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  1-5 
and  Note  5. 

11  with  respect  to  the  election  of  consuls ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  with  respect 
to  electing  consuls. 


EXEECISES. 


EXERCISE  I. 

SEE   LESSONS   I.-IV.,    AND   CAESAR'S  GALLIC  WAR,  II.,  1-3. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  Who  was  the  first  to  inform  Caesar  (that)  the  Belgae 
were  giving  hostages  to  one  another  ?  2.  Labienus  was  not 
the  first  to  inform  Caesar  (that)  the  Belgae  were  conspir- 
ing with  one  another.  3.  This  was  brought  to  Caesar  him- 
self through  many  rumors.  4.  Labienus  himself  said  the 
same.  5.  The  Gauls  were  unwilling  for  the  Germans  to 
live  among  them.  6.  The  Germans  had  led  their  army 
into  Gaul.  7.  Caesar  instructs  the  Gauls  to  find  out  the 
same  thing.  8.  The  legion  which  he  has  with  him  he 
leads  against  the  Belgae.  9.  Some  said  one  thing,  others 
another.  10.  Some  advanced  toward  one  town,  others 
toward  another.  11.  Some  do  not  wish  the  Germans  to 
pass  the  winter  in  Gaul,  others  are  desirous  of  new  forms 
of  government.  12.  The  Eemi  themselves  were  ready  to 
give  hostages.  13.  All  the  other  Belgae  were  not  ready 
to  give  themselves  and  their  (possessions)  to  Caesar. 

Write  in  Latin. 

After  the  %ar  with  the  Germans,1  Caesar  returned2 
into  hither  Gaul.  While3  there4  he  was  informed  (that5) 
the  Belgae  were  giving  hostages  to  one  another6  in  order 
to  prepare  for6  war.  They7  had  two  reasons  for  making  a 
conspiracy:    first,  because  they  thought8  (that5)  Caesar 


110  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

would  lead9  the  Roman  army  against  them,  na„  Ario- 
vistus  was  now10  conquered11 ;  second,  because  they  were 
stirred  up8  by  the  men  of  influence,  who  were  eager  for 
royal  power. 

As  soon  as  Caesar  received  the  news,  he  gave  to  QHin- 
tus  Pedius,  his  lieutenant,  the  two  legions  which12  had 
been  enlisted  in  hither  Gaul.  A  few  days  after,13  he 
himself  set  out  toward  the  territory  of  the  Belgae. 

The  Remi,  a  tribe  of  the  Belgae,14  immediately15  sent 
envoys  to  him  to  say  (that5)  they  had  always  been  friends 
of  the  Roman  people  ;  16and  then16  would  do  all  they  could17 
to  assist18  him,  but  they  could19  not  prevent  the  remain- 
ing Belgae  from  plotting  against  him  or  from  making 
a  league20  with  the  Germans. 

Notes  :  — l  war  with  the  Germans  —  German  war.  2  See  English- 
Latin  Vocabulary.  3  A.  &  G.  556:  H.  &  B.  559:  B.  293:  G.  229,  R: 
H.  533,  4.  4  in  that  place.  5  A  word  inclosed  between  parentheses  is  not 
to  be  translated.  6  in  .  .  .  for ;  ut  with  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive.  7  Da- 
tive of  possessor  with  erant.  8  A.  k  G.  540:  H.  &  B.  555,  a:  B.  286,  1:  G. 
539:  H.  688,  I.,  II.  9  Future  Infinitive.  10  iam.  n  as  .  .  .  conquered' 
Ablative  Absolute.  12  See  Lesson  I.,  Example  5.  13  post  with  the  Accu- 
sative. 14  See  Lesson  I.,  Examples  1  and  2.  15  sine  mora.  16  and 
then;  turn  quoque.  l7  could  =  by  which  they  would  be  able ;  use  Imperfect 
Subjunctive  in  a  Relative  Clause.  18  Use  the  Infinitive  depending  upon 
possent.  19  Present  Infinitive.  20  making  a  league;  see  English-Latin 
Vocabulary  under  agree. 


EXERCISE    II. 

SEE  LESSONS  V.-VIIL,  AND  CAESAR'S  GALLIC  WAR,  II.,  4-6. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  Ask  them  what  they  can  do  in  war.     2.  Do  not  hesi- 
tate to  lead  the  Belgae  across  the  Rhine.     3.  Let  them 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  Ill 

drive  out  the  Gauls.  4.  Do  not  lead  the  Teutons  into  our 
territory.  5.  While  Divitiacus  was  king  among  the 
Bellovaci  he  had  power  over  Britain.  6.  The  Bellovaci 
have  now  for  a  long  time  been  very  powerful  among  the 
Belgae.  7.  The  Condrusi  and  Eburones  were  usually 
called  Germans.  8.  Caesar  urged  Divitiacus  to  keep  the 
forces  of  the  enemy  from  uniting.  9.  Divitiacus  led 
troops  into  the  territory  of  the  Bellovaci  to  lay  waste 
their  fields.  10.  Caesar  pitched  his  camp  on  the  banks 
of  the  Axona,  in  order  to  protect  the  rear  of  the  army. 
11.  The  command  was  given  to  the  Belgae  that  they 
should  attack  Bibrax.  12.  Caesar  employs  the  soldiers  to 
fortify  the  camp  with  a  wall  and  a  moat.  13.  He  feared 
the  wall  would  be  cleared  of  its  defenders.  14.  I  desire 
that  the  Belgae  clear  the  wall  of  its  defenders.  15.  Iccius 
came  to  Caesar  to  persuade  him  to  furnish  aid  to  the 
defenders.     16.  He  fears  they  cannot  hold  out  longer. 

Write  in  Latin. 

The  envoys  informed  Caesar  (that1)  the  Belgae  had  in 
early  times  crossed  the  Ehine  and  taken  possession  of  the 
land2  in  Gaul,  which  they  still3  held  because  of  their 
courage.  Furthermore4  (that1)  the  Bellovaci  and  the 
Suessiones,  the  two  most  powerful5  tribes  of  the  Belgae, 
had  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  soldiers. 

Caesar,  fearing6  that  he  could  not7  conquer  so  large  a 
force  without  allies,  took  the  Eemi  into  alliance8  with 
him.  He  then9  ordered  Divitiacus  to  lead  the  Aedui  into 
the  territory  of  the  Bellovaci  and  lay  waste  their  fields,  in 
order  that  the  forces  of  the  enemy  might  be  kept  from 
uniting.  He  himself  led  his  army  across  the  Axona  and 
pitched  his  camp  about  eight  miles  from  Bibrax,  a  town 
of  the  Remi. 


112  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

This10  town  was  assaulted  by  the  Belgae  so  fiercely11 
that  Icciue,  a  man  of  very  high  rank  among  the  Remi, 
fearing6  the  attack  could  not  be  resisted,  sent  messengers 
to  Caesar  to  ask12  for  aid. 

Notes  :  —  *  See  Exercise  I.,  Note  5.  2  agros.  3  etiam  tunc.  4  porro. 
5  Use  the  proper  form  of  valeo  in  a  Relative  Clause  ;  i.  e.  quae  duae 
nationes;  compare  Note  10.  6  Use  a  Subjunctive  in  a  Causal  Clause. 
7  See  Lesson  VIII.,  Examples  9-11,  with  the  grammar  references.  8  See 
Vocabulary  under  friendship.  9  deinde.  10  Quod;  a  Relative  instead  of  a 
Demonstrative  is  often  used  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  in  order  to  make 
a  closer  connection  of  thought  with  that  which  precedes.  n  so  fiercely  ;  tarn 
acriter.    ^  Use  the  proper  form  of  peto. 


EXERCISE  III. 

SEE  LESSONS  IX.-XII.,  AND  CAESAR'S  GALLIC  WAR,  II.  7-9. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  Caesar  sent  so  many  soldiers  to  aid  the  townsmen 
that  a  desire  for  fighting  was  inspired  in  the  Remi. 
2.  The  desire  for  fighting  was  so  great  that  hope  of 
getting  possession  of  the  town  left  the  enemy.  3.  The 
smoke  from  the  fires  was  so  great  that  it  showed  (that) 
the  camp  extended  more  than  eight  miles  in  breadth. 
4.  This  was  not  a  suitable  place  to  pitch  a  camp.  5.  The 
lieutenant  is  not  a  fit  man  to  test  the  valor  of  the  enemy. 
6.  This  is  the  only  legion  which  can  be  arranged  in  line 
of  battle.  7.  There  was  no  doubt  that  the  enemy  would 
surround  our  men.  8.  The  enemy  could  not  be  prevented 
from  surrounding  our  men.  9.  The  cavalrymen  did  not 
refuse  to  test  the  bravery  of  the  enemy.  10.  If  the  Bel- 
gae were  leading  their  troops  across  the  river,  our  men 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  113 

would  attack  them.  11.  The  Belgae  lay  waste  the  fields 
of  the  Eemi,  as  if  this  would  be  of  advantage  to  them- 
selves. 12.  Let  them  tear  down  the  bridge,  provided  they 
do  not  lay  waste  the  fields  of  the  Eemi.  13.  If  they  had 
led  their  troops  across  the  river,  they  would  have  captured 
the  fortress.  14.  Whoever  leads  troops  across  the  river 
will  capture  the  fortress. 

Write  in  Latin. 

2As  a  large  number  of  Balearic  slingers  and  Cretan  bow- 
men were  sent1  to  assist  the  townsmen,  the  Belgae  with- 
drew 2from  the  neighborhood  of2  the  town  and  pitched 
their  camp  about  two  miles  from  the  Eomans. 

Caesar  3refused  to  incur3  danger  until4  he  had  made 
trial  of  what  his  soldiers  could  do.  When  he  found  out 
by  the  cavalry  battles,  which  were  fought  daily,  (that) 
his  (men)  5were  desirous5  of  advancing  against  the 
enemy,  he  left  two  legions  in  camp  to  be  used6  as  a  re- 
serve, and  placed  his  line  of  battle  on  the  hill  where  the 
Eoman  camp  had  been  pitched.  The  enemy  drew  up 
their  forces  7over  against7  him. 

Each8  army  waited  to  see  whether  the  other  would  be- 
gin the  battle.  When  Caesar  found  out  that  the  enemy 
9did  not  intend  to  fight,9  he  led  his  troops  back  into  camp. 
The  Belgae  forthwith  hastened  to  lead  their  troops  across 
the  Axona  with  the  intention  of  laying  waste  the  country 
of  the  Eemi. 

Notes: — *Aa  .  .  .  sent;  use  the  Ablative  Absolute.  2  from  .  .  .  of; 
ab.  What  would  ex  mean  ?  3  Refused  to  incur  ;  use  the  proper  form  of 
recuso.  4  See  Lesson  XV.,  References  8-10.  6  were  desirous  =  wished. 
6  essent  in  a  Relative  Clause.  7  over  against ;  contra.  8  uterque.  9  did 
.  .  .  fight;  use  a  Future  Infinitive. 

3 


114  LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION. 


EXERCISE    IV. 

SEE    LESSONS    XIII.-XVL,    AND    CAESAR'S    GALLIC 
WAR,    II.,  10-12. 

For  Oral  Translation* 

1.  Although  our  men  fought  fiercely,  the  enemy  slew  a 
large  number  of  them.  2.  Although  they  attempted  to 
lead  the  cavalry  across,  they  were*  driven  back  by  the 
great  number  of  javelins.  3.  Because  they  saw  they 
were  in  a  disadvantageous  place,  they  did  not  attempt  to 
advance.  4.  They  returned  home  because  their  provisions 
had  begun  to  fail.  5.  They  delayed  no  longer  because 
they  wished  to  assist  their  (friends).  6.  Since  it  was 
best  to  return  home,  they  determined  to  inarch  out  of 
camp  at  daybreak.  7.  Caesar  kept  the  cavalry  in  camp 
until  he  had  found  out  (that)  the  enemy  had  departed. 
8.  When  he  learned  this  through  the  scouts,  he  feared 
treachery.  9.  While  he  was  keeping  his  cavalry  in 
camp,  he  found  out  this  fact.  10.  Caesar  led  the  army 
to  Noviodunum  before  the  enemy  recovered  from  fright. 
11.  Who  led  the  army  into  the  territory  of  the  Sues- 
siones  ?  Caesar.  12.  Did  the  Suessiones  collect  in  the 
town  on  the  next  night  or  on  the  day  after  ?  13.  Caesar 
sent  forward  scouts  to  find  out  whether  the  enemy  had 
departed  or  not.  14.  The  vineae  were  moved  forward  so 
quickly  that  the  Gauls  who  were  in  the  town  were 
terrified. 

Write  in  Latin. 

*After  a  fierce2  fight1  on  the  bank  of  this  river  the 
enemy  found  out  (that)  they  were  in  a  disadvantageous 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  115 

position,  and  determined  to  return  home.  All  were 
brought  to  this  decision  the  more  readily3  because  they 
had  learned  that  Divitiacus  was  advancing  into  the 
territory  of  the  Bellovaci,  and  this  tribe  could  not  be 
prevented  from4  returning  to  the  defence  of  its  own 
(people). 

Having  settled  upon  this  plan,  they  set  out  from  camp 
late5  at  night  with  all  their  forces.  At  daybreak  Caesar 
sent  three  legions  with  Quintus  Pedius  and  Arunculeius 
Cotta  as  commanders  to  cut  down  the  fugitives.  These, 
following  up  the  enemy,  6kept  killing6  them  throughout 
the  whole  day,  and  at  nightfall7  returned  to  Caesar. 

The  day  afterward  Caesar  advanced  into  the  territory  of 
the  Suessiones  and  made  an  attack  on  their  town  of 
Noviodunum,  but  was  not  able  to  capture  it,  8because 
the  walls  were  high  and  the  moat  broad.8  Realizing9 
that  he  must10  employ  vineae11  and  towers,11  he  made 
ready  a  large  number  of  them,  and  so  terrified  the  towns- 
men by  the  extent  of  his  works  that  they  surrendered. 

Notes: — 1  After  .  .  .fight,  use  the  impersonal  construction  of  pugno. 
2  acriter.  3  readily  =  easily.  4  See  Lesson  X.,  Example  12.  5  See 
Latin  Vocabulary  under  multus.  6  kept  killing ;  what  tense  ?  See  Les- 
son VI.,  References  4-6.  7  Compare  daybreak  above.  8  because  .  .  . 
broad;  use  the  Ablative  Absolute.  9  cum  with  the  Subjunctive.  10 
esse.     n  What  case  ?     See  Lesson  XXXII. ,  References  6-8. 


EXERCISE    V. 

SEE    LESSONS    XVI.-XX.,    AND    CAESAR'S    GALLIC 
WAR,    II.,  13-15. 

For  Oral  Translation* 

1.  Caesar  ought  to  receive  the  hostages.     2.  He  could 
have  received  the  two  sons  of  the  king.     3.  If  they  wish, 


116  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

they  may  withdraw  into  the  town.  4.  He  said,  if  they 
wished,  they  might  withdraw  into  the  town.  5.  All  the 
Bellovaci  must  come  into  the  power  of  the  Eomans. 
6.  The  women  may  seek  -  peace  from  the  Romans ;  we 
must  fight.  7.  We  ought  to  have  asked  peace  of  the 
Romans.  8.  He  argues  that  we  might  have  asked  peace 
of  the  Romans.  9.  He  thinks  the  Suessiones  must  give 
up  their  arms.  10.  Divitiacus  says  the  Bellovaci  will  be 
friends  of  the  Romans.  11.  He  says  they  would  cause 
great  disasters  to  the  state,  if  they  should  revolt.  12.  He 
argues  in  their  behalf  that  all  would  have  endured  many 
insults,  if  they  had  been  reduced  to  slavery.  13.  He  said 
the  chief  men  would  return  to  him.  14.  He  could  not 
understand  how  great  a  disaster  it  was. 

Write  in  Latin. 

1After  the  surrender  of  the  Suessiones,1  Caesar  ad- 
vanced with  his  army  against  the  Bellovaci.  When 
they2  had  withdrawn  into  their  largest  town,  they  sent 
old  men  to  Caesar  to  say  (that)  they  desired  peace  of  the 
Romans. 

3Divitiacus  spoke  to  Caesar  in  their  behalf.  "  Believe4 
me,  Caesar,"  says5  he,  "  the  Bellovaci,  who  have  always 
hitherto6  been  faithful  to  us  Aedui,  have  been  driven 
by  their  chiefs  to  revolt  from  us  and  make  war  upon  the 
Roman  people.  Those  who  were  leaders  in  this  plan  fled 
to  Britain  as  soon  as  they  had  found  out  what  a  great 
disaster  they  had  brought  upon  the  state.  We  Aedui, 
therefore,6  in  behalf  of  the  Bellovaci,  ask  you  to  be  kind 
to  them.  If  you  do,  the  influence  of  the  Aedui  will  be 
increased  with  all  the  Belgae." 3 

-Caesar  answered  (that)  out  of  respect  for  Divitiacus  he 
would  do  what  was  asked,  but  as  the  Bellovaci  were  very 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  117 

powerful  among  the  Belgae,  he  would  demand7  many 
hostages.  Having  received  the  hostages  he  made  peace 
with  the  Bellovaci  as8  Divitiacus  wished. 

Notes  :  —  *  After  .  .  .  Suessiones,  use  the  Ablative  Absolute  in  place  of 
the  temporal  clause.  2  See  Exercise  II.,  Note  10.  3  Divitiacus  .  .  . 
Belgae;  note  that  in  this  paragraph  we  have  the  Indirect  Discourse  of  the 
text  changed  to  Direct  Discourse.  4  crede.  5  inquit.  G  itaque.  7  Use 
the  proper  form  of  postulo.  Why  not  of  posco  T  See  Vocabalary.  8  id 
quod. 


EXERCISE   VI. 

SEE  LESSONS  XXI.-XXIV.,  AND  CICERO'S  ORATIONS 
AGAINST  CATILINE,  I.  1-4. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  You  ought  to  call  all  good  men  together.  2.  It  is 
foolish  to  call  wicked  men  together.  3.  Each  one  of  them 
was  pointed  out  for  slaughter.  4.  It  is  the  duty  of  the 
consul  to  restrain  wicked  citizens.  5.  It  is  your  duty  f,o 
slay  wicked  citizens  on  account  of  a  suspicion  of  sedition. 

6.  Who  of  us  will  see  that  the  senate  receive  no  injury  ) 

7.  Let  us  not  accuse  the  senate  of  inaction.  8.  In  such 
great  danger  we  forget  the  advice  of  the  brave.  9.  It  is 
worth  while  for  us  not  to  forget  the  state.  10.  Remem- 
ber that  the  chief  men  of  the  state  have  fled  from  Rome. 
11.  You  had  many  associates  in  your  madness,  12.  It 
makes  great  difference  to  me  whom  you  lead  out  with 
you.  13.  It  is  of  great  importance  to  us  to  have  a  decree 
of  the  senate  of  this  kind.  14.  They  have  become  sharers 
in  the  madness  of  this  fellow. 


118  LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION. 


Write  in  Latin. 


Why  pray,  Catiline,  Uiave  you  the  unbridled  effrontery1 
to  come2  into  the  senate,  although  you  know  (that)  there 
is  no  one  of  us  who  is  unaware  of  your  conspiracy  ?  In 
former  times  there  was  no  lack  of  authority  for3  restrain- 
ing wicked  citizens  ;  for4  C.  Gracchus  was  killed  because 
the  senate  feared  that  he  would  bring  some  evil  upon  the 
state.  Do  you  beware,  therefore,5  lest  I  should  order  you 
to  be  slain  6in  accordance  with6  a  decree  of  the  senate. 

We  know,  senators,  (that)  this  fellow,  Catiline,  has  a 
camp  in  Etruria ;  nevertheless  we  fear  that,  if  we  should 
order  him  to  be  slain,  some  one  would  think  we  had  acted 
cruelly.  But  if  he  continues  to  live  among  us,  he  must7 
be  held  in  check  by  strong  guards,  so  that  he  may  not  be 
able  to  stir. 

Believe  me,  Catiline,  unless  you  change8  your  mind  and 
forget8  your  conspiracy,  you  will  be  caught;  for4  I  know 
your  plans,  and  on  October  211  said  in  the  senate  the 
consuls  would  thwart  you  and  (that)  the  senators  need 
not  flee  from  the  city  to  save  themselves.  I  know  (that) 
when  you  were  at  the  house  of  Laeca  you  divided  up  the 
parts  of  Italy  and  settled  whither  each  confederate  in 
your  villainy  should  go,  and  (that)  two  Eoman  knights 
were  sent  to  slay  me.  But  I  shut  them  out  when  they 
had  come,  and  thus  disappointed  you. 

Notes:  — 1  have  .  .  .  effrontery;  use  the  proper  form  of  sum,  with  a 
Genitive  of  Quality  in  the  predicate.  2  to  come;  ut  with  the  Subjunctive. 
3  qua,  with  Subjunctive  in  a  Relative  Clause.  4  enim ;  for  its  position 
see  A.  &  G.  324,  y.  H.  &  B.  311,  6:  B.  345:  G.  484,  R.:  H.  666  1. 
6  igitur ;  for  position  see  Note  to  enim.  6  in  .  .  .  with ;  ex.  7  See  Les- 
son XVII.,  Example  18.     8  See  Lesson  VI.,  Reference  11. 


LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION.  119 


EXERCISE    VII. 

SEE   LESSONS   XXV.-XXVII.,    AND  CICERO'S  ORATIONS 
AGAINST  CATILINE,   I.  5-7. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  Let  us  be  thankful  to  the  immortal  gods  because  the 
attempts  of  Catiline  have  been  thwarted.  2.  He  plots 
against  all  good  men.  3.  I  cannot  persuade  him  to  de- 
part. 4.  What  marks  of  disgrace  are  not  branded  into 
your  reputation  ?  5.  He  offers  a  sword  to  every  youth. 
6.  Loss  of  fortune  threatens  us.  7.  The  light  of  heaven 
is  very  pleasing  to  us.  8.  The  consul  resists  the  wicked- 
ness of  Catiline.  9.  Pity  is  due  our  friends.  10.  If  this 
happens  to  me,  I  shall  bear  it.     11.  In  your  case  alone, 

0  Catiline,  has  this  crime  been  unpunished.  12.  If  he 
flees  from  the  city  he  will  relieve  me  from  fear.  13.  He 
is  a  deadly  curse  to  the  state.     14.  I  am  envied  because 

1  have  been  a  means  of  protection  to  the  state.  15.  The 
state  has  no  slaves  whom  it  fears  to  that  degree.  16.  Let 
us  fight  for  our  country  which  is  the  parent  of  us  all. 

Write  in  Latin. 

Since  these  are  facts,  it  will  be  better  for1  Catiline  to  go 
to  the  camp  of  Manlius  with  all  his  friends,  and  free  the 
city  from  the  fear  of  this  curse,  so  deadly  to  us  all.  Let 
us,  senators,  be  grateful  to  Jupiter  Stator,  that2  the 
wicked  efforts  of  those  who  have  plotted  against  the  state 
have  been  thwarted,  and  the  city  defended  by  the  per- 
sonal care  of  the  consul.3 

Why,  pray,  should  Catiline  remain  in  the  city,  where 
ruin  of  his  fortune  threatens  him  ?     How  long  can  the 


120  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

light  of  heaven  be  pleasing  to  him  in  a  place  where  all 
know  that  he  made  preparation  to  slay  the  consuls  and 
chief  men  of  the  state  ?  Which  he  would  have  done,  if 
the  good  luck  of  the  Eoman  people  had  not  stood  in 
his   way. 

Really,  Catiline,  if  my  fellow-citizens  feared  me  as  I 
know  they4  fear  you,  I  should  consider  that  I  ought5  to 
leave  my  native  country  and  avoid  the  presence  of  those 
who  accuse  me  of  murder. 

Notes  :  — 1  ut  with  a  Subjunctive.  2  earn,  causal.  »  The  order  should 
be  Adjective,  Genitive,  Noun.  4  Use  proper  form  of  Idem.  6  See  Lesson 
XVII.,  Example  16. 

EXERCISE  VIII. 

SEE    LESSONS    XXVIIL-XXX.,    AND    CICERO'S    ORATIONS 
AGAINST   CATILINE,    1.8-10. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  Consign  Catiline  to  custody.  2.  If  you  consign  Cati- 
line to  custody,  you  will  free  us  from  fear.  3.  Let  the 
seriate  lay  violent  hands  upon  Catiline.  4.  The  life  of  all 
these  citizens  who  surround  you  is  of  little  value.  5.  We 
ought  to  have  thanked  the  good  citizens,  because  they 
surrounded  the  senate.  6.  Let  Catiline  go  to  Marseilles. 
7.  They  call  robbery  war.  8.  You  demand  an  answer. 
9.  If  Catiline  asks  me  my  opinion,  he  will  find  out  what 
I  think.     10.  O  wretched  me,  what  disaster  threatens ! 

11.  Why  do  I  speak  ?     I  can   move  you  in  no  respect. 

12.  Betake  yourself  to  Marseilles,  where  through  all  the 
years  you  may  revel  in  pleasure.  13.  The  citizens  will 
call  me  father  of  (my)  country.  14.  The  Romans  ought 
<o  have  called  Cicero  the  father  of  (his)  country. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION,  121 

Write  in  Latin. 

Nevertheless,  senators,  because  you  cannot  use  force 
against  Catiline,  he  will  not  go  out  of  the  city.  First  he 
comes  to  me,  then  to  Quintus  Metellus,  in  order  to  ask  for 
aid.  He  demands  that  I  should  consult  you,  and  says  he 
will  submit  to  whatever  you  decree.  But  why  should  I 
await  an  expression  of  opinion,  when  I  know  that  you  are 
now  willing  to  escort  him  to  the  gates  ? 

Yet  after  all  I  need1  not  speak;  for2  this  fellow  cannot 
be  recalled  from  his  wickedness  by  a  sense  of  shame,  who 
has  at  his  house  a  silver  eagle  to  which  he  has  set  up  a 
shrine  of  villainies. 

Let  him  go  then  to  his  band  of  scoundrels,  with  whom 
he  may  revel  in  pleasure.  We  shall  consider  it  sufficient 
that  we  have  driven  him  from  the  consulate  and  com- 
pelled him  to  flee  into  exile. 

Notes:  — 1  See  Lesson  XVII. ,  Example  18.  2  See  Exercise  VI., 
Note  4. 

EXERCISE  IX. 

SEE   LESSONS   XXXI.-XXXIV.,   AND   CICERO'S    ORATIONS 
AGAINST   CATILINE,   I.  11,  12. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  Depart  from  the  city ;  free  us  from  fear.  2.  He  dis- 
regards the  welfare  of  the  state  because  of  fear  of  danger. 
3.  He  ought  to  be  hurried  to  death  by  us.  4.  He  ought 
to  be  punished  with  the  severest  punishment.  5.  Let  him 
speak  with  no  fear  of  unpopularity.  6.  He  ought  to  be 
^ent  from  the  city  with  all  wicked  citizens.  7.  He  wastes 
Italy  with  war.     8.  We  punish  the  leaders  in  the  con- 


122  LATIN   PROSE    COMPOSITION. 

spiracy  with  death.  9.  If  my  country  should  use  these 
solemn  words,  I  should  not  disregard  them.  10.  Our 
ancestors  thought  wicked  citizens  were  worthy  of  death. 
11.  No  one  is  more  stupid  than  he  who  does  not  see  that 
a  conspiracy  has  been  made.  12.  He  is  much  more 
stupid  than  you.  13.  Unpopularity  threatens  a  man  of 
great  virtue.  14.  They  acted  cruelly  in  this.  15.  Since 
this  parricide  is  slain,  I  shall  not  dread  his  friends. 
16.  Catiline  ought  at  this  hour  to  be  punished  with 
death. 

Write  in  Latin. 

Does  the  state  complain  of  the  gentleness1  of  her  con- 
sul ?  Does  she  ask  what  I  am  doing  ?  why  I  allow  this 
chief  of  villains  to  depart  from  the  city  ?  why  I  do  not 
lead  him  away  to  prison,  hurry  him  to  death  ?  Does  she 
say  that  I  may  inflict  the  severest  punishment  upon  him, 
inasmuch  as  he  no  longer  holds  the  rights  of  a  Eoman  citi- 
zen, because  he  has  conspired  against  his  native  country, 
which  ought  to  be  dearer  to  him  than  life  itself  ?  I  an- 
swer (that)  I  know  all  these  things,  but  I  feel  that  ^t 
would  be  better  for  us2  all,  if  we  could  drive  Catiline  out 
of  the  city  to  the  camp  of  Manlius,  in  order  that  then 
even3  the  most  unsophisticated  should  see  that  he  was  a 
traitor.4  Furthermore,5  if  he  should  go,  lie  would  take 
out  with  him  all  the  6wrecked  and  ruined6  men,  and 
would  thus  free  the  state  from  fear  7without  raising  any 
disturbance.7 

Notes  :  — 1  gentleness ;  dementia.  2  benefit  us  the  more;  use  plus  with 
the  proper  form  of  proaum.  3  quidem.  4  proditor.  5  porro.  6  wrecked 
and  ruined;  translate  by  one  word.  See  Text.  7  without  .  .  .  disturbance; 
Ablative  Absolute  of  concito  with  the  proper  subject. 


LATIN   PKOSE   COMPOSITION.  123 


EXERCISE   X. 

SEE   LESSONS   XXXV.-XL.,   AND    CICERO'S  ORATIONS 
AGAINST  CATILINE,    I.  13. 

For  Oral  Translation. 

1.  For  many  days  we  have  lived  among  the  perils  of 
conspiracy.  2.  During  the  year  of  my  consulate  this  con- 
spiracy has  been  hid  in  the  state.  3.  If  we  gather 
together  into  one  place,  they  will  cease  to  plot  against 
us.  4.  They  lie  in  wait  for  me  at  my  house.  5.  They 
came  to  my  house  on  the  following  day  a  little  before 
daylight.  6.  They  beset  the  senate  house  with  swords 
ten  days  ago.  7.  When  I  was  consul  the  wicked  plotted 
against  me.  8.  They  prepared  firebrands  for  burning  the 
senate  house.  9.  We  drink  cold  water  to  relieve  the 
fever.  10.  Whatever  shall  need  to  be  made  known,  I 
shall  bring  to  light.  11.  It  is  difficult  to  punish  the 
dead.  12.  They  join  with  good  men  to  punish  the  rob- 
bers. 13.  If  he  is  a  robber,  he  ought  to  be  punished. 
14.  Is  he  going  to  inscribe  on  his  forehead  what  he  thinks 
concerning  the  state  ?  15.  Let  us  not  make  good  men  our 
enemies  by  not  punishing  the  robbers. 

Write  in  Latin. 

The  death  of  Catiline  would  relieve  the  state  for  a  short 
time,  just  as  cold  water  seems  to  relieve  those  who  are  ill; 
but  as  a  sick  man  grows  worse,  if  he  drinks  water,  so  the 
state  would  be  much  more  violently  tossed  by  this  fever 
of  conspiracy,  if  relieved  by  the  punishment  of  Catiline, 
because  his  accomplices  would  still  remain  in  the  city. 


124  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Let  us  therefore  banish  him,  along  with  all  those  who 
have  plotted  against  us.  We  must  also  promise  such 
harmony  among  us  that  are  left  in  the  city  that  wicked 
(men)  may  be  at  once  exposed  and  overpowered. 

May  Jupiter  Stator  for  all  time  to  come  protect  the 
walls,  the  temples,  and  the  dwellings  of  this  city,  which 
he  himself  has  founded,  from  those  who  have  conspired 
together  for  the  purpose  of  slaying  all  the  good  (men)  and 
destroying  the  state. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


Numerals  and  Pronouns  not  given  in  this  Vocabulary  cart  be  found  in 
the  Grammar.  For  Abbreviations  see  page  xii.  Words  with  definitions 
in  small  capitals  are  Synonyms. 


abandon,  relinquo,  -ere,  reliqui, 
relictum,  leave  behind;  ab- 
icio,  abicere,  -iecl,  abiectum, 

THROW    FROM     01°    AWAY. 

able,  am  able,  possum,  posse, 
potui. 

about,  circiter,  adv.,  used  w.  nu- 
merals;  circum,  prep.  w.  ace. 

absence,  in  one's  absence,  absens, 
gen.  absentis;  he  was  con- 
demned in  his  absence,  absens 
damnatus  est;  he  came  in 
your  absence,  te  absente  ve- 
nit. 

absent,  absens,  gen)  absentis. 

accept,  accipio,  -cipere,  -cepi, 
-ceptum. 

accordance,  in  accordance  with, 
see  Ln.  XXXI.,  Ref.  5-10. 

account,  on  account  of,  propter, 
prep.  w.  ace. 

accuse,  acciiso,  -are,  -avi,  -atr.m. 

accustomed,  be  accustomed,  soleo, 
-ere,  solitus  sum. 


acorn,  glans,  glandis,/. 
acquainted,  practically  acquainted 

with,  perltus,  -a,  -um,  w.  gen. 
acquire,    comparo,     -are,     -avi, 

-atum,  bring  or  put  together; 

consequor,  -I,   -seciitus  sum, 

FOLLOW  THOROUGHLY,  FOLLOW 
CLOSE    AFTER,  REACH,  OBTAIN. 

across,  trans,  prep.  iv.  ace. 

act,  factum,  -I,  n. 

address,    adloquor,    -1,    -locutus 

sum. 
ad  j  ust,  adiudico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
admonish,  admoneo,-ere,-monui 

-monitum. 
adopt,  insisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  no  sup. 
adorn,  crno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
advance,  progredior.  -gredi,-  gre  Jr 
sus  sum  ;  advance  to  the  attack, 
signa    Infero,   Inferre,    intuli, 
inlatum. 
;  advice,  ask  advice  of,  see  under 

ask. 
',  advise,  moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
!  Aedui   Aedui,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
\  affair,  res,  rei,  /. 


126 


AFRICA  —  ARRIVAL. 


Africa,  Africa,  -ae,/. 
after,  postquam,  conj. 
against,  in,  contra,  prep's  w.  ace. 
ago,  a  little   while    ago,    paulo 

ante ;   ante  is   an   adverb :  for 

paulo  see  Ln.  XXXIII.,  Kef. 

7-9. 
agree,    consentio,    -ire,    -sensi, 

-sensum. 
agreeable,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
aid,  auxilium.  -I,  n. 
alarm,  commoveo,  -ere,  -movi, 

-motum, 
all,  omnis,  -e,  every,  the  whole, 

ENTIRE,  pi,  ALL  (])CrSOns),  ALL 

(things)  ;    totus,  -a,  -um,  all 

THE,  THE  WHOLE,  ENTIRE,  TO- 
TAL; universus,  -a,  -um,  all 
taken  together,  whole,  entire, 
universal  ;  cuncti,  -ae,  -a, 
all  united  in  a  bod]/,  all  to- 
gether. 

allay,  tolero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

Allobroges,  Allobroges,  -um,  in. 
pi. 

ally,  socius,  -i,  m. 

almost,  prope,  adv. 

alone,  s51us.  -a,  -um. 

Alps,  Alpes,  -ium.f.pl. 

already,  iam,  adv. 

although,  quamquam,  licet,  cum 
(quum),  confs;  see  Ln.  XIII. 

always,  semper,  adv. 

ambassador,  legatus,  -i,  m. 

ambuscade,  insidiae,-arum,  f.  pi. 

America,  America,  -ae.f 

amid,  inter,  prep.  w.  ace. 

among,  inter,  prep.  w.  ace.  ;  in, 
prep.  to.  abl.  and  ace. 

ancestors,  maiores,  -um,  in.  pi. 


and,  et,  que,  ac  or  atque,  confs. 

angry,  be  angry  with,  Irascor,  -i, 
iratus  sum,  w.  dat. 

annex,  adiungo,  -ere,  -iunxi, 
-iunctum. 

announce,  nuntio,  -are,  -aviy 
-atum. 

annoying,  molestus,  -a,  -um. 

another,  alius,  -a,  -ud. 

answer,  respondeo,  -ere,  -spondi 
-sponsum. 

anxiety,  sollicitudo  (solicitu- 
do),  -inis,/. 

anxious,  sollicitus  (solicitus), 
-a,  -um. 

any,  any  body,  any  one,  any  thing, 
aliquis  ;  in  a  negative  sentence, 
villus  ;  after  si,  nisi,  ne,  and 
num,  quis ;  for  the  declension 
see  grammar  under  Indefinite 
Pron's  :  after  prep,  sine,  ullus. 

Appian  Way,  Appia  Via,  Ap- 
piae  Viae,  /. 

appoint,  indlco,  -ere,  -dixi,  -dic- 
tum, declare  publicly,  pro- 
claim; constituo,  -ere,  -ui, 
-utum,  put  together,  estab- 
lish, ARRANGE. 

approach,  appropinquo,  -are, 
-avi,  -atum,  come  near  to, 
draw  nigh,  w.  dat. ;  adeo, 
adire,  adivi  or  adii,  aditum, 
go  to,  w.  ace. 

Aquitani,  Aquitani,  -orum,  in.  pi. 

Aquitania,  Aquitania,  -ae./. 

Ariovistus,  Ariovistus.  -I,  m. 

arise,  coorior.  -iri.  -ortus  sum 

arms.  arma.  -orum.  n.  pi. 

army,  exercitus,  -us,  in. 

arrival,  adventus,  -us.  m. 


AEEIVE  — BE   AWAY. 


127 


arrive,  pervenip,  -venire,  -veni, 
-ventum. 

art,  ars,  artis,  f. 

as,  atque,  ac,  conf. ,  as  a  deserter, 
pro  perfuga,   m. 

as  if,  velut,  velut  si,  quam  si, 
conf  a;  see  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  6. 

as  much  ...  as,  tantus  .  .  .  quan- 
tus,  -a,  -urn  ;  tam  .  .  .  quam. 

as  soon  as,  simul  ac  (atque)  ; 
cum  (quum)  primum. 

as   soon   as  possible,  quam   pri- 
•  mum,  adv. 

ashamed,  something  causes  one  to 
be  ashamed,  pudet,  pudere, 
puduit  or  puditum  est;  I  am 
ashamed  of  the  soldier,  me 
militis  pudet. 

Asia,  Asia,  -ae,  /. 

ask,  rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  ;  ask 
advice  of,  consulo,  -ere,  con- 
sului,  consultum,  w.  ace;  ask 
for,  demand,  postulo,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum,  to.  ace. 

assassin,  sicarius,  -i,  m. 

assault,  make  an  assault,  signa 
infero,  inferre,  intuli,  inlatum; 
to  make  an  assault  on  the  ene- 
my, in  hostes  signa  inferre. 

assemble,  convenio,  -ire,  -veni, 
-ventum. 

assign,  attribuo,  -ere,  attribui, 
attributum. 

at  all,  omnino,  adv. 

at  one  and  the  same  time,  simul, 
adv.;  at  once,  statim,  adv. 

at  that  time,  illo  tempore,  see 
Ln.  XXXV.,  Ref.  1-3;  id 
temporis,  see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ref. 
1-6,  and  Ln.  XXII.,  Ref.  6-8. 


at  the  house  of,  apud.  prep,  with 
ace. 

Athenians,  Athenienses,  -ium, 
m.  pi. 

Athens,  Athenae,  -arum,  f.  pi. 

attack,  impetus,  -us,  m  . ;  to  at- 
tack the  enemy,  impetum  in, 
hostes  facere. 

attack,  impetum  facio,  facere, 
feci,  factum;  ingredior,  iu- 
gredi,  ingressus  sum ;  to 
attack  the  enemy,  in  hostes 
impetum  facere. 

attempt,  Conor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 

attend,  give  attention,  operam 
do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 

attentive,  attentus,  -a,  -um. 

auxiliaries,  auxilia,  -orum,  n.  pi. 

avert,  depello,  -ere,  depuli,  d§- 
pulsum. 

avoid,  vito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 


badly,  male,  adv. 

baggage,  impedimenta,  -orum, 
n.  pi. 

band,  company,  manus,  -us,  /. 

battle,  proelium,  -i,  n. ;  pugna. 
-ae,  f.  ;  pugna  appears  to  he 
limited  to  a  fight  betwedn  indi- 
viduals or  armies. 

be  able,  can,'  possum,  posse, 
potui. 

be  accustomed,  be  wont,  soleo, 
-ere,  solitus  sum. 

be  angry  with,  irascor,  -i,  -iratus 
sum,  w.  dat. 

be  away,  absum,  abesse,  afui. 


128 


BE   BOKN  —  BRUNDISIUM. 


be  born,  descended,  nascor,  -I, 
natus  sum. 

be  in  peril,  in  periculo  versor, 
-ari,  -atus  sum. 

be  present,  adsum,  adesse,  adfui. 

be  under  obligation,  debeo,  -ere, 
-ui,  -itum. 

be  unoccupied,  vaco,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum. 

be  unwilling,  nolo,  nolle,  nolui. 

be  without,  be  deprived,  cared, 
-ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

bear,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum  ; 
bear  with,  perfero,  -ferre,  -tuli, 
-latum. 

because,  quod,  quia,  confs. 

bed,  lectulus,  -i,  m. 

before,  ante,  prep.  w.  ace. ;  ante- 
quam,  priusquam,  confs;  the 
night  before,  superiore  nocte, 
see  Ln.  XXXIV.,  Ref.  8-10. 

beg,  beg  for,  oro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ; 
peto,  -ere,  ivi  or  -ii,  -itum. 

began,  coepi  or  coeptus  sum, 
coepisse,  defective  verb ;  coep- 
tus sum  is  only  used  with  pas- 
sive infinitives. 

begin,  incipio,  -cipere.  -cepi, 
-ceptum  ;  begin  a  battle,  proe- 
lium  committo,  -ere,  -misi, 
-missum. 

Belgians,  Belgae,  -arum,  m.  pi. 

believe,  credo,  -ere,  credidi, 
creditum. 

beseech,  quaeso,  -ere,  -ivi  or  -ii, 
no  sup. 

beset  closely,  urgueo  (urge5), 
-ere.  ursi,  no  sup. 

besiege,  oppugno,  -are,  -avi, 
•atum. 


bestow,  impertio,  -ire,  -ivi  or  ii, 

-itum. 
betake   one's  self,    se  conferre  ; 

confero,     conferre,     contuli, 

conlatum. 
better,  melior,  melius,  gen.  me- 

lioris.  * 
beyond,    across,  trans,  prep.   w. 

ace.  ;  beyond,  more  than,  prae- 

ter,  prep.  iv.  ace. 
blockade,  obsidio,  -onis,/. 
blood,  sanguis,  sanguinis,  m. 
boat,  linter,  lintris,/. 
body,  corpus,  corporis,  n. 
boldness,  audacia,  -ae,/. 
born,  be  born,  nascor,  -i,  natus 

sum. 
book,  liber,  libri,  m.  ■ 
both  .  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et. 
boy,  puer,  -i,  m. 
brave,  fortis,  -e. 
bravely,  fortiter,  ado. 
break  up  camp,  castra  moveo, 

-ere,  movi,  motum. 
briefly,  a  few  things,  pauca,-6rum, 

n.  pi. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
bring,  bring  to,  adfero,  adferre, 

attuli   adlatum. 
bring  on,  bring  upon,  infero,  in- 

ferre,  intuli,  inlatum;  to  bring 

war    upon    the    Gauls,   Gallia 

bellum  inferre. 
bring  to  destruction,  ad  exitium 

voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
bring  to  pass,  efficio,  -ficere,  -feci 

•fectum. 
Britons,  Britanni,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
brother,  frater,  fratris,  m. 
Brundisium,  Brundisium,  -i,  n. 


BUSINESS  —CONSISTS. 


129 


business,  negotium,  -I,  n. 
but,  sed,  autem ;  but  if,  sin,  confs. 
butcher,  trucido,  -are,  -avi,  -atum 
by,  a,  ab,  prep.  w.  abl. 

c. 

Caesar,  Caesar,  -aris,  m. 

call,  appello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
address,  call  by  name,  en- 
title ;  nomino,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum,  name,  call  by  name ; 
voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  sum- 
mon, call  by  name,  name. 

camp,  castra,  -orum,  n.  pi. 

can,  possum,  posse,  potui;  can- 
not but,  facere  non  possum 
quin,  w.  subj. 

capability,  facultas,  -atis,/. 

capital,  caput,  -itis,  n. 

capture,  capio,  capere,  cepi, 
captum. 

care,  cura,  -ae,/. 

care  for,  provided,  -ere,  -vidi, 
-visum,  w.  dat. 

carefully,  diligenter,  adv. 

carry  on  war,  bellum  gero,  -ere, 
gessi,  gestum. 

carry  up,  subveho,  -ere,  -vexi, 
-vectum. 

cart,  carrus,  -i,  m. 

case,  causa,  -ae,  /.  ;  res,  rei,/. 

Catiline,  Catilina,  -ae,  m. 

Catulus,  Catulus,  -i,  m. 

cause,  causa,  -ae,/  ;  cause,  bring 
to  pass,  efficio,  -ficere,  -feci, 
-fectum. 

cavalry,  equitatus,  -us,  m. 

cease,  desino,  -ere,  -ivi  or-ii,  -itum 

censure,  accuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

change,  commutatio,  -onis,/. 


check,     reprimo,    -ere,    -pressi, 

-pressum. 
children,  liberi,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
choose  out,  choose,  deligo,  -ere, 

-legi,  -lectum. 
choose      rather,     malo,     malle, 

malui. 
Cicero,  Cicero,  -onis,  m. 
Cilicia,  Cilicia,  -ae,/. 
citizen,  civis,  -is,  m.  and/. 
city,  urbs,  urbis,/ 
class,  genus,  -eris,  n. 
colony,  colonia,  -ae,/ 
come,  venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventum. 
comitium,  comitium,  -i,  n. 
command,     impero,    -are,    -avi, 

-atum,  w.  dat. 
commander,  imperator,  -oris,  m. 
commend,  praise,  laudo,-are,  -avi, 

-atum. 
common,  communis,  -e. 
commonwealth,  res  publica.  rei 

piiblicae,  / 
commotion,  tumultus,  -us,  m. 
company,  in  company  with,  cum, 

prep.  w.  abl. 
compassion,  misericordia,  -ae,/ 
compel,  cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coac 

turn. 
complain,  complain  of,  queror,  4, 

questus  sum. 
condemn,  damno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
confer,  talk  with,  conloquor,  -i, 

-locutus  sum. 
conquer,  vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum. 
consider,  habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
connprn,  intrust, mando, -are, -avi, 

-atum. 
consists,  est   tv.  pred.   gen.     See 

Ln.  XXI.,  Ref.  7-12. 


130 


CONSPIRACY  —  DEEP. 


conspiracy,  coniuratio,  -onis, /. 

conspirators,  coniurati,  -drum, 
m.  pi. 

consul,  consul,  -is,  m. ,  in  the  con- 
sulship of  Metellus,  Metello 
consule;  see  Ln.  XXXIV., 
Ref.  11-16. 

consular,  consularis,  -e.       / 

consult,  consulo,  -ere,  consului, 
consultum,  w.  ace. ;  w.  dat., 
consult  for,  consult  the  interests 
of. 

continually,  perpetuo,  adv. 

contribute,  confero,  conferre, 
contuli,  conlatum. 

controversy,  controversia,  -ae,/. 

copiousness,  copia,  -ae,/. 

corn,  frumentum,  -i,  n. 

cost,  sto,  stare,  steti,  statum. 

council,  concilium,  -i,  n. 

countenance,  os,  oris,  n. 

country,  terra,  -ae,  /,  land, 
earth,  country  ;   patria,  -ae, 

/.,  NATIVE  COUNTRY,  FATHER- 
LAND ;  rus,  ruris,  n.,  country 
as  opposed  to  city;  into  the 
country,  rus;  in  the  country, 
ruri ;  see  Ln.  XXXVI. 

courage,  bravery,  virtus,  -utis,  /. 

cowardly,  ignavus,  -a,  -um. 

Crassus,  Crassus,  -i,  m. 

crime,  scelus,  -eris,  n. 

criminal,  facinordsus,  -i,  m. 

cross,  transeo,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum. 

cruelty,  crudelitas,  -atis,y*. 

cultivate,  colo,  -ere,  colui,  cul- 
tum. 

custody,  custodia,  -ae,/. 

cut,  cut  down,  occido,  -ere,  -cidi, 

-Cisum,      STRIKE     DOWN,       CUT 


down,  kill,  slay  ;  interscin- 
do,  -ere,  -scidi,  -scissum,  cut 

ASUNDER,  HEW  TO  PIECES,  CUT 
DOWN. 

D. 

daily,  quotidianus,  -a,  -um. 

danger,  periculum,  -i,  n. 

dare,  audeo,  -ere,  ausus  sum. 

darkness,  tenebrae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 

day,  dies,  -el,  m.  and  f.  ;  to-day, 
hodie. 

daylight,  a  little  before  daylight, 
paulo  ante  lucem. 

dear,  carus,  -a,  -um. 

death,  mors,  mortis,  /. ;  put  to 
death,  neco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

debt,  aes  alienum,  aeris  alieni,  n. 

decide,  decerno, -ere,  -crevi,  -cre- 
tum,  properly  predicated  of  a 
public  body  or  officer,  as  of  a 
senate,  or  consul ;  diiudico, 
-are,  -avi,  -atum  ;  iudico.  -are, 
-avi,  -atum,  give  sentence, 
decide  as  a  judge;  be  decided, 
satis  constat,  w.  dat.  of  person  ; 
e.  g.  I  am  decided,  satis  mini 
constat. 

declare,  praedico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 

CRY  IN  PUBLIC,  PROCLAIM  ;  in- 

-dico,  -ere,  -dixi,  -dictum,  de- 
clare PUBLICLY,   PUBLISH  ; 

to  declare  war  agaiust  a  city, 

urbi  bellum  indicere. 
decree,  decerno,  -ere,  -crevi,  -cre- 

tum  ;  decree  of  the  senate,  se- 

natus  consultum,  -i,  n. 
deed,  factum,  -i,  n. 
deep,  altus,  -a,  -um. 


DEFEND  —  DUMNORIX. 


131 


defend,  defendo,  -ere,  -fendi,  -fSn- 

sum. 
defendant,  reus,  -I,  m. 
delay,  moror,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
demand,  postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum; 

I   make   this  demand  of   him, 

ab  eo  hoc  postulo. 
denies,  says  not,  nego,  -are,  -avi, 

-atum. 
depart,     discedo,     -ere,     -cessi, 

-cessum ;  decedo,  -ere,  -cessi, 

-cessum. 
depri  ve,  privo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ;  he 

deprived,  careo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
depth,  altitiido,  -inis,  f. 
descended,  be  descended,  nascor, 

-I,  natus  sum. 
deserter,  as  a  deserter,  pro  per- 

fuga. 
deserve,  mereor,  -eri,  -itus  sum. 
deservedly,  merito,  ado. 
design,  consilium,  -I,  n. 
desire,  volo,  velle,  volui;  a  de- 
sire, voluntas,  -atis,  f. 
desolation,  vastitas,  -atis,/. 
despair   of,    despero,   -are,  -avi, 

-atum;  see  Ln.  XXVIII.,  Ref. 

4-8. 
destroy,  deleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum. 
destruction,    exitium,    -I,    n.,    a 

GOING  OUT,  GOING  TO  NAUGHT, 

ruin;    interitus,    -us,    m.,    a 
going  among  things  so  as  to  be  j 
no  longer  seen,  becoming  lost, 
going  to  ruin;  pernicies,  -el, 

/.,  KILLING  UTTERLY,  SLAUGH- 
TER,OVERTHROW,DESTRUCTION. 

determine,     statuo,     -ere,     -ui, 

-utum. 
devastate,  vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 


devote,  confero,  conferre,  con- 

tuli,  conlatum. 
die,  morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum. 
difficult,  difficilis,  -e. 
dignified,  gravis,  -e. 
direction,  pars,  partis,  f. 
disaster,  calamitas,  -atis,/. 
disorder,  throw  into  disorder,  per- 

turbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
disposition,  animus,  -i,  m. 
dispute,  controversia,  -ae,/. 
dissolve,     dimitto,    -ere,     -misi, 

-missum. 
|  distant,  be  distant,  absum,  ab- 

esse,  afui. 
J  distinguished,  egregius,  -a,  -um. 
j  district,  regio,  -onis,/. 
disturb,     perturbo,     -are,     -avi, 

-atum. 
disturbance,  tumultus,  -us,  m. 
ditch,  fossa,  -ae,  /. 
Divitiacus,  Divitiacus,  -i,  m. 
do,  facio,  facere,  feci,  factum. 
do  not,  etc. ;  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  5-7. 
doubt,  dubito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum; 

there  is  no  doubt  that,  non  est 

dubium  quin,  w.  suhj. 
doubtful,  dubius,  -a,  -um. 
draw,    delineate,  exprimo,   -ere, 

-pressi,    -pressum;     draw    up 

troops,   instruo,   -ere,    -struxi, 

-structum. 
drive  away,  depello,  -ere,  depuli, 

depulsum;  drive  out,  expello, 

-ere,  expuli,  expulsum  ;  eicio, 

eicere,  eieci,  eiectum ;  drive  a 

ship,  navem  defero,   deferre, 

detuli,  delatum. 
due,  be  due,  debeor,  -eri,  debitus. 
Dumnorix,  Dumnorix,  -igis,  m. 


132 


DUTY  —  FALSE. 


duty,  officium,  -I,  n. 

dwell,    dwell    in,     incolo,    -ere, 

-colui,  no  sup. 
dwelling,  domicilium,  -I,  n. 

E. 

eager,  appetens,  gen.  appetentis. 

earth,  orbis  terrarum,  orbis 
terrae  ;    orbis,  -is,  m. 

easily,  facile,  ado. 

effective,  be  effective,  valeo,  -ere, 
-ui,  -itum. 

effort,  by  his  own  effort,  per  se. 

either  .  .  .  or,  aut  .  .  .  aut. 

elect,  creo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

employ,  utor,  uti,  iisus  sum ; 
negotium  do,  dare,  dedi,  da- 
tum ;  I  shall  employ  you  to  do 
this,  tibi  negotium  dab 6  ut 
hoc  facias. 

encourage,  cohortor,  -ari,   -atus 

SUm,  EXHORT,  ANIMATE,  AD- 
MONISH ;  consolor,  -ari,  -atus 
SUm.COM  FORTGREATLY.CHEER. 

end,  finis,  -is,  m. 

endeavor  to  bring  about,  molior, 

-iri,  -itus  sum. 
endure,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum  ; 

tolero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ;  subeo, 

-ire,  -ii,  -itum ;    perfero,  -ferre, 

-tuli,  -latum, 
enemy,  hostis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  AN 

enemy  of  one's  country;  inimi- 

CUS,  -l,m.,  A  PERSONAL  ENEMY. 

English,  Angli,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
enjoyment,  fructus,  -us,  m. 
enlist,  conscribo,  -ere,  -scripsi, 

-scriptum. 
enter   upon,   ingredior,   ingredi, 

ingressus    sum;  1   shall   enter 


upon  the   war,  in  bellum  in 

grediar. 
entire,  totus,  -a,  -um  ;  see  all. 
entreat,  oro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
envoy,  legatus,  -i,  m. 
envy,  invideo,  -ere,  -vidi,  -visum 
Ephesus,  Ephesus,  -i,  f. 
especially,  praesertim,  adt\ 
establish,    constituo,    -ere,    -ui, 

-utum. 
Etruria,  Etruria,  -a.e,f. 
even  if,  etiam  si. 
evening,    towards    evening,    sub 

vesperum. 
ever,  semper,  always;  umquam 

(unquam),  at  any  time. 
everlasting,  sempiternus.  -a,  -um. 
every    one,    quisque,    quaeque, 

quodque,  quicque,  quidque. 
evidence,  testimonium,  -i,  n. 
evil,  malum,  -i,  n. 
except,  praeter,  prep.  w.  ace. 
excuse,  excuso,  -are,  -avi,  -£.tum 
exhort,  cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum 
exile,  exsilium,  -i,  n. 
exult,    exsulto    (exulto),    -are, 

-avi,  -atum. 
eye,  oculus,  -i,  m. 

F- 

face,  6s,  oris,  n. 

face  about,  signa  converto,  -ere, 

-verti,  -versum. 
fact,  res,  rei,  /. 
faithful,  fidelis,  -e. 
fair,    pulcher,      pulchra,      pul 

chrum. 
fall     into,     incido,     -ere,    -cidi, 

no  sup. 
false,  falsua,  -a,  -um. 


FAME  —  FORGET. 


133 


fame,  gloria,  -ae,/. 

far,  longe,  adv. 

farm  revenues,  vectigalia  exer- 
ceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

father,  pater,  patris,  m. 

fault,  culpa,  -ae,/. 

fear,  timor,  -oris,  m. :  metus,  -us, 
m.  to  fear,  vereor,  eri,  -itus 
sum  ;  timeo,  -ere,  -ui ;  metuo, 
-ere,  -ui. 

fearless,  fortis,  -e. 

fearlessly,  fortiter,  adv. 

feel,  have  feeling,  sentio,  -ire, 
sensi,  sensum. 

feel  thankful,  gratiam  habeo, 
-ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

fellow-citizen,  civis,  -is,  m. 

fertile,  opimus,  -a,  -um. 

few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a. 

field,  ager,  agri,  m. ;  in  the  field, 
militiae. 

fifth,  quint  us,  -a,  -um. 

fight,  pxigno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
used  impersonally  in  the  passive : 
e.  g.  pugnatur,  it  is  fought, 
they  fight. 

find,  invenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ven- 
tum,  come  upon,  discover; 
reperio,  -ire,  repperi  and  re- 
peri,  reRertum,  meet  with, 
find  out;  cognosco,  -ere,  co- 
gnovi,  cognitum,  become  ac- 
quainted WITH,  LEARN,  KNOW. 

finish,  conficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fec- 
tum. 

fire,  set  on  fire,  inflammo,  -are, 
-avi,  -atum  ;  with  fire  and 
sword,  caede  et  incendiis. 

firm,  firmus.  -a,  -um. 

firmly,  firmiter,  adv. 


first,  primus,  -a,  -um ;  first  to,  first 

who  ;  see  Ln.  II.,  Kef.  10-12. 
fit,  idoneus,  -a,  -um. 
flee,  fugio,  fugere,  fugi,  fugitu- 

rus;  terga  verto,  -ere,  verti, 

versum. 
fleet,  classis,  -is,/, 
flesh,  caro,  carnis,/. 
flight,  fuga,  -ae,  /. ;  put  to  flight, 

in  fugam  do,  dare,  dedi,  da- 
tum, 
flow    into,    influo,    -ere,    -fluxi, 

-fluxum. 
follow,  follow  close  after,  subse- 

quor,  -i,  secutus  sum. 
following,  posterus,  -a,  -um. 
fond,  amans,  gen.  amantis. 
foolish,  stupid,  amens,  gen.  amen- 

tis. 
foot,  pes,  pedis,  m. 
footing,  get  a  firm  footing,  see  get. 
for,  pro,  prep.  iv.  all. ;  nam,  conj. 
for  a  long  time,  now  for  a  long 

time,    iam    diu,    iam   dudum, 

adv's,  see  Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  3. 
for  the  future,  in  reliquum  tem- 

pus. 
for    the    most    part,    maximam 

partem;  see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ref. 

1-6. 
for  the  sake  of,  causa,  abl.  and 

placed  after  its  limiting  gen. 
forbearance,  venia,  -ae,/. 
force,  vis,  vis,  /  ;  by  force,  per 

vim;  force,  band,  manus, -us, 

/ ;  forces,  troops,  copiae,  -arum, 

f.pl. 
forest,  silva,  -ae,  / 
forget,     obliviscor,    -i,     oblitus 

sum. 


134 


FORGETTING  —  HAPPENS. 


forgetting,  forge tfulness,  oblivio, 

-onis,/. 
form,  make,  facio,  facere,  feci, 

factum  ;    form,    draw  up,   in- 

struo,  -ere,  -struxi,  -structum. 
former,  vetus,  gen.  veteris. 
fort,  castellum,  -I,  n. 
fortify,  munio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum. 
found,    build     (a    city),    condo, 

-ere,  condidi,  conditum. 
four,  quattuor. 
France,  Gallia,  -ae;/. 
free,  set   free,  liber 6,  -are,  -avi, 

-a turn  ;   free,  liber,  libera,  li- 

berum. 
freely,  libere,  ado. 
French,  Galli,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
frequent,  frequens,  gen.  frequen- 

tiS,     REPEATED,     OFTEN  ;     Cre- 

ber,  crebra,  crebrum,  thick, 

CLOSE,  NUMBROU8. 
frequently,  often  rendered  by  the 

adjective  frequens. 
friend,  amicus,  -i,  m. 
friendship,  amicitia,  -ae,/. 
fright,  terror,  -oris,  m. 
from  out  of,  e,  ex,  prep.  w.  abl.  ; 

from,   away  from,   from  near, 

a,  ab,  abs,  prep.  w.  abl. 
fruit,  fructus,  -us,  m. 
fruitful,  fertilis,  -e. 
full,  plenus,  -a,  -um, 
future,    for  the   future,  in    reli- 

quum  tempus. 


garrison,  praesidium,  -I,  n. 
gate,  porta,  -ae,  /. 
Gaul,  Gallia,  -ae,/. 
Gauls,  Galli,  -orum,  m.  pi. 


general,  imper^tor,  -oris,  m. 
Geneva,  Geiitfva,  -ae,/. 
Germans, Germani,  -orum,  m.  p- 
Germany,  Germania,  -ae,/. 
get  a   firm    footing,  firmiter  lu 

sisto,  -ere,  institi,  no  sup. 
girl,  puella,  -ae,/. 
give,    do,    dare,   dedi,    datum ; 

give  back,  reddo,  -ere,  reddidi, 

redditum;    give    up,    abicio, 

-icere,  -ieci,  -iectum. 
glad,  laetus,  -a,  -um. 
glory,  gloria,  -ae,/. 
go,eo,ire,  iviorii,  itum;  go  back, 

redeo,  redire,  redii,  reditum; 

go   to,    adeo,  adire,    adivi  or 

adii,  aditum. 
god,  deus,  dei,  m. 
good,  bonus,  -a,  -um. 
good-will,  voluntas,  -atis,/. 
good  health,  be   in   good  health 

valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
government,  imperium,  -i,  n. 
governor,  propraetor,  -oris,  m. , 

proconsul,  -is,  in. 
grant,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 
great,  magnus,-a,  -um ;  how  great, 

quantus,  -a,  -um. 
greatly,  magnopere,  adc. 
greedy,  avidus,  -a,  -um. 
grieve  for,  doled,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum ; 

aeeLir.  XXVIII.,  Ref.  4-8. 
guidance,  under  the  guidance  of 

the  gods,  diis  ducibus,  see  Ln. 

XXXIV.,  Rkf.  11-10. 
guards,  custodiae,  -arum,  /  pi 

•  H. 

happens,   it    happens,    comes    to 
pass,   the    result    is,    accidit, 


HAPPY  —  ILLUSTRIOUS. 


135 


-isse  ;  contingit,  contigisse, 
contigit ;  fit,  fieri,  factum 
est;  these  verbs  are  often  used 
with  a  substantive  clause  as  sub- 
ject;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

happy,  beatus,  -a,  -um. 

harbor,  portus,  -us,  m. 

hasten,  make  haste,  maturo,  -are, 
-avi,  -atum  ;  contends,  -ere, 
-tendi,  -tentum. 

hated,  to  be  hated,  in  odio  esse, 
iv.  dat.  of  person  by  whom  hated. 

have,  habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

have  power,  influence,  valeo,  -ere, 
-ui,  -itum ;  to  have  very  great 
influence,  plurimum  valere. 

he,  she,  it,  is,  ea,  id. 

health,  be  in,  or  be  in  good  — , 
valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

hear,  audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum. 

heart,  cor,  cordis,  n.,  the  physical 
organ  ;  also  the  heart  as  the 
seat  of  feeling ;  animus,  the 
soul  considered  as  the  seat  of 
feeling,  feeling,  heart. 

help,  succurro,  -ere,  succurri, 
succursum. 

Helvetia,  Helvetia,  -ae,  f. 

hesitate,  dubito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

hide,  obscuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

high-born,  nobilis,  -e. 

highest,  summus,  -a,  -um. 

hill,  collis,  -is,  m. 

hinder,  impedio,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii, 
-itum,  entangle,  embarrass, 
hinder;  reprimo,  -ere,  -pressi, 
-pressum,   press  back,    keep 

BACK,    RESTRAIN,    HINDER. 

hire,  conduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum. 


his,  her,  its,  suus,  -a,  -um,  when 
referring  to  the  same  person  or 
thing  as  the  subject  of  its  sen- 
tence, otherwise  eius  ;  see  Ln.  III. 

historian,  rerum  auctor,  or  re- 
rum  scriptor. 

hither,  on  this  side,  near,  citerior, 
citerius,  gen.  citerioris. 

hitherto,  adhuc,  adv. 

hold,  teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  tentum. 

home,  homeward,  domum ;  at 
home,  domi  ;  see  Ln.  XXXVI. 

honor,  honor,  -oris,  m. 

hope,  spes,  spei,  f ;  to  hope, 
spero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

horse,  equus,  -i,  m. 

hostage,  obses,  obsidis,  m.  and  f. 

hostile,  infestus,  -a,  -um. 

hot,  fervidus,  -a,  um. 

house,  domus,  -us,  f ,  the  generic 
word ;  tectum,  -i,  «.,  that  which 
covers,  the  roof,  by  metonymy 
house  ;  at  the  house  of,  apud, 
prep.  iv.  ace. 

hover,  versor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 

how  great,  quantus,  -a,  -um. 

how  many,  quot,  indecl.  adj.  ; 
quam  multi,  -ae,  -a. 

however,  however  much,  quam- 
vis,  conj. 

hunger,  fames,  -is,/. 

hurl,  conicio,  -icere,  -ieci,  -iec- 
tum. 


T,  ego,  mei. 

if,  si,  conj.  ;  if  only,  modo,  dum, 

dum  modo,  confr. 
ignorant,  Ignarus,  -a,  -um 
illustrious,  clarus,  -a,  -um. 


136 


IMITATE  —  JOURNEY. 


imitate,  imitor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 

immortal,    immor talis,  -e. 

impious,  nefarius,  -a,  -urn. 

in,  in,  prep.  to.  abl. 

in  behalf  of,  pro,  prep.  w.  abl. 

in  no  ordinary  manner,  non 
mediocriter,  adv. 

in  no  respect,  nihil ;  see  Ln.  XXX., 
Ref.  1-6. 

in  order  to;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 

in  person,  coram,  adv. 

in  the  meantime,  interim,  adv. 

in  the  vicinity  of,  ad,  prep.  w. 
ace. 

in  what  manner,  quemadmo- 
dum,  adv. 

inactivity,  inertia,  -ae,/. 

incite,  inflammo,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum. 

increase,  augeo,  ere,  auxi.  auc- 
tum.  transitive;  cresco,  -ere, 
crevi,  cretum,  intransitive. 

indeed,  at  least,  quidem,  adv., 
placed  immediately  after  the  em- 
phatic word. 

induce,  adduco.  -ere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum. 

industrious,  studiosus,  -a,  -um. 

inevitable,  inevitabilis.  -e. 

infantry,  pedites,  -um,  m.  pi. 

inflict  punishment,  supplicium 
sumo,  -ere,  sumpsi,  sumptum  ; 
to  inflict  punishment  on  a  sol- 
dier, de  milite  supplicium 
sumere. 

influence,  auctoritas,  -atis,  /  ; 
have  influence,  exert  influence, 
valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

inform  any  one,  aliquem  certio- 
rem    facio,   facere,   feci,   fac- 


tum ;     be    informed,     certior 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 
inquire,    quaero,   -ere,    quaesivi 

or  quaesii,  quaesitum. 
intrust,    commendo,   -are,   -avi, 

-atum. 
into,  in,  prep.  w.  ace. 
invested,  occupatus,  -a,  -um. 
invite,   send   for,    arcesso,  -ere, 

arcessivi,    arcessitum ;    invi- 
to, -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
island,  insula,  -ae,/. 
it,  is,  ea,  id. 
it  is  allowed,  it  is  permitted,  one 

may,    licet,   licere,    licuit    or 

licitum   est;    see   Ln.   XVII., 

Ex's  14,  15. 
it  is  of  importance,  it  matters,  it 

concerns,  interest,  -esse,  -fuit; 

.seeLN.  XXIV.,  Ref.  12-14. 
it  is  proper,  it  behooves,  one  ought, 

oportet,    oportere,    oportuit; 

see  Ln.  XVI L,  Ex's  1C,  17. 
it  is  the  duty  of,  part  of,  est  w. 

pred.  gen.;  see  Ln.  XXI.,  Ref. 

7-12. 
it  is  unavoidable,  it  is  necessary, 

one  must,  necesse  est,  see  Ln. 

XVII. ,  Ex.  18;  necesse  is  an 

indecl.  adj. 
Italy,  Italia,  -ae,/. 

J. 

join    to     annex,    adiungo,   -ere, 

-iunxi,  -iunctum. 
join   together,    unite,   coniungo, 

-ere,  -iunxi,  -iunctum. 
journey,    iter,    itineris,    n. ;    to 

journey,     iter     facio,    facere, 

feci,  factum. 


JUDGE  —  LESSEN. 


137 


judge,  iudex,  iudicis,  m. 

July,  of  July,  Quiiitilis,  -e,  adj. 

Jupiter  Stator,  Iuppiter  Stator, 

Iovis  Statoris,  m. 
just,  aequus,  a,  -urn. 
justice,  aequitas,  -atis,/. 
justly,  iure,  abl.  of  manner. 


keep,  preserve,  adservo,  -are,  -avi 
-atum ;  keep,  hold,  habeo,  -ere 
-ul,  -itum;  keep,  restrain,  con- 
tineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum;  keep 
in  line,  ordines  servo,  -are, 
-avi,  -atum. 

keeper,  custos,  -odis,  m. 

kill,  interficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fec- 
tum. 

kindness,  beneficium,  -I,  n.,  fa- 
vor, SERVICK,  something  done 
for  another;    humanitas,  -atis, 

/.,  PHILANTHROPIC  BEHAVIOR, 
PHILANTHROPY,  HUMANITY  I 

humanitas  describes  a  person's 
character;  beneficium,  his  act. 

king,  rex,  regis,  m. 

know,  know  how,  scio,  scire, 
scivi  or  scii,  scitum;  not 
know,  nescio,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii, 
-itum. 

L. 

land,  terra,  -ae,/ 

large,  magnus,  -a,  -um. 

last,  last  part  of,  extremus,  -a, 
-um;  last  year,  proximus  an- 
nus. 

late,  till  late  at  night,  ad  mul- 
tam  noctem. 


lately,  nuper,  adv. 

Latin,   speak   Latin,    Latine    lo 

quor,  -i,  locutus  sum. 
Lavinium,  Lavinium,  -i,  n. 
law,  lex,  legis,  /.,  bill,  enact- 
ment, statute;  ius,  iuris,  n., 
right,    law,    whether   natural, 
human,    or    divine;    written    or 
unwritten;  also  statute  law, 
constitutional     law,      con- 
sidered as  a  whole;  lex  refers 
to  a  particular  enactment. 
lay  violent  hands  on,  vim  et  ma- 
nus  infero,  inferre,  intuli,  in- 
latum ;  see  Ln.  XXVL,  Note  3. 

lay  waste,  vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

lead,  duco,  -ere,  duxi,  ductum ; 
lead  across,  traduco,  -ere,  -duxi, 
ductum;  lead  down,  deduco, 
-ere,  -duxi,  -ductum ;  lead  out, 
educo,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum; 
lead  to,  addiico,  -ere,  -duxi, 
-ductum. 

leader,  dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f 

leading  men,  principes,  -um,  wi.vi. 
pi. 

learn,  cognosco,  -ere,  cognovi, 
c5gnitum. 

leave  behind,  leave,  relinquo, 
-ere,  -liqui,  -lictum. 

leave  off,  cease,  desino,  -ere, 
desivi  or  desii,  desitum. 

left,  sinister,  sinistra,  sinis- 
trum. 

legate,  legatus,  -i,  m. 

legion,  legio,  -onis,/. 

leisure,  otium,  -i,  n. 

less,  minor,  minus;  gen.  mino- 
ris. 

lessen,  lev 5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 


138 


LET   US  —  MERCY. 


let  us,  him,  etc. ;  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref. 

3,4. 
letter,  litterae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 
lie   in  wait,  insidior,  -ari,  -atus 

sum. 
lieutenant,  legatus,  -i,  m. 
life,  vita,  -ae, /. 
light,  daylight,  lux,  lucis,  /.  ;  a 

little    before    daylight,    paulo 

ante  liicem. 
like,  similis,  -e. 
likewise,  idem  ;  see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref. 

1-8,  Ex.  5. 
line,  line  of  battle,  acies,  -el,/. 
little,  parvus,  -a,  -urn. 
live,  vivo,   -ere,   vixi,    no    sup. ; 

vitam    dego,    -ere,    degi,     no 

sup. 
long,    long    for,    desire    eagerly, 

cupio,  cupere,  cuplvi   or  cu- 

pil,  cupltum. 
long,  a  long  time,  longer,  longest, 

diu,  diutius,  diutissime,  adv. 
long,  longus,  -a,  -um. 
long  since,  iam  pridem,  adv. 
look    at,   intueor,  -eri,   intuitus 

sum. 
love,    amor,   -oris,    m.  ;   to   love, 

amo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
Lucullus,  Lucullus,  -i,  m. 

M. 

madness,  furor,  -oris,  m. 

magistrate,  magistratus,  -us,  m. 

maintain,  retineo,  -ere,  -tinui, 
-tentum. 

make,  facio,  facere,  feci,  fac- 
tum ;  make  an  assault,  see  as- 
sault; make  requital,  gratiam 


refero,  referre,  retuli,  rela- 
tum.  —  I  shall  requite  you. 
tibi  gratiam  referam ;  make 
upon,  infero,  inferre,  intuli, 
inlatum. — to  make  war  upon 
the  Gauls,  Gallis  bellum  in- 
ferre; make  use  of,  utor,  uti, 
usus  sum,  ic.  abl. 
man,  vir,  viri,  ?«.,  a  man  as  dis- 
tinguished from  a  woman  :  ho- 
mo, -inis,  m.  and  /.,  max,  a 

HUMAN    BEING. 

manage,  gero,  gerere,  gessi,  ges- 
tum. 

many,  multi,  -ae,  -a;  many  times, 
saepe. 

Marcel  his,  Marcellus,  -i,  m. 

march,  iter,  itineris,  n.  ;  to 
march,  iter  facio,  facere,  feci, 
factum ;  on  the  march,  see 
under  on  the  march. 

Marcus,  Marcus,  -i,  m. 

Marias,  Marius,  -i,  m. 

Marseilles,  Massilia,  -ae,/. 

Inassacre,  internecio,  -onis,/. 

may,  see  Ln.  XVII.,  Ex.  14. 

meantime,  in  the  meantime,  in- 
terim, adv. 

meet,  to  meet,  se  obvium  ferre  ; 
you  met  me,  mihi  te  obvium 
tulisti;  go  to  meet,  obviam 
(or  obvius,  -a,  -um)  eo,  ire,  ivi, 
itum ;  I  shall  go  to  meet  you, 
tibi  obvius  ibo;  meet  with, 
invenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum, 
w.  ace. 

memory,  within  the  memory  of 
man,  post  hominum  memo- 
riam. 

mercy,  misericordia,  -ae,/. 


MESSENGER  —  NOW. 


139 


messenger,  nuntius,  -I,  m. 

Metellus,  Metellus,  -I,  m. 

middle,  middle  of,  medius,  -a, 
■um, 

midnight,  a  little  after  midnight, 
paulo  post  tnediam  noctem. 

midst  of,  medius,  -a,  -um. 

mild,  mitis,  -e. 

mile,  mille  passus  or  passuum. 

military  affairs,  res  militaris, 
rei  militaris. 

milk,  lac,  lactis,  n. 

mind,  mens,  mentis,/,  under- 
standing,intellect,  reason; 
animus,  -I,  ra.,  will,  desire, 
purpose  ;  feeling,  affection, 
sentiment. 

misfortune,  calamitas,  -atis,/. 

moment,  punctum,  -i,  n. 

money,  pecunia,  -ae,/. 

more,  plus,  pluris,  n. ;  amplius, 
magis,  ado's. 

Moselle,  Mosella,  -ae,  711.  and  f. 

mother,  mater,  matris,  /'. 

mountain,  mens,  montis,  m. 

move,  moveo,  movere,  movi, 
motum. 

much,  multus,  -a,  -um. 

multitude,  multitudo,  -inis,/. 

murder,  see  kill. 

murderer,  sicarius,  -1,  m. 

my,  meus,  -a,  -um. 

N. 

name,  nomen,  ncminis,  n.  ;  to 
name,  see  call. 

Naples,  Neapolis,  -is,/. 

narrow,  contracted,  small,  par- 
vus, -a,  -um ;  narrow  limits, 
angustiae,  -arum.  /.  pi. 


nation,  natio,  -onis,  / ,  gens, 
ge  ntis,  / 

nature,  natura,  -ae,/. 

near,  prope,  ado. 

nearest,  proximus,  -a,  -um. 

nearly,  paene,  adv. 

need,  indigeo,  -ere,  -ui,  no  sup. 

negligence,  nequitia,  -ae,/ 

neighborhood,  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace. 

neighbors,  finitimi,  -orum,  m.  pi. 

neither  .  .  .  nor,  neque  .  .  .  ne- 
que,  nee  .  .  .  nee. 

never,  numquam  (nunquam), 
adv. 

nevertheless,  yet,  still,  tamen, 
adv. 

new,  novus,  -a,  -um. 

night,  nox,  noctis,  /  ;  night  be- 
fore, nox  superior ;  till  late 
at  night,  ad  multam  noctem. 

night-attack,  nocturnus  impe- 
tus ;  nocturnus,  -a,  -um  ;  im- 
petus, -us,  m. 

night-guard,  nocturnum  praesi- 
dium  ;  nocturnus,  -a,  -um ; 
praesidium,  -i,  n. 

no,  nullus,  -a,  -um. 

nobody,  no  one,  nemo,  gen.  and 
abl.  supplied  from  nullus. 

not,  non,  ne,  adv.;  not  even, 
ne  .  .  .  quidem^  to.  the  em- 
phatic word  between  ne  and  qui- 
dem  ;  not  one  slave,  nemo  ser- 
vus;  nor,  neque,  neve,  co7\ys. 

not  only  .  .  .  but  also,  non  solum 
.  .  .  sed  etiam. 

not  yet,  nondum,  adv. 

nothing,  nihil. 

now,  nunc,  iam,  adv's. 


140 


NUMBER — PASS   THE    WINTER. 


number,  numerus,  -I,  m.  :  in 
great  numbers,  frequentes,  see 
Ln.  II.,  Ref.  10-12. 

numerous,  creber,  crebra.  cre- 
brum. 


obey,  pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

observe,  cognosco,  -ere,  cbg- 
novi,  cognitum. 

occupy,  occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

of  such  a  kind,  of  such  a  charac- 
ter, eius  modi. 

offend,  offendo,  -ere,  -fendi,  -fen- 
sum. 

offer,  offero,  offerre,  obtuli,  ob- 
latum. 

office,  munus,  muneris,  n. 

often,  saepe,  adv. 

old,  senex,  gen.  senis;  old,  hav- 
ing been  born,  uatus,  -a,  -um; 
he  is  twenty  years  old,  viginti 
annos  natus  est. 

on,  in,  prep.  to.  ace.  aft.  verbs  of 
motion,  w.  abl.  aft.  verbs  of  rest. 

on  account  of,  propter,  prep.  w. 
ace. 

on  the  march,  ex  itinere,  in 
itinere;  to  storm  a  town  on 
the  march,  oppidum  ex  iti- 
nere expugnare;  to  he  on  the 
march,  in  itinere  esse. 

on  this  side  of,  cis,  prep.  to.  ace. 

once,  at  once,  statim,  adv. 

one,  unus.  -a,  -um. 

only  person  who,  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref. 
1-9  and  Ex.  7. 

opinion,  sententia,  -ae,  /.,  opin- 
ion, DECISION,  SENTENCE,  JUDG- 

mf.nt;  opinio,  -3nis, /.,  opin- 


ion, SUPPOSITION,  CONJECTURE, 
BELIEF. 

opportunity,  occasio,  -onis,/. 

or,  aut;  in  double  questions,  an. 

or  not,  in  direct  double  questions, 
an  non ;  in  indirect  double  ques- 
tions, necne. 

orator,  orator,  -oris,  m. 

order,  in  order  that,  ut,  conj.  : 
see  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 

order,  by  order,  iussu,  abl. 
sing.  m. 

order,  command,  iubeo,  -ere, 
iussi,  iussum. 

ordinary,  in  no  ordinary  manner, 
non  mediocriter,  adv. 

ought,  debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum; 
debeo  denotes  a  moral  obliga- 
tion; see  also  Ln.XVIL,  Ex's 
16  and  17. 

our,  noster,  nostra,  nostrum. 

out  of,  e,  ex,  prep.  w.  abl. 

overcome,  supero,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum. 

own,  see  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  3-7. 

P. 
pace,  passus,  -us,  m.  :  a  thousand 

paces,  a  mile,  mille  passuum. 
pain,  dolor,  -oris,  m. 
Palatine.  Palatium.  -f.  n. 
pardon,    ignosco,    -ere,    ignovi, 

ignotum. 
part,    pars,   partis,  f  :    for    the 

most  part,  maxima m  partem  ; 

see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ref.  1-6. 
participant,  particeps,  gen.  par- 

ticipis,  adj. 
pass  the  winter,  hiemo,  -are,  -avi, 

-atum. 


PATRIOTIC  —  PRIVILEGE. 


141 


patriotic,  bonus,  -a,  -um. 

pay,  pendo,  -ere,  pependi,  pen- 
sum;  pay  one's  respects,  sa- 
luto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

peace,  pax,  pacis,/. 

perform,  fungor,  fungi,  functus 

Sum,       EXECUTE,      DISCHARGE, 

observe;    gero,    -ere,     gessi, 

geStum,  MANAGE,  WAGE,  TRANS- 
ACT,   ACCOMPLISH. 

perhaps,  fortasse,  adv. 

peril,  periculum,  -I,  n. ;  be  in 
peril,  in  periculo  versor,  -ari, 
-at us  sum. 

perilous,  periculosus,  -a,  -um. 

perish,  pereo,  -ire,  -ii,  periturus. 

permission,  see  Ln.  XVII.,  Ex.  5. 

permit,  allow,  suffer,  patior,  pati, 
passus  sum. 

persuade,  persuadeo,  -suadere, 
-suasi,  -suasum. 

pirate,  praedo,  -onis,  m. 

pitch  a  camp,  castra  pono,  -ere, 
posui,  positum. 

pity,  misereor,  -ere,  miseritus 
sum ;  miseret,  miserere,  mi- 
seruit;  see  Ln.  XXIV.,  Ref. 
4-8. 

place,  locus,  -i,  m. ;  pi.  loci  and 
loca,  locorum,  m.  and  n. :  take 
place,  geror,  -I,  gestus  sum. 

plan,  consilium,  -i,  n.,  deter- 
mination, RESOLUTION,  PUR- 
POSE; ratio,  -onis,/.,  course, 
manner,  method,  fashion. 

please,  delecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
iv.  ace. ;  placeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum, 
to.  dat. 

pleasing,  gratus,  -a,  -um 

plot,  cogito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum 


Pompey,  Pompeius,  -i,  m. 

poor,  pauper,  gen.  pauperis. 

portray,  exprimo,  -ere,  -pressi, 
-pressum. 

portraiture,  imago,  -inis,  /. 

possession,  possessio,  -onis,  f.  ; 
often  omitted  after  possessive  pro- 
nouns :  e.  g.  he  surrenders  him- 
self and  his  possessions,  se  sua- 
que  dat ;  take  possession  of, 
occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  w.  ace. 

powerful,  potens,  gen.  potentis. 

practically  acquainted  with,  peri- 
tus,  -a,  -um,  w.  gen. 

practice,  exercitatio,  -onis,  f. 

praetor,  praetor,  -oris,  m. 

praetorship,  praetura,  -ae,/. 

praise,  laus,  laudis,  f. ;  to  praise, 
laudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

pray,  quaeso,  -ere,  -ivi  or  -ii, 
-itum;  pray  who?  pray  what? 
quis  tandem  ?  quid  tandem  ? 

prefer,  malo,  malle,  malui; 
antepono,  -ere,  -posui,  -posi- 
tum :  I  prefer  my  country  to 
your  city,  tuae  urbi  patriam 
meam  antepono  ;  I  prefer 
going  to  staying,  ire  malo 
quam  remanere. 

preparation,  comparatio,  -onis,/. 

prepare,  paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

prepared,  paratus,  -a,  -um. 

present,  dono,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

present,  be  present,  adsum,  ad- 
esse,  adfui. 

prevent,  deterreo,  -ere,  -ui, 
-itum. 

private  property,  res  familiaris, 
rei  familiaris,  /. 

privilege,  power,  potestas,  -atis,/ 


142 


PRODUCTIVENESS  —  REJOICE. 


productiveness,  ubertas,  -atis,/ 

promise,  polliceor,  -eri,  pollici- 
tus  sum. 

proper,  idoneus,  -a,  -um. 

property,  res,  rerum,/.  pi. :  bona, 
-orum,  n.  pi. ;  often  omitted  af- 
ter possessive  pronouns;  private 
property,  res  familiaris,  rei 
familiaris,  f. 

prosperous,  florens,  gen.  floientis. 

prosperity,  see  welfare. 

protection,  praesidium,  -I,  n.  :  to 
protect  any  one,  alicui  prae- 
sidio  esse,  see  Ln.  XXVII., 
Ref.  1-3  ;  to  protect  with  for- 
tifications, guards,  etc.,  miinio, 
-Ire,  Ivi,  -Itum. 

provide  for,  provided,  -ere,  -vidl, 
-visum. 

provided  that,  modo,  dum,  dum 
modo,  confs.  See  Ln.  XII., 
Ref.  8. 

province,  provincia,  -ae,  f. 

provision,  make  provision,  pro- 
video,  -ere,  -vidl,  -visum. 

provoke,  exasperate,  enrage,  la- 
cesso,  -ere,  -Ivi  or  -ii,  -Itum. 

publicly,  publice,  adv. 

punish, punio,  -Ire,  -Ivi  or-il,  -Itum. 

punishment,  supplicium,  -I,  n. : 
to  inflict  punishment  upon  any 
one,  de  aliquo  supplicium 
sumo,  -ere,  sfimpsi,  sumptum ; 
to  suffer  punishment,  poenas 
persolvo,  -ere,  -solvi,  -solu- 
tum. 

purpose,  for  the  purpose  of,  causa, 
ablative  of  cause  and  stands  after 
its  limiting  genitive. 

put    around,     cjrcumdo,    -dare, 


-dedl,  -datum,  see  Ln.  XXV., 

Ref.  4-5. 
put  to    death,  neco,   -are,   -avi, 

-atum. 
put  to  flight,  in  fugam  do,  dare, 

dedl,  datum  ;  fugo,  -are,  -avi, 

-atum. 
put  up  with,  bear  with,  endure, 

perfero,  perferre,  pertuli,  per- 

latum. 

Q. 

quarrel,  disscutio,  -onis,/. 
question,  quaestio,  -onis,/. 
Quintus,  Quintus,  -I,  m. 


raft,  ratis,  -is,/. 

rage,  furor,  -oris,  m. 

rampart,  vallum,  -I,  n. 

ravage,  populor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 

reach,  capio,  capere,  cepi,  cap- 
turn. 

read,  lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectum. 

receive,  accipio,  -cipere,  -cepi, 
-ceptum. 

recover,  recupero,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum  ;  recipio,  -cipere,  -cepi, 
-ceptum.  w.  reflexive  pronoun. 

refuse,  recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum 

regard  as  an  enemy,  pro  hoste 
habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 

reign,  regno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

rejoice,  exsulto  (exulto),  -are, 
-avi.  -atum,  rejoice  exceed- 
ingly, RUN  RIOT,  REVEL,  EX- 
ULT ;    laetor,  -ari,  -atus  sum, 

FKKL  JOY,  BE  VERY  GLAD,  UK 
JOYFUL. 


KELEASE  —  SAFELY. 


143 


release,  libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

relieve,  libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

remaining,  reliquus,  -a,  -um. 

remains,  it  remains,  restat;  re- 
liquum  est. 

remember,  memini,  meminisse. 

remind,  admone5,-ere.  -ui,  -itum. 

renew,  redintegro,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum. 

renown,  gloria,  -ae,/. 

repeat,  repeto,  -ere,  -ivi  or  -ii, 
-itum. 

repent,  paenitet,  -ere,  paenituit; 
see  Ln.  XXIV.,  Rep.  4-8. 

reply,  responded,  -ere,  -spondi, 
-sponsum. 

report,  rumor,  -oris,  m. ;  to  re- 
port, nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 

ANNOUNCE,      DECLARE,      MAKE 

known;    refero,    referre,    re- 
tuli,    relatum,    bring    back, 

RELATE,  RECITE,  REPEAT. 

reprimand,    accuso,    -are,    -avi, 

-atum. 
request,  postulatio,  -onis,  f. 
requite,  make  requital,  see  under 

make, 
rescue,   eripio,    eripere,    eripui, 

ereptum. 
residence,  domicilium,  -i,  n. 
resign,  abdico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum; 

he  has  resigned  the  praetorship, 

se  praetura  abdicavit. 
respect,  in  no  respect,  nihil;  see 

Ln.  XXX.,  Ref.  1-6. 
rest  of,  reliquus.  -a,  -um;  the  rest, 

ceteri,  -a.  -um. 
restrain,  reprimo,    -ere,   -pressi, 

-pressum ;  retine5,  -ere,  -tinui, 

-tentum. 


result,  the  result  is,  accidit ;  fit; 
see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

retain,  hold,  teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  ten- 
tum. 

return,  revertor,  -i,  -versus  sum; 
reverto,  -ere,  reverti;  the 
present,  imperfect,  and  future 
tenses  have  the  passive  form;  the 
perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future 
perfect  the  active  form;  redeo, 
-ire,  -ii,  -itum. 

revenue,  vectigal,  -alis,  n. 

reward,  remuueror,  -ari,  -atus 
sum. 

Rhine,  Rhenus,  -i,  m. 

right,  ius,  iuris,  n. ;  dexter, 
dextra,  dextrum,  adj. 

river,  flumen,  fluminis,  n. 

road,  via,  -ae,  / 

rob,  spolio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

rock,  saxum,  -i,  n. 

Roman,  Roman  us,  -a,  -um. 

Rome,  Roma,  -ae,  f 

rouse,  inflammo.  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

rout,  fugo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

rudiments,  elementa,  -drum,  n. 
pi. 

rule  over,  impero,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum,  w.  dat. 

run,  curro,  -ere,  cucurri,  cursum ; 
run  riot,  exsulto,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum. 

S. 

safe,  tutus,  -a,  -um,  well  guard- 
ed, SECURE,   OUT   OF   DANGER  \ 

salvus,   -a,   -um,    unharmed, 

FNINJURKD,  WELL,  SOUND. 

safely,  tuto. 


144 


SAFETY 


SLAUGHTER. 


safety,  salus,  -litis,/ 

sail,  navigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

sake,  for  the  sake  of,  causa. 

sally,  excursio,  -onis,/. 

same,  the  same,  idem. 

satisfied,  contentus,  -a,  -um. 

satisfy,  satisfacio,  -facere,  -feci, 
-factum. 

savageness,  atrocitas,  -atis,/ 

save,  servo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ; 
conservo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ; 
conservo  is  serv5  intensified  by 
the  "prefix  con,  and  properly  sig- 
nifies KEEP  THOROUGHLY,  SAVE 
COMPLETELY. 

say,  dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum  ; 

say  not,  nego,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
scatter,  rout,  fugo,-are,  -avi,  -atum. 
scout,  expl5rator,  -oris,  m. 
sea,  mare,  maris,  n. 
seize,  occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
see,  video,  -ere,  vidi,  visum, 
seem,  videor,  -eri,  visus  sum. 
self,  ipse,  -a,  -um. 
sell,  vendo,  -ere,  vendidi,  ven- 

ditum. 
senate,  senatus,  -us,  m. 
senattlr,  senator,  -oris,  m. 
send,  mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missum. 
send  for,  cause  to  come,  arcesso, 

-ere,  arcessivi,  arcessltum. 
send    forward,    praemitto,   -ere, 

-misi,  -missum. 
separate,    seiungo,   -ere,   -iunxi, 

-iunctum. 
Sequani,  Sequani,  -crum,  in.  pi. 
serve,  servio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum. 
service,  aid,  opera,  -ae,/. 
set  fire  to,  incendo,  -ere,  -cendi 

-censum. 


sesterce,  sestertius,  -i,  m. ;  a  small 

silver   coin,    worth    nearly   four 

cents. 
set  forth,  propono,  -ere,  -posui, 

-positum. 
set    out,     march,     depart,     pro- 

ficiscor,  -i,  profectus  sum. 
settle,  consido,  -ere,  -sedi,  -ses- 

sum. 
seventh,  septimus,  -a,  -um. 
severe,  gravis,  -e. 
severely,  graviter,  adv. 
ship,  navis,  -is,/, 
short,  brevis,  -e. 
shout,  clamor,  -oris,  m. 
show,  doceo,  -ere,  -ui,  doctum. 
shudder  at,  horreo,  -ere,  no  per/. 

nor  sup.,  governs  ace.  ;  shudder 

greatly  at,  perhorresco,  -ere, 

-horrui,  no  sup.,  gorerns  ace. 
Sicily,  Sicilia,  -ae,/. 
sick,  aeger,  aegra,  aegrum. 
side,  on  this  side  of,  cis,  prep.  w. 

ace. 
siege,  oppugnatio,  -onis,/. 
sight,  conspectus,  -us,  m. 
signal,  signum,  -i,  n. 
Silanus,  Silanus,  -i,  m. 
silent,  keep  silent,  taceo,  -ere,-ui, 

-itum. 
since,   cum    (quum),    quoniam, 

confs;   see  Lx.  XIV.,  Kef.  1-5. 
singularly,  egregie,  adv. 
sixty,  sexaginta. 
size,  magnitudo,  -inis,/ 
skilful,      practically     acquainted 

with,  peritus,  -a,  -um;  see  Ln. 

XXIII.,  Ref.  6-12. 
slaughter,      occido,    -ere,    -cidi, 

-cisum. 


SLAVE  —  SUPPOSE. 


145 


slave,  servus,  -i,  m. 

slavery,  servitii3,  -utis,/. 

small,  parvus,  -a,  -um. 

so,  tam,  ita,  sic,  adv's  ;  so  great, 

tantus,  -a,  -um;  so  very  much, 

tam  vehementer. 
so  as  to,  see  Ln.  IX.,  Note  1. 
soldier,  miles,  militia,  m. 
some  one,  something,  some,  ali- 

quis,    quidam,    nescio    quis ; 

see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref.  9-13. 
some  .  .  .  others,  alii  .  .  .  alii. 
son,  films,  -i,  m. 
son-in-law,  gener,  generi,  in. 
soon,  as  soon  as  possible,  quam 

primum. 
sorrow,  dolor,  -oris,  m. 
sound,   healthy,   well,   sanus,  -a, 

-um. 
speak,  loquor,  -i,  locutus  sum  ; 

dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictum. 
spirit,  animus,  -i,  m. 
spiritedly,  acriter,  ado. :  to  make 

a  spirited  assault,  acriter  signa 

inferre. 
spoils,  spolia,  -orum,  n.  pi. 
spread,     dissemino,    -are,    -avi, 

-atum. 
spread  abroad,  perfero,  perferre, 

pertuli,  perlatum. 
stand,  sto,  stare,  steti,  statum. 
stand   about,  stand  around,  cir- 

cumsto,  -stare,  -steti,  -statum. 
standard,  signum,  -i,  n. 
stake,  (something)  is  at  — ,  agi- 

tur. 
state,  res  publica.  rei  publicae,/. 
stay,  remaned,  -ere,  -mansi,  no 

sup. 
still,  etiam  nunc,  tamen,  adv's. 


stir  up,  concit5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
storm,  expugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum ; 

a  storm,  tempest,  tempestas, 

-atis,  /". 
story,  fabula,  ae,/. 
stranger,  alienus,  -i,  m. 
straw,  floccus,  -i,  ///.;  not  to  care 

a   straw  for  any  one,  aliquem 

flocci  ncn  facere. 
strengthen,  corroboro,  -are,  -avi, 

-atum. 
strong,  firmus,  -a,  -um. 
stupid,  stultus,  -a,  -um  ;  aniens, 

gen.  amentis. 
style,  genus,  generis,  n. 
submit  to,  subeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum, 

w.  ace. 
such,  so  great,  tantus,  -a,  -um  ; 

such,  of  such  a  kind,  talis,  -e; 

such  ...  as,  tantus  .  .  .  quan- 

tus,  when  referring  to  size  ;  talis 

.   .   .  qualis,    when  referring  to 

kind,  nature,  quality. 
suddenly,  subito,  adv. 
suffer,  patior,  pati,  passus  sum. 
sufficiently,  sufficient,  satis,  adv. 
suitable,  idoneus,  -a,  -um- 
suited,  accommodatus,  -a,  -um. 
Sulla,  Sulla,  -ae,  m. 
summer,  aestas,  -atis,/. 
summon,  voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
supplies,     commeatus,    -us,    m., 

used  in  both  sing,  and  plural. 
support,  sublev5, -are, -avi, -atum. 
suppose,    existimo,     -are,     -avi, 

-atum  ;  than  we,  you  suppose, 

than   any  one   supposes,    after 

a  comparative,  mag  be  rendered 

by  opinione;  see  Ln.  XXXIII., 

Ref.  1-3. 


146 


SUPPRESS  —  THREATEN. 


suppress,  comprimo,  -ere,  -press! 

-pressum. 
surely,  profecto,  adv. 
surpass,  excel,  antecello,  -ere,  no 

perf.  nor  sup.  ;  supero,  -are.. 
surrender,    dedo,    -ere,    dedidi, 

deditum  ;     a     surrender,    de- 

ditio,  -onis,/! 
surround,  circumdo,  -are,  -dedi, 

-datum. 
suspicion,  suspicio,  -onis,  jf. 
swamp,  palus,  -udis,  f. 
Swiss,  Helvetii,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
Switzerland,  Helvetia,  -ae,/. 
sword,  gladius,  -i,  m. 

T. 

take,  capio,  capere,  cepi,  cap- 
tum ;  take  away,  removed, 
-ere,  -movi,  -motum ;  take  from, 
eripio,  eripere,  eripui,  erep- 
tum ;  take  part,  be  engaged 
in  anything,  versor,  -ari,  -atus 
sum  ;  take  place,  geror,  -i,  ges- 
tus  sum  ;  take  possession  of, 
occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  w. 
ace. 

tax,  stipend] um,  -i,  n. 

teach,  doceo,  -ere,  docui,  doc- 
tum. 

teacher,  praeceptor,  -oris,  m: 

tell,  dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictum  ; 
narro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 

temple,  templum,  -i,  n. 

tenth,  decimus,  -a,  -um. 

terms,   condicio,    -onis,   f, ;    in  I 
very   strong    terms,    amplissi- 
mis  verbis. 

teriify,  perterreo,  -ere, -ui. -itum. 


territory,  fines,  -ium,  m.  pi. 
than,    quam,    adv. ;    see  also  Ln. 

XXXIII. ,  Kef.  1-3. 
thank,    gratias   ago,    agere,   egi, 

actum. 
thankful,  feel  thankful,  gratiam 

habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
thanksgiving,  supplicatio  (sub- 

plicatio),  -onis,  /. 
that,  ille,  is,  dem.  pron's :  see  Lx. 

IV.,  Ref.  1-8;  that,  in  order 

that,  ut ;  that  not,  ne,  ut  non  ; 

see  Lessons  VII.-X. 
the  .  .  .  the,    quanto  .  .  .  tanto  ; 

quo  .  .  .  eo  ;  see  L\.  XXXIII. , 

Ref.  7-9. 
the  one  .  .  .  the  other,  alter  .  .  . 

alter  ;    the   one    party  .  .  .  the 

other,  alteri  .  .  .  alteri. 
the  other,  ceterus,  -a,  -um. 
the  same,  idem  ;  at  one  and  the 

same  time,  simul,  adv. ;  at  the 

same   time,    eodem   tempore, 

or  uno  tempore  ;  the  same  .  .  . 

as,  idem  .  .  .  qui. 
the  second  time,  iterum,  ado. 
their,  suus,  -a,  -um,  when  referring 

to  same  person   or    thing  as   the 

subject  of  its  sentence,  otherwise 

eorum. 
there,  in  that  place,  ibi,  adv. 
think,  puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum:  ar- 

bitror,  -ari,  -atus  sum  ;  think 

upon,    think    of,    cogito,   -are, 

-avi,  -atum  ;   w.  ace. 
this,  hie,  see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref.  1-8. 
threaten,  immineo,  -ere,  no  perf 

nor  sup. ;   threaten   frequently 

or  much,   minitor,   -ari,  -atus 

sum. 


THfiEATS  —  USE. 


14? 


threats,  minae,  -arum,  f.  pi. 
through,    throughout,   per,   prep. 

iv.  ace. 
throw  back,  reicio,  -icere,  -ieci, 

-iectum;    throw  into   disorder, 

perturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum. 
thwart,    obsto,   -stare,  -stiti,    no 

sup. 
till,  cultivate,  colo,  -ere,  colui, 

cultum. 
till,  until,   dum,   donee,  quoad, 

confs ;   till   late  at  night,   ad 

multam  noctem. 
time,  tempu3,  -oris,   n. ;   for  all 

time,  in  perpetuum,  sc.  tem- 

pus  ;  at  one  and  the  same  time, 

simul,    ado.  ;    now  for  a  long 

time,    iam   diu,  iam   dudum, 

ado's ;  the  second  time,  a  second 

time,  iterum,  ado. 
to,  ad,  prop.  w.  ace. 
to    be    feared,    pertimescendus, 

-a,  -um. 
to-day,  hodie,   adv. ;   hodiernus 

dies,  hodiernl  diei,  m. 
together  with,  una  cum,  w.  abl. 
top  of,  summus,  -a,  -um. 
torch,  fax,  facis, /. 
towards,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace. 
tower,  turris,  -is,  /,  ace.  sing,  tur- 

rim. 
town,  oppidum,  -I,  n. 
transport,  transports,  -are,  -avi, 

-atum. 
treason,  proditio,  -onis,/. 
tribe,  natio,  -onis,  /. 
tribune,  tribunus,  -I.  m. 
tributary,  vectigalis,  -e. 
tried,  probatus,  -a,  -um. 
triple,  threefold,  triplex,  gen.  -icis. 


Trojan,  Troianus,  -a,  -um. 

troops,  copiae,  -arum,/,  pi. 

trouble,  calamitas,  -atis,  f. ;  ma- 
lum, -i,  n. 

troubled,  anxious,  sollicitus  (so- 
licitus),  -a,  -um. 

true,  verus,  -a,  -um. 

trusting  to,  fretus,  -a,  -um,  to.  abl. 

truth,  vlrum,  -i,  n. 

try,  experior,  -iri,  expertus  sum. 

twice,  bis,  num.  adv. 

two,  duo,  duae,  duo. 


u. 

unacquainted  with,  ignarus,  -a, 
-um;  see  Ln.  XXIII.,  Ref.  6-12. 

under,  sub,  prep.  w.  ace. 

understand,  intellego,  -ere,  -lexi, 
-Iectum. 

unfortunate,  miser,  misera,  mi- 
serum. 

unfriendly,  inimicus,  -a,  -um. 

unite,  coniungo,  -ere,  -iunxi, 
-iunctum,  w.  pers.  pron. 

unjustly,  iniuria,  abl.  of  manner. 

unless,  nisi,  conj. 

unoccupied,  be  unoccupied,  vaco, 
-are,  -avi,  -atum. 

unpopularity,  invidia,  -ae,  f. 

until,  till,  dum,  donee,  quoad. 
cohfs  ;  see  Lx.  XV.,  Kef.  8-10. 

unusual,  inusitatus,  -a,  -um. 

unwilling,  invitus,  -a,  -um;  be 
unwilling,  nolo,  nolle,  nolui  ; 
I  shall  be  unwilling  to  come, 
invitus  veniam. 

upon ,  in,  prep.  w.  ace. 

urge,  cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 

use,  utor,  iiti,  usu3  sum. 


148 


VALOR  —  WIN   A  VICTORY. 


V. 

valor,  virtus,  -utis,  /. 

variety,  varietas,  -atis,  /. 

very,  valde,  adv.  ;  see  also  Ln. 
II.,  Note  3;  when  a  noun  is  to 
be  emphasized,  ipse  is  used: 
e.  g.  the  very  city,  urbs  ipsa. 

very  difficult,  perdifficilis,  -e. 

very  many,  permulti,  -ae,  -a. 

very  much,  vehementer,  adv. 

vicinity,  in  or  into  the  vicinity  of, 
ad,  prep.  w.  ace. 

vicissitude,  varietas,  -atis,/. 

victory,  victoria,  -ae,  /. 

vigorously,  acriter,  adv. 

village,  vicus,  -i,  m. 

villainy,  scelus,  -ens,  n. 

violence,  vis,  vis,  /. 

violent  hands,  see  lay. 

visit,  viso,  -ere,  visi,  visum. 

voice,  vox,  vocis,  /. 

W. 

wage,  carry  on,  gero,  -ere,  gessi, 

gestum. 
wagon,  carrus,  -i,  m. 
wait  for,  await,  wait  to  see,  ex- 

specto  (expecto),  -are,  -avi, 

-atom. 
wait  for,  praestolor,  -ari,  -atus 

sum. 
wall,  murus,  -i,  m.,  generic  term ; 

moenia,-ium,n.p/.,  city  walls, 

ramparts,  bulwarks  ;  paries, 

parietis,  m.,  wall  of  a  house. 
war,  bellum,  -i,  n. 
watches,  vigiliae,  arum,  /.  pi. 
way,  via,  -ae,/ 


weapon,  telum.  -lr  n. 

weep,  fleo,  flere,  flevi,  fletum. 

weight,  pondus,  -eris,  n. 

welfare,  prosperity,  salus,  -utis, 
/  ;  highest  welfare  of  the  gov- 
ernment, summum  imperium. 

well,  bene,  adv. 

what  sort  of  a,  qui,  quae,  quod, 
interr.  pron. 

wheel  about,  signa  converto,  -ere, 
-verti,  -versum. 

when,  cum  (quum),  ubi,  adv's. 

whence,  unde,  adv. 

where,  ubi,  adv. 

whether,  utrum,  num  —  ne  ;  see 
Ln.  XVI. 

while,  dum,  conj.;  for  a  little 
while,  paulisper,  adv. ;  it  is 
worth  while,  tanti  est,  see  Lx. 
XXIII,  Ref.  1-5;  a  little  while 
ago,  paulo  ante. 

whither,  quo,  adv. 

who,  which,  what,  qui,  quae, 
quod,  rel.  pron.  :  quis,  quae, 
quid,  and  qui,  quae,  quod, 
interrog.  pron.  ;  who  is  to,  who 
was  to,  etc. ;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Note 
1;  who  pray?     quis  tandem? 

whole,  wholly,  see  all. 

why,  cur,  quid,  see  Lx.  XXX., 
Ref.  1-G. 

wicked,  improbus,  -a,  -um. 

wide,  latus,  -a,  -um. 

widely,  late,  adv. 

wife,  uxor,  -oris,  / ;  coiunx 
or  coniux,  -ugis,  / 

willing,  be  willing,  v;>16,  velle, 
volui. 

win  a  victory,  victoriam  vinco, 
-ere,  vici,  victum. 


WING 


ZEALOUS. 


149 


wing,  cornu,  -us,  n. ;  on  the  right 
wing,  a  dextro  cornu. 

winter,  hiems,  hiemis,  /. ;  pass 
the  winter,  hiemd,  -are,  -avi, 
-atum;  winter-quarters,  hiber- 
na,  -drum,  n.  pL,  sc.  castra. 

wisdom,  sapientia,  -ae,/. 

wise,  sapiens,  gen.  sapientis. 

wish,  desire,  be  willing,  volo, 
velle,  volul. 

with,  in  company  with,  cum, 
prep.  w.  abl. ;  with,  near  to,  at 
the  house  of,  apud,  prep.  w.  ace. : 
with  respect  to,  de,  prep.  iv.  abl. 

withdraw,  deficio,  -ficere,  -feci, 
-fectum  ;  to  withdraw  from  al- 
legiance to  the  king,  a  rege 
deficere ;  withdraw,  betake 
one's  self,  se  recipio,  -cipere, 
-cepi,  -ceptum. 

without,  sine,  prep.  w.  abl. ;  be 
without,  careo,  -ere,  -ul,  -itum, 
to.  abl. 

withstand,  obsto,  -stare,  -stiti, 
no  sup.,  w.  dat. ;  sustineo,  -ere, 
-ui,  -tentum,  w.  ace.  :  to  with- 
stand an  attack,  impetum  sus- 
tinere. 

witness,  testis,  m.  and  f. 


worthy,  dignus,  -a,  -um ;  it  is 
worth  while,  tanti  est,  see  Ln. 
XXIII.,  Ref.  1-5. 

would  that,  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  8,  9. 

wound,  volnus  (vulnus),  -eris,  n. ; 
to  wound,  volnero  (vulnero), 
-are,  -avi,  -atum. 

wretch,  sceleratus,  -i,  m. 

write,  scribo,  -ere,  scripsi,  scrip- 
turn. 

wrong,  iniuria,  -ae,/. 

Y. 

year,  annus,  -i,  m. 

yesterday,  hesterno  die ;  day 
before  yesterday,  niidius  ter- 
tius  (nunc  dies  tertius). 

yet,  tamen,  adv. 

young,  iuvenis,  -e. 

your,  tuus,  -a,  -um,  when  address- 
ing one  person  ;  vester,  vestra, 
vestrum,  when  addressing  more 
than  one. 

z. 

zeal,  studium,  -I,  n. 
zealous,  studiosus,  -a,  -um. 


\MasJ  I 


INDEX. 


The  Roman  numerals  refer  to  Lessons,  the  Arabic  to  grammar  references 


Ablative,  xxxi. -xxxiv. 

absolute,  xxxiv.,  11-16. 

of  accompaniment,  xxxii.,  2,  3. 

of  agent,  xxxi.,  11. 

of  cause,  xxxi.,  5-10. 

of  characteristic,  xxxiii.,  Note  1. 

of  description,  xxxiii.,  Note  1. 

of  manner,  xxxii.,  1. 

of  means  and  instrument,  xxxii., 

4,5. 
of  measure  of  difference,  xxxiii.j 

7-9. 
of  place  at  or  in  which,  xxxvi., 

11,  12. 
of  place  from  which,   xxxvi., 

1,2. 
of  price,  xxxiv.,  1-5. 
of  quality,  xxxiii.,  10,  11. 
of  separation,  xxxi.,  1-3. 
of  source,  xxxi.,  4. 
of  specification,  xxxiv.,  6,  7. 
of  the  way  by  which,  xxxvi., 

8-10. 
of  time,  xxxiv.,  8-10  ;  xxxv., 

1-3. 
with  certain  adjectives,  xxxii.. 

9-11. 
with  certain  deponents,  xxxii. 

6-8. 
with  comparatives,  xxxiii.,  1-3 
Absolute,  ablative,  xxxiv.,  11-16. 
Accompaniment,  ablative  of,  xxxii. 

2,3. 
Accusative,  xxviii.-xxx. 
adverbial,  xxx.,  1-6. 


Accusative,  cognate,  xxviii.,  12-15 
dative  or,  xxv.,  12,  13. 
Greek,  xxx.,  Note  1. 
in  exclamation,  xxx.,  8. 
infinitive  with  subject,  xviii., 

1-6. 
infinitive  without  subject,  xvii., 

6-10. 
of  direct  object,  xxviii.,  1-3. 
of  limit  of  motion,  xxix.,  13-15. 
of  place  to  which,  xxxvi.,  3,  4. 
of  specification,  xxx.,  7. 
of  time,  xxxv.,  4,  5. 
of  time  and  space,  xxx.,  9-13. 
per  with,  xxxvi.,  8-10. 
synecdochical,  xxx.,  Note  1. 
Accusatives,  two  of  same  person  or 

thing,  xxix.,  1-4. 
two  —  person  and  thing,  xxix. , 

5-10. 
two    with     compound    verbs, 

xxix.,  11,  12. 
with  compounds,  xxviii.,  9-11. 
with  verbs  which  in  English  re- 
quire a  preposition,  xxviii., 

4-8. 
Adjective,  agreement  of  the,  ii.,  4, 5. 
consecutive  use  of  adj.  clauses, 

ix.,  1-3. 
use  of  final  clauses,  vii.,  12,  13. 
Adjectives,    ablative  with  certain, 

xxxii.,  9-11. 
as  nouns,  ii.,  9. 
constructions  with,  xxvii.,  8,  9. 
dative  with,  xxvii.,  4-7. 


y 


152 


INDEX. 


Adjectives,    designating    a   certain 

part,  ii.,  13. 
genitive  with,  xxiii.,  6-12. 
with  force  of  adverbs,  ii.,  10- 

12. 
with  nouns  of  different  genders, 

ii.,  6-8. 
Adverbial  accusative,  xxx.,  1-6. 
consecutive  use  of  adv.  clauses, 

ix.,  1-3. 
use  of  final  clauses,  vii.,  10,  11. 
Adverbs,  adjectives  with  force  of,  ii. 

■      10-12. 
ad,  when  to  be  rendered  by  "to," 

xxv.,  14,  15. 
Agent,  ablative  of,  xxxi.,  11. 

dative  of,  xxvi.,  12  ;  xl.,  5-7. 
Agreement,  i.,  ii. 
Answers,  xvi.,  7,  8. 
antequam,  temporal   clauses  with, 

xv.,  3,  4. 
Apposition,  i.,  1-,  2. 
Arrangement  of  words  and  clauses, 

p.  3. 
Attraction,  xiv.,  6. 
Causal  clauses,  xiv.,  1-5. 
Cause,  ablative  of,  xxxi. ,  5-]  0. 
Characteristic,  ablative  of,  xxxiii., 

Note  1. 
Cognate  accusative,  xxviii.,  12-15. 
Commands,  etc.,  subjunctive  in,  v., 

3,4. 
Comparatives,  ablative  with,  xxxiii., 

1-3. 
Complement,  infinitive  without  ac- 
cusative as,  xvii.,  6-10. 
Compounds,  accusative  with,  xxviii., 

9-11. 
dative  with,  xxvi.,  1-7. 
Compound    verbs,    two   accusatives 

with,  xxix.,  5-10. 
Concessive  clauses,  use  of  moods  in, 

xiii.,  1-6. 
Conditional  relative  clauses,  xii.,  7. 

sentences,  xi.,  xii. 
Conjugations,  the  periphrastic,  xl. 


Consecutive  clauses,  ix. 

adverbial  and  adjective  uses  of, 

ix.,  1-3. 
substantive  use  of,  ix.,  4-8. 
cum  (quum),  temporal  clatises  with, 

xv.,  5-7. 
Dates,  how  to  write,  xxxv.,  Note  8. 
Dative,  xxv.  -xx vii. 

double  construction,  xxv.,  4,  5. 
of  reference  or  interest,  xxvii., 

10,  11. 
of  the  agent,    xxvi.,   12  ;    xl., 

5,  7. 
of  the  possessor,  xxvi.,  8-11. 
or  accusative,  xxv.,  12,  13. 
with  adjectives,  xxvii.,  4-7. 
with  compounds,  xxvi.,  1-7. 
with  intransitive  verbs,   xxv., 

6-11. 
with  passive  intransitive  verbs, 

xxvi.,  13,  14. 
transitive  verbs,  xxv.,  1-3. 
Datives,  two,  xxvii.,  1-3. 
Deponents,    ablative   with  certain, 

xxxii.,  6-8. 
Description,    ablative    of,    xxxiii., 

Note  1. 
Difference,  ablative  of  measure  of, 

xxxiii.,  7-9. 
Direct  object,  accusative  of,  xxviii., 
1-3. 
questions,  xvi. 
Discourse,  indirect,  xix.,  xx. 
donee,  temporal  clauses  with,  xv., 

8-10. 
dum,  present  with,  vi.,  2. 
dum  modo,  nse  of,  xii.,  8. 

temporal  clauses  with,  xv.,  8- 
10. 
Emotion,   verbs   of,    with  genitive, 

xxiv.,  4-8. 
Emphasis,  how  to  produce,  p.  3,  2. 
Emphatic,  relative  clause  made,  i.,  9, 
Exclamations,  accusative  in,  xxx.,  8. 
Exhortations,  etc.,  v. 

subjunctive  in,  v.,  3,  4. 


INDEX. 


153 


Final  clauses,  vii.,  viii. 

adjective  use  of,  viii.,  12,  13. 
adverbial  use  of,  vii.,  10,  11. 
substantive    use   of,    viii.,    1- 
14. 
Finite  verbs,  ii.,  1-3. 
"  for,"  when  rendered  by  pro,  xxv., 

14,  15. 
Future,  vi.,  7. 

perfect,  vi.,  11. 
Genders,   adjective   with   nouns  of 

different,  ii.,  6-8. 
Genitive,  xxi.-xxiv. 

objective,  xxii.,  1-3. 
partitive,  xxii.,  6-8. 
partitive,  constructions  used  in- 
stead of,  xxii.,  9. 
partitive,  when  not  used,  xxii., 

10. 
of  quality,  xxiii.,  1-5. 
subjective   with    nouns,    xxi., 

1-3. 
subjective  with  verbs,  xxi.,  7- 

12. 
with  adjectives,  xxiii.,  6-12. 
with  interest,  xxiv.,  12-14. 
with  refert,  xxiv.,  12-14. 
with  verbs  of  emotion,  xxiv., 

4-8. 
with  verbs  of  judicial  action, 

xxiv.,  9,  10. 
with  verbs  of  memory,  xxiv., 

1-3. 
with  verbs  of  plenty  and  want, 
xxiv.,  11. 
Gerund,  the,  xxxviii.,  xxxix. 
Gerundive,  the,  xxxviii.,  xxxix. 
Greek  accusative,  xxx.,  Note  1. 
Historical  infinitive,  xviii.,  9. 

present,  vi.,  1. 
iam,  present  with,  vi.,  3. 
Imperative,  use  of  the,  v.,  1,  2. 
Imperfect,  vi.,  4-6. 
Indicative,  tenses  of  the,  vi. 
Indirect  discourse,  xix.,  xx. 
question,  xvi. 


Infinitive,  xvii.,  xviii. 
as  subject,  xvii.,  1-5. 
historical,  xviii.,  9. 
predicate  after,  xviii.,  7,  8. 
subject  of,  xvii.,'  1,  2. 
tenses  of,  xviii.,  l-6b. 
without     subject     accusative, 

xvii.,  6-10. 
with  subject  accusative  as  ob- 
ject, xviii.,  l-6\ 
Instrument,    ablative     of,    xxxii., 

4,   5. 
Interest,  dative  of,  xxvii.,  10,  11. 
interest,  genitive  with,  xxiv.,  12- 

14. 
Intransitive,   passive  verbs,   dative 
with,  xxvi. ,  13,  14. 
verbs,  dative  with,  xxv.,  6-11. 
Judicial  action,  genitive  with  verbs 

of,  xxiv.,  9,  10. 
Limit    of    motion,    accusative    of, 

xxix.,  13-15. 
Locative,  xxxvi.,  5-7. 
Manner,  ablative  of,  xxxii.,  1. 
Means,  ablative  of,  xxxii.,  4,  5. 
Measure  of  difference,  ablative  of, 

x xxiii.,  7-9. 
Memory,   verbs   of,   with  genitive, 

xxiv.,  1-3. 
modo,   dum,    dum    modo,    use    of, 

xii.,  8. 
Moods,  table  showing  changes  in. 
p.  54. 
use   of  in    concessive   clauses, 
xiii.,  1-6. 
Motion,    accusative    of    limit     of, 

xxix.,  13-15. 
Nouns,  adjectives  as,  ii.,  9. 

objective   genitive  with,    xxi., 
1-3. 
Object,  accusative  of  direct,  xxviii., 
1-3. 
infinitive  without  subject  accu- 
sative as,  xvii.,  6-10. 
infinitive  with  subject  accusa- 
tive as,  xviii.,  1-6*. 


154 


INDEX. 


Objective  constructions  used  instead 

of,  xxii.,  4,  5,  12. 
Objective  genitive,  xxii.,  1-3. 
oratio  obliqua,  xix. 
oratio  recta,  xix. 
Order,  usual,  p.  3,  1. 
Part,  adjectives  designating  a  cer- 
tain, ii.,  13. 
Participles,  use  of,  xxxvii. 
Partitive  genitive,  xxii.,  6-8. 

constructions  used  instead  of, 

xxii.,  9. 
when  not  used,  xxii.,  10. 
Passive,  intransitive  verbs,   dative 

with,  xxvi.,  13,  14. 
Perfect,  v.,  8,  9. 

future,  vi.,  11. 
Periphrastic  conjugations,  the,  xl. 
Place  at  or  in  which,  xxxvi.,  5-7. 
ablative  of  at,  in,  or  on  which, 

xxxvi. ,  11,  12. 
by,    through,   or  over  which, 

xxxvi.,  8-10. 
from  which,  xxxvi.,  1,  2. 
toward  a,  xxxvi.,  13-16. 
to  which,  xxxvi.,  3,  4. 
Plenty,  genitive  with  verbs  of,  xxiv., 

11. 
Pluperfect,  vi.,  10. 
plus,  construction  with,  xxxiii.,  4-6. 
Position  of  certain  words,  p.  3,  3. 
Possessor,  dative  of,  xxvi.,  8-11. 
postquam,    temporal    clause    with, 

xv.,  1,  2. 
Predicate  after  infinitive,  xviii.,  7,  8. 

word,  i.,  3,  4. 
Prepositions  in  expressions  of  time, 

xxxv.,  6-8. 
Present,  historical,  vi.,  1. 
with  dum,  vi.,  2. 
with  iam,  etc.,  vi.,  3. 
Price,  ablative  of,  xxxiv.,  1-5. 
priusquam,  temporal  clauses  with, 

xv.,  3,  4. 
pro,  when  to  be  rendered  by  for, 
xxv.,  14,  15. 


Prohibition,    how    to    express,   v., 

5-7. 
Pronouns,  demonstrative,  iv.,  1-8. 

indefinite,  iv.,  9-13. 

personal,  iii.,  1,  2. 

possessive,  iii.,  3-7. 

reflexive  (reflective),  iii.,  8-12. 

relative,  i.,  5-8  ;  iv.,  14,  15. 

use  of,  iii.,  iv. 
Quality,  ablative  of,  xxxiii.,  10,  11. 

genitive  of,  xxiii.,  1-5. 
Questions,  direct  and  indirect,  xvi. 

double,  xvi.,  6. 

how  to  ask  a,  xvi.,  1-5. 

indirect,  xvi.,  9-14. 

rhetorical,  xvi.,  15. 
quam  si,  ac  si,  use  of,  xii.,  6. 
quin,  subjunctive  with,  x.,  10-12. 
quoad,  temporal  clauses  with,  xv., 

8-10. 
quominus,  subjunctive  with,  x.,  13, 

14. 
Reality,    supposition    contrary    to, 

xii.,  1-5. 
Reference,  dative  of,  xxvii.,  10,  11. 
re-fert,  genitive  with,  xxiv.,  12-14. 
Relative    clauses    made    emphatic, 
i.,  9. 

conditional,  xii.,  7. 

peculiar  uses  of,  x.,  1-9. 
Relative  pronoun,  i.,  5-8;  iv.,  14, 

15. 
Rhetorical  questions,  xvi.,  15. 
Separation,  ablative  of,  xxxi.,  1-3. 
Sequence  of  tenses,  vii.,  1-7. 
si,  use  of  quam  si,  ut  si,  xii. ,  6. 
simulac,  temporal  clause  with,  xv., 

1,  2. 
Source,  ablative  of,  xxxi.,  4. 
Space,  accusative  of,  xxx.,  9-13. 
S]>ecification,  accusative  of,  xxx.,  7. 

ablative  of,  xxxiv.,  6,  7. 
Subject  accusative,  infinitive  with,  as 
object,  xviii.,  1-6V 

infinitive  without,  xvii.,  6-10. 

of  the  infinitive,  xvii.,  1,  2. 


INDEX. 


155 


Subjective    genitive    with    nouns, 
xxi.,  1-3. 
verb,  xxi.,  7-12. 
Subjunctive  in  commands,  v.,  3,  4. 
with  quln,  x.,  10-12. 
with  quominus,  x.,  13,  14. 
Substantive     use     of     consecutive 
clauses,  ix.,  4-8. 
final  clauses,  viii.,  1-14. 
Supine  in  u,  xl.,  12. 

in  urn,  xl.,  10,  11. 
Supposition  contrary  to  reality,  xii., 

1-5. 
Synecdochical     accusative,      xxx., 

Note  1. 
Temporal  clauses,  xv. 
Tenses  of  the  indicative,  vi. 

of  the  infinitive,  xviii.,  l-6a. 
of  participles,  xxxvii.,  1-10. 
sequence  of,  vii.,  1-7. 
table  showing  changes  in,  p.  54. 
Time,    ablative  of,    xxxiv.,    8-10; 

xxxv.,  1-3. 
Time,    accusative   of,    xxx.,    9-13  ; 
xxxv.,  4,  5. 
before  or  after  an  event,  xxxv., 

9-12. 
expressions  of,  xxxv. 
prepositions  in  expressions  of, 
xxxv.,  6-8. 
**  to,"  when  to  be  rendered  by  ad, 

xxv.,  14,  15. 
Toward  a  place,   how  to   express, 

xxxvi.,  13-16. 
Towns,  words  used  like  names  of, 
xxxvi.,  2,  4,  7. 


Transitive  verbs,  dative  with,  xxv., 

1-3. 
u,  supine  in,  xl.,  12. 
ubi,  temporal  clauses  with,  xv.,  1,  2. 
urn,  supine  in,  xl.,  10,  11. 
ut  omitted  in  final  clauses,   viii., 

12-14. 
ut,  temporal  clauses  with,  xv.,  1,  2. 
Verb,  finite,  ii.,  1-3. 
Verbs,    dative    with     intransitive, 
xxv.,  6-11. 
dative  with  passive,   intransi- 
tive, xxvi.,  13,  14. 
dative   with   transitive,    xxv., 

1-3. 
of     emotion,     genitive     with, 

xxi  v.,  4-8. 
of  judicial  action,  genitive  with, 

xxiv.,  9,  10. 
of  memory,  genitive  with,  xxiv., 

1-3. 
of  plenty  and  want,  genitive 

with,  xxiv.,  11. 
subjective  genitive  with,  xxi., 

7-12. 
two     accusatives     with    com- 
pound, xxix.,  11,  12. 
Vocative,  use  of  the,  v.,  10. 
Want,  genitive  with  verbs  of,  xxiv., 

11. 
Way  by  which,  ablative  of,  xxxvi., 

8-10. 
Wish,  how  to  express  a,  v./ 8,  9. 
Word,  predicate,  i.,  3,  4. 
Words,  position  of  certain,  p.  3,  3. 


Zfr^tL**        *L4TyUL*-J~<*       ^JJ^^Cti       I^W-wXjS'0 

IfZ^^r  0x^OL4<2Lcy    y~<ltu>--X4>  i-t^y^JU 


f&-      C^^r  kjl^J^  f*-****- 


■■■-../■ 


858494 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


